chennai metro rail limited borrowers name---- not applicable kindly provide details of source of...

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITEDCHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE I EXTENSION

CONTRACT ECV-103PHASE 1 EXTENSION – WASHERMANPET TO WIMCO NAGAR

"CONSTRUCTION OF PILES AND PILES CAPS FOR ELEVATED

VIADUCT INCLUDING SHIFTING OF UTILITIES, TRAFFIC DIVERSION

AND ALL ASSOCIATED WORKS FOR A STRETCH OF ABOUT 3 KM

BETWEEN CH: 3320 TO CH:5308. 435 AT TOLL GATE AND CH:

7700 TO CH: 8544.712 AT WIMCONAGAR"

ADDENDUM-1

NOVEMBER 2016

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITEDADMIN BUILDING, CMRL DEPOT,

POONAMALLEE HIGH ROAD,KOYAMBEDU,

CHENNAI – 600 107,INDIA

Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase-I-Extension IndexContract No. ECV-103 Addendum-1

CMRL November 2016

INDEX TO ADDENDUM-1

1. Reply to Pre-Bid Queries

2. Addendum-1

3. List of Revised Annexures in line with Addendum-1

(i) Annexure 1: Part-B: Specific Provisions (Revised)

(ii) Annexure 2: Charted Utilities

(iii) Annexure 3: Structural Drawings

(iv) Annexure 4: Revised BOQ

(v) Annexure 5: Revised Part-2 (Volume 1, 2 and 3)

(vi) Annexure 6: Revised Section-IX Annex to Particular Conditions.

Sr. No. Tender clause QueryCMRL Response Addendum

Issued Y/N1 Part 1: Bill of Quantities

1.7.3 Illustrative list of construction and other

risks, S. No. 1

Geotechnical risk: As mentioned in table 2 the

validation of geotechnical profile should be included

in price. Kindly confirm is it necessary to carryout

any soil investigation from our end.

The contracrtor is not required to

carry out soil investigation.

N

2 Part 1: Bill of Quantities

1.7.3 Illustrative list of construction and other

risks, S. No. 4

Ground improvement: Request more elaboration on

the term ground improvement if envisaged at your

end.

Ground improvement if needed for

excavation and construction of pile

and pile cap in addition to shoring

is only envisaged

N

3 Piling operation : We will be planning for working

round the clock and shall make necessary

arrangements at our end.

Noted.

However working time may be

subjected to restrictions by Traffic

police, local body etc.

N

4 Approval of public authority and other statutory

requirement

The contractor is solely

responsible for obtaining the

necessary permissions, licenses etc.

CMRL will only facilitate, if

required.

N

5 Resettlement and habitation: As this particular

provision if arises should be restricted only to the

tune of appropriate time extension and the

reimbursement of the idle time payment.

Refer Section VIII. Particular

Conditions (Part B: Specific

Provisions) SP-4: Right to access

to site

N

Pre-bid Queries Responses -ECV 103

1 of 28


Issued Y/N


6 Empty boring length of item no.B2 is to be specified. Minimum length of empty boring

shall be 2.5m per pile.

N

7 The pile cap item is inclusive of excavation,

formwork, back filling. Kindly clarify whether

excavation, form work and backfilling can be

separated as per the existing practice.

Not agreed.

Tender condition prevails.

N

8 The capacity of 1200mm dia. piles has been given as

450t / 490t in different places. Kindly confirm the

correct capacity.

Individual pile capacity along with

the length varies with the location.

Test pile design details will be

given to the successful bidder.

N

9 The barricading work will be removed on

completion of piling and pile cap. This may please

be confirmed.

Barricades shall be the property of

the contractor and should be

removed once the work in a

particular stretch is completed.

N

10 Kindly confirm the taxes component. Refer Part 3: Section VIII,

Particular Conditions, Part B

Specific Provisions SP-23

N

2 of 28


Issued Y/N


11 Part 2, Annexure 1: Work Areas We require space for labour shed, site store, site

office, batching plant and fabrication yard near site

of work free of cost.

The contractor is solely responsible

for arranging land to establish the

casting yard, batching plant,

fabrication yard, work areas etc.

and other facilities without any

liability to the Employer. Please

refer revised Appendix-1 of the

part-2 of Addendum-1.

Y

12 We request you to issue us the tentative site office

drawing of client.

Site office plan will be prepared by

the Contractor and issued to the

client for approval.

N

13 We request area identified for disposal of debris and

surplus earth

The maximum lead shall be 32

kms. For lesser leads, payment

shall be reduced accordingly.

Please refer revised construction

outline specifications.

Y

14 The reinforcement steel has been indicated as CRS

steel. In addition, CRS steel whether anti corrosive

coating with cement plus inhibitor solution is

required. Please clarify.

All reinforcement bars need to be

provided with anti-corrosive

coating.

N

3 of 28


Issued Y/N


15 Due to voluminous work and getting appropriate

inputs prior to quoting of the job we request you to

extend the date of submission by 4 weeks i.e.

upto to 6.1.2017.

Please refer to corrigendum-1 in

the CMRL's website.

N

16 The contractor shall take these dates into the work

programme. In case if a particular land area is not

available for access, employer may give alternate

areas in lieu of the same and the contractor shall

accordingly plan his works to cater to such

changes without any extra cost on such account.

cleared with out any obstruction and local problems

& Permits, Licenses or Approvals

Contractor himself to carry out

such activities.

CMRL will facilitate, if required.

N

17 Drawings are avabile 3 stations only Please confirm 3 or 4 stations in our scope Only 3 Stations in scope. N

18 10 % of the final Contract Price please consider 5% of contract price Not agreed.


N

4 of 28


Issued Y/N


19 730 days please consider 360 days. Not agreed.


N

20 The Performance Security will be in the form of a

“demand guarantee” in the amount of 7.5 percent

of the Accepted Contract Amount and in the same

currency of the Accepted Contract Amount

please consider the Performance Security 5% of the

contract amount against Bank guarantee.

Not agreed.


N

21 Employer shall provide effective access to and

possession of the Site including special and/or

temporary rights-of-way which are necessary for

the Works

Please confirm stocking area for materials. The contractor is solely responsible








Y

22 In the table provided, In amount column words

"Confidential", "Not be filled in this ";and "to be

filled in price bid,sealed and submitted" against

price centre's viz. General and foundations;

reinforcing steel AND Road and Drain and

miscellaneous respectively.

Please confirm whether the costs for each price

centre are not required to be filled in 1.7.1 Pricing

summary.

Price centre shall not be filled in

the envelope containing the

Technical Bid. The same shall be

printed, filled out, signed, sealed

and enclosed in the envelope

containing the Financial Bid

N

5 of 28


Issued Y/N


23 (i) Excluding Customs Duty/ Excise Duty Please confirm whether bidder has to exclude

VAT/ GST along with exclusions for Customs Duty/

Excise duty in the total price of Bid under referred

section to be filled by Bidder.

Refer Section IV: Bidding Forms,

1.7.1 Pricing Summary Note-1 and

addendum B12

Y

24 Tender Total (R ) in words In the referred section which is to be filled by bidder

please confirm whether Excise Duty is required to be

included in Tender Total (R).



addendum B12

Y

25 The employer will provide work areas of approx.

Sqm…. With 28 days of issue of taking over

certificate.

Please provide details of work areas in sqm and its

location which is left blank in the referred clause of

Tender Document. Also mention the amount of lease

that will be charged to the contractor.









Y

26 Borrowers Name---- Not Applicable Kindly provide details of source of funding for this

project

CMRL Fund. N

6 of 28


Issued Y/N


27 Please provide detailed drawings for all charted and

uncharted utilities along the alignment of this

project.

Charted utilities are provided in

Annexure-2. Uncharted utilities

need to be identified by the

contractor.

Y

28 Drg. No. 38731 In the referred barricading drawing, details of

structural steel to be used for barricading are not

provided. Kindly provide the same.

Kindly annexure 3 of the

Addendum-1.

Y

29 Kindly provide tender drawings in Auto Cad format. Tender drawings shall be provided

to the successful bidder,if

necessary.

N

30 Part-1,Section III, EQC, pg. EQC-1, Cl.-1.1.3:Sr.

No. 2 -80 ton SWL crane- Min. Nos. required- 6

Nos.

Since scope of work includes only piling and pile

cap works, kindly clarify the need for 80 tonne SWL

crane.

Crane of capacity 40 tonne or

above may be used by the

contractor after giving an

undertaking that the usage of crane

of lower capacity will not affect the

progress of the work.

N

7 of 28


Issued Y/N


31 Design Validation Certificate Part 1 Bidding

Documents :

Since Contractor design is not in scope of this

tender, kindly delete the Design Validation

Certificate provided in the tender documents.

Design to be validated from the

constructability point of view only.

N

32 Key Dates Part 2 Appendix 2 : The table of Key

Dates provided in Appendix indicates times to

achieve mile stone from LOA.

33 Contract data Part A : Commencement of works:

Within 15days of LOA

34 Pricing BOQ Item 2.1 : Providing and installing

cast-in-situ vertical bore piles …………. In all

soil strata including boulders and kankar and soft

rock/weathered rock.

Kindly bifurcate this item in to separate item for

piling in soft rock and separate item for piling in

weathered rock.

Not agreed.

Tender Condition Prevails.

N

35 Pricing BOQ Item C1 : Providing corrosion

resistant (CRS) ……. as per technical

specifications and drawings (excluding station pile

pier and pier cap)

We understand that this item covers reinforcement

for viaduct pile, pile cap, pier dowels and crash

barrier dowels. Kindly confirm.

Yes N

Key dates in Appendix 2 are to be achieved from

date of LOA. However, commencement date is 15

days after receipt of LOA. We request you to change

Appendix 2, all key dates to be achieved from

commencement date.

YPlease refer revised Appendix-2 of

the Part-2 of the Addendum-1.

Commencement date & LoA date

are same, please refer addendum.

8 of 28


Issued Y/N


36 Pricing BOQ Item C2 : Providing corrosion

resistant (CRS) ……. as per technical

specifications and drawings (For station Pier, Pile

and pile cap part only)

We understand that this item covers reinforcement

for Station pile, pile cap, pier dowels and crash

barrier dowels. Kindly confirm.

Yes N

37 Pricing BOQ Item C2 : * The rate includes anti

corrosive coating with cement + Inhibitor solution

as per technical specifications.

Kindly indicate where in technical specification this

reference to anti corrosive coating has been made.



coating.

N

38 Pricing BOQ Item C2 : Please provide break down of reinforcement

quantities for pile, pile cap, pier dowels, crash

barrier dowels.

Not agreed.

Combined quantity is provided.

N

39 Disposal/Dump Yard BOQ 1.6 : Clearing

including uprooting of……..removal of rubbish to

designated dump yard.

Kindly indicate the location of designated dump

yard?

please refer Outline construction

specifications in part-2 of the

addendum-1.

Y

9 of 28


Issued Y/N


40 Minimum Cement Drg no 32005 : Cement content

in concrete shall neither be less than 380kg/m3 for

RCC work

41 Tech spec cl 3.6 pg 40/88 : Cement content in

concrete shall not be less than 400kg/m3 for RCC

work

42 Utilities Vol 1 Employer req, A-1, & Cl 2.3 : The

shifting of utilities would be undertaken only in

exceptional circumstances where in the opinion of

engineer no other option is available

In case there is any delay in shifting utilities,

contractors shall be suitable compensated in terms of

time and cost. Please confirm.

Not agreed.


N

43 Risk Item Part 1 – Cl 1.7.3 Table 2 : Risk Item Sr

No 11 – Land acquisition risks and

Prime responsibility of maintaining

the schedule is of the Contractor. If

it is proved and satisfied that delay

is on the part of the employer then,

CMRL will accept if deemed fit

under the discretion of the

employer. Contractor will be

suitably compensated for the time

and cost of manpower and idling

machinery only. The idling report

should be submitted on daily basis

duly verified and certified by the

Engineer. Employer’s decision in

this regard will be final and

binding.

N

Kindly confirm which specification is to be

followed.

The referred risks are beyond control of contractor

and these can be mitigated only by Government

authorities. Kindly delete these risks and amend

contract document accordingly.

Minimum cement content shall be

400 kg/m3. Please refer addendum

Y

10 of 28


Issued Y/N


44 : Sr No 12 – Resettlement and rehabilitation

risks

Not agreed. Tender condition

prevails.

N

45 BOQ Item B 1.2 barricading : This item will be

payable only at two stages of construction. First

stage involves construction of foundation and

substructure: Pile, pile cap and pier. Second stage

involves construction of particular

superstructures.

Kindly amend boq description to suit the scope of

work of this project ie piles and pile caps.

Please refer revised BOQ in the

Annexure-4 of the Addendum-1.

Y

46 Duration of contract NIT Cl.5, & : As per NIT

Completion time is 8 Months (243 Days),

There is a difference of 3 days. Request you to check

and confirm the completion days.

Please refer addendum-1. Y

11 of 28


Issued Y/N


47 : However as per Particular conditions of

contract and Key Dates, completion period is 240

days.

48 Part-3, PC-Part A, Sr. No. 5, Cl. 1.1.3.3 :

49 We understand mobilization advance is interest free.

Please confirm.

Mobilisation advance payment is

with interest.

Please refer addendum.

Y

50 And if it is interest bearing advance, please let us

know the percentage of interest to be charged on

mobilization advance.

Rate of interest shall be 10% per

annum.

N

Advance Payment Section VIII, PC-Part A,

Clause 14.2, Pg. PC-3 : Particular condition is

silent about interest on advance payment.

However as per GCC advance is interest bearing,

but percentage of interest is not mentioned.

12 of 28


Issued Y/N


51 Intermediate Key dates Part-2, Employer’s

requirement, Appendix-2 : -

Bidder understand that the liquidated damages

imposed on the intermediate key dates shall be

refunded to the Contractor on achievement of

subsequent key dates and finally on achievement of

final Key dates. Please confirm.

LD Levied on earlier missed key da

tes will be refunded provided the d

elay does not results in delay for th

e works of any interfacing contract

ors or overall completion of the wo

rk. In case it is affecting the works

of any interfacing contractor the m

oney recovered as LD will be adjus

ted (towards compensation for inter

facing contractor) and then the bala

nce will be released. CMRL decisi

on will be final and binding in this

regard.

N

52 Schedule of site access dates Appendix-1, work

areas : CMRL to indicate, when permanent and

temporary Land will be handed over to Contractor

53 : (a) At Stations

Request you to provide Schedule of Site Access

Dates.

Please refer revised Appendix-1 of

the part-2 of the Addendum-1.

Y

13 of 28


Issued Y/N


54 : (b) Along the Alignment, if Land Acquisition is

involved.

55 Right to access to the site Part-3, PC-Part B, SP-5,

Cl.2.1 : Period of delay in handing over (delay

reckoned as per above mentioned paragraphs

56 : After 18 months from LOA and upto the

original contract period or the approved extended

period of completion….

57 The date for RBI exchange rate for foreign

currency conversion. Part-1, Pricing schedule,

Cl.1.7.1, Note, Sr. No. 3 : The foreign currency

quoted will be converted into INR and totalled.

Conversions will be based on RBI Exchange Rate

prevailing 28 days prior to submission of tender.

Y

Since the contract period is 8 months, last two points

in the table are not applicable. Please modify.

There is contradiction between these two clauses.

Request you to confirm the date for RBI exchange

rate to be considered for the conversion of foreign

currency into INR.

Contractor to quote in INR only.

Please refer addendum.

Noted.

Please refer addendum-1.

Y

14 of 28


Issued Y/N


58 Part-1, BDS, Cl. ITB 34.1 : The date for the

exchange rate shall be 30 days prior to the date of

the opening of Technical Bid.

Y

59 Impact of GST - : - Please let us know the mechanism for adjustment of

contract price due to introduction of GST, if any.

Please refer SP23 of the addendum-

1.

Y

60 Submission of PII Payment Schedule, Price Centre-

A, Item No. A1.1 : Submission of PII, Bond,

insurances.

As design work in not part of the contract,

submission of PII is not the responsibility of

contractor. Request you to delete this part.

Agreed.

PII is not required.

N

61 Service Tax Part-3, PC-Part2, SP26, Cl. 14.1, Sr.

no. ii) : The contract price shall be exclusive of

service tax if any payable by the contractor time to

time as per the applicable service tax law. Such

service tax will be reimbursed by the Employer

against proof of payment subject to the ceiling

limit in price bid.

Service tax is excluded from contract price. Please

confirm.

Please refer addendum -1, pricing

schedule in part-1.

Y

15 of 28


Issued Y/N


62 Change in cost due to change in law. Part-3, PC-

Part-B, Cl. 13.7.2.5 : Changes in Law will be

allowed by the Employer, except for the changes

due to the following:

Changes in Law will be allowed, except for changes

due to the following:

63 : iv) Changes in rate of output TN VAT as

compared to the rate existing on the base date.

iv) Changes in rate of output TN VAT as compared

to the rate existing on the base date.

Changes in Law will be allowed by

the Employer.

N

64 : v) Changes in rate of output Service Tax as

compared to the rate existing on the base date.

v) Changes in rate of output Service Tax as

compared to the rate existing on the base date

Changes in Law will be allowed by

the Employer.

N

65 Delays Caused Part-3, PC-SP20, Cl. 8.5, Pg. PC-

21 Sr. No. vi) : Contractor shall not be entitled to

an extension of time, if the cause of the delay is:

From delay in obtaining any permission, consents

or approvals of whatsoever nature required by any

Law to commence or carry out construction, or

open the Works for public use.

If there is delay in the approval by the utilities

agencies, the contractor will be compensated in

terms of cost and time. Please confirm.

Not agreed.

Tender Condition prevails.

N

66 Geotechnical Risk Part-1, Cl. 1.7.3.,Table-2, Sr.

No. 1 : Validation of Geotechnical profile and any

unforeseen/unforeseeable ground condition the :

Tenderer should include this risk in his price.

Since this is an item rate contract, design is not

included in contractor`s scope of work hence geo

technical risk shall not be to the contractor`s

account. Please confirm.

Goetechnical risks related to

construction of the permanent and

temporary works.

N

16 of 28


Issued Y/N


67 Right of Way (ROW) : Request you to let us know the width of ROW that

will be made available for construction.

8m ROW will be available along

the viaduct location. Additional

ROW will be available at the

station locations.

N

68 Retention Money Part-3, PC-Part A, Cl. 14.3 C),

page PC-3 : 2.5% of the Accepted Contract

Amount to be recovered in each bill at the rate of

5% of the bill till the recovery of 2.5%.

We request you to accept the Bank Guarantee of

equivalent amount for retention money. There shall

not be any cash retention from Interim payments.

Please confirm.

Agreed.

Please refer addendum-1.

Y

69 A minimum number of Two similar

(ii) contracts that have been

satisfactorily and substantially (iii)

completed as a prime contractor

(single entity or JV member) (iv)

between 1st January 2011 and Bid

submission deadline.

May be consider any bridge work of any

superstructure with sub-structure for value of 52 Cr.

Or above.

Not Agreed.


N

70 NA Kindly provide the source of fund CMRL fund. N

17 of 28


Issued Y/N


71 Part A - Contract Data-6: Defects notification

period-730 days

Being buried nature of works - Defects Notification

period may be reduced to 365 days.

Not agreed.


N

72 Alignment plans (both vertical and horizontal) and

typical pier locations would be provided by the

CMRL to the Contractor. Utility identification at

foundation location will be done by the Contractor

and in case utility(s) is encountered ... Cost of

such utility shifting will be paid separately under

relevant item of BOQ

No item is provided in BOQ. Kindly provide the

Revised BOQ.

Utility diversion is in the scope of

the contractor

The shifting of charted, uncharted

utilities, and miscellaneous items

such as road dismantling and

demolishing etc., shall be paid as

per the actuals based on the

concerned departmental rates, and

as per the utility department

requirement. Refer Cl. 1.3.1 (b) of

Preamble, Bill of Quantiites, Part 1

and also refer addendum-1.

Y

73 The contractor shall liaise with Local authorities

like Forest Department,

Highway Authority, CPWD, PWD, Chennai

Corporation, Water … during

launching and getting all necessary permissions

and clearances.

We request CMRL to liason with other department

and provide clearance for shifting of utilities.

Not agreed. The contractor shall

make the necessary arrangements

to obtain the necessary licenses,

clearances and permissions.

CMRL will facilitate, if required.

N

18 of 28


Issued Y/N


74 Conducting load test on piles as per IS-2911-Part

IV.

We have to work in restricted work space, Load test

arrangements will not be possible. So suggest to

include load cell technology or O cell technology for

the load testing.

Not Agreed.


N

75 Demolition of RCC framed structures, brick

masonry buildings including basement etc. as

existing at site without making damage to adjacent

structures, utilities and taking away all the debris

and released materials etc.

We assure that this shall be done by CMRL-Kindly

clarify.

Not agreed.


N

76 Road works, utility diversions, and other

miscellaneous works to be paid as per contract

conditions stipulated in the price centre.

Road works item given in BOQ item No. D1, kindly

clarify whether this is includes relaying and any

relaying should be paid separately.

The contractor shall plan all

activities to avoid relaying. The

contractor shall relay roads at his

own cost if the damage is done due

to his operations.

N

77 Results of the sub surface investigations

conducted at the project site are enclosed with the

tender document. The information about the soil

and sub soil water conditions is being made

available to the contractor in good faith and the

contractor is advised to obtain results

independently as may be considered necessary by

him before quoting rates in the tender.

We wish to clarify that it will not be possible to

assess below ground strata in short time and we base

only on the report provided by CMRL. Any

deviation/ changes in acquired site condition should

allow for time extension and cost compensation.

Geotechnical inverstigations have

been done at quite close intervals

hance we do not envisage any

major deviations in the soil strata.

No extension of time or cost shall

be permitted for pile lengths upto

and including 40m. Beyond 40m

depth from pile cut-off level,

payment shall be made on the basis

of mutually agreed rates.

N

19 of 28


Issued Y/N


78 The Performance Security will be in the form of a

“demand guarantee” in the amount of 7.5 percent

of the Accepted Contract Amount and in the same

currency of the Accepted Contract Amount.

Request to CMRL to consider performance of

warantee to be 5% instead of 7.5%.

Not agreed.


N

79 Percentage of Retention-2.5% Request to CMRL consider for No deduction of

Retention money. This will help to have good

cashflow at site.

Please refer addendum-1. Y

80 Minimum Amount of Interim Payment

Certificates-1 % of the Accepted Contract

Amount.

Request CMRL not to limit mentioning Interim

payment as 1%.

Not Agreed.


N

81 Particular Conditions of the Contract Table

Summary of Liquidated Damages as per Clause

8.7 of GC : KD1-Submission of construction

programme, establishing site office and

mobilisation of 6 Nos. piling rigs

KD1-We wish to submit that the Hydraulic Rigs will

be mobilized as per the availability of work front,

which is the responsibility of CMRL. Also pile test

results will form key input for pile design. So

suggest that the contractor to mobilize 1 Rig for pile

testing. And balance will be mobilized after Test

Results / as to progress of design.

Contractor has to plan and mobilise

the machineries to achieve the

scheduled key dates.

N



8.7 of GC : KD3A - Construction of all the test

Construction of 6 nos. of initial test piles shall be 45

days from the start of access to the Test pile location

site and Not from the LoA. Kindly accept.

Not Agreed.


N



8.7 of GC : KD3B-Completion of all initial pile

load tests - 60 days from LOA

Completion of intial test pile will be 60 days from

LOA is Less considering the new technology such as

Load Cell Method OR Dynamic Testing method. We

have to depend on other international agencies for

this activity. So request to keep the same as 90 days

from LOA. Also, at least 14 days to be left before

test for pile shaft to set.

Please refer addendum-1 for

revised key dates.

N

20 of 28


Issued Y/N


84 Since test piling involves elaborate load of approx.

2500 MT, will take time so kindly allow to execute

the piling irrespective of test pile results.

Not Agreed.


N

85 When do CMRL propose to start work. Immediately upon issue of LOA. N

86 At some location, it was observed that there is need

to demolish exisitung strucutre and make good and

road for traffic diversion. Kindly clarify whose scope

does this work shall be ?

Demolition, road for traffic

diversion etc. are in the scope of

the contractor as explained in the

Employer's Requirement

N

87 ITD B.2.1 Foundations Piling : It is mentioned in

the item description that the Piling is inclusive of

disposal and empty boring etc

Request CMRL to provide us Lead for Disposal

Area. Also indicate the discount / compensation

applicable in case of any change in lead per m3/per

km basis



shall be reduced accordingly. Refer

revised outline construction

specifications in part-2 of the

Addendum-1.

Y

88 There is no utility drawings enclosed along with the

bid documents. Request CMRL to provide us the

same.

Charted utilities are provided in

Annexure-2 of the addendum-1.

Uncharted utilities need to be

identified by the contractor

Y

89 In case any temple/ mosque removal in expected in

the work, request CMRL to kindly handle the same.

Not Agreed.

No revision in scope of work.

N

21 of 28


Issued Y/N


90 ITB 2.1.3(a) Scope of Work : Cost of such utility

shifting will be paid separately under relevant

item of BoQ.

No item is provided in BoQ. Kindly provide the

BoQ item for such additional items.

Utility diversion is in the scope of

the contractor

The shifting of charted, uncharted

utilities, and miscellaneous items

such as road dismantling and

demolishing etc., shall be paid as

per the actuals based on the

concerned departmental rates, and

as per the utility department

requirement. Refer Cl. 1.3.1 (b) of

Preamble, Bill of Quantiites, Part 1

and also refer addendum-1.

Y

91 ITB 2.1.3 (f) Scope of Work : Conduction of Load

test on pile as per IS-2911-Part IV

Considering availability of Land adjacent to the Test

Pile Location. Also within 2 months we have precast

3600 concrete blocks with lifting arrangements and

then Loading 6 test piles simultaneously is herculian

task. So suggest to adopt "Load Cell Method"

AND/OR ''DYNAMIC PILE TESTING". This will

save time and also will require Less space compared

to Conventional Load Testing with Concrete Block

Loading. Suggest to keep KD3B to be 90 days.

Not agreed.

Tender Condition prevails.

N

92 ITD B.2.1 Foundations Piling : It is mentiond in

the item description that the Pinling is incl of

disposal and empty boring etc.

Request CMRL to provide us the payment method

for Piling. Suggest below mechanism. (a) Pile dept

will be measured from GL (b) Pile head breaking

will be 1m above Cuttoff Level. (C) 1m above

concrete used for pile head breaking will be

measured and paid as per Concrete BoQ item.

Not Agreed.

Please refer revised BOQ.

N

22 of 28


Issued Y/N




8.7 of GC : KD4-Completion of 25% Piles - 100

days from LOA

Completion of 170 piles within 40 days is very High.

Also, this is a Milestone Linked with KD3B. So

request CMRL to provide at least 60 days from the

completion of Load Tests. Also request CMRL to

note that Test Pile result will be from the basis of

Pile Design and any major changes will lead to

change in equipment selection. So there is a

possibility that time lines will change. Request

CMRL to consider the same and allow mobilization

of 1 Rig until compeltion of Test Piling. And

balance 5 Rigs can be mobilized after Test Piling.

Not agreed.


N



8.7 of GC : Key Dates

In view of above observations, we request CMRL to

consider a discussion on Key Dates before start of

the work. Which will be part of the agreement along

with construction program.

Not agreed.

The contractor can mobilise

additional personnel and

equipment over and above the

minimum requirement to meet the

key dates.

N

95 GENERAL Site Office : Request CMRL to provide revised details of Site

Office requirement

Site office requirement of 200m²

may be taken on rental basis.

Please refer Addendum-1

Y

96 GENERAL Pile termination Criteria : Pile Termination Criteria is not provided in the Bid

document. Request you to provide us the same

Design is not in the scope of the

contractor. Execution shall be on

the basis of the issued Good for

Construction Drawings.

N

23 of 28


Issued Y/N


97 GENERAL Pile Depth : As per the drawings

provided, Pile depth is indicated maximum of 35

meters below GL

In case the Pile depth changes greater than 40 meters

due to design issues during execution period, we

would like to inform that regular piling rigs having

40 meters kelly will not perform. So, we need to

mobilize high capacity Rigs and request CMRL to

compensate for the same in case of occurrence of

such an event.

No extension of time or cost shall

be admissible for pile lengths upto

and including 40m. Beyond 40m

depth from pile cut-off level,

payment shall be made on the basis

of mutually agreed rates.

N

98 GENERAL OHSE : Occupational Health and

Safety Environment Manual

Occupational Health and Safety Environment

Manual is not enclosed. Request CMRL to provide

us the same.

Please refer Annexure - 5 of the

Addendum.

Y

99 GENERAL OHSE : OHSE-Audit score Request CMRL to allow setting the procedure for

assessment of Audit score for the project before start

of the work. This will help us to understand the

scoring system for Piling work which will be

different compared to other contracts w.r.t. nature

and logistics. Also, this will help us to avoid any

money retention which affects the cash flow

substantially.

Please refer annexure-5 of the

volume-3 of the Part-2.

Y

100 GENERAL Equipment : Cranes We wish to inform that 35MT Crane would be

sufficient for this nature of work instead of 80MT as

specified by CMRL. Also for technical operations in

this kind of job, 35MT category cranes are most

successful. Also the 100MT crane, which is basically

for Pile Test Loading could be mobilized as per the

requirement during Pile testing period. Otherwise

keeping such heavy cranes in busy lcoations will be

hinderance to work and safety of public.

Crane of capacity 40 tonne or

above may be used by the

contractor after giving an

undertaking that the usage of crane

of lower capacity will not affect the

progress of the work. For initial

pile load tests, 100MT crane shall

be mobilised as per Employer's

Requirements

N

24 of 28


Issued Y/N


101 Bid submission date : As per Bid document

submission date is 6th Dec

Request CMRL to consider 2 week extension Please refer corrigendum-1 in the

CMRL's web site.

N

102 Section III Evaluation and Qualification Criteria -

Specific Construction Experience :

(a) 1000/ 1200 mm diameter piling by using

Rotary drilling rig to a minimum 20,000 m should

have been done in a single contract in urban area.

Total Piling Quantity as per BoQ is 20739 RM. As

per General Practice Quantity Criteria will be fixed

as 50% or 60% of BoQ Quantity. But in this case it

is 100% of BoQ. Request to modify the Quantity

Requirement as 10000RM or 12000RM.

Please refer addendum-1. N

103 Clause 2.4.2 (b)

Page EQC 7 - : (b) 35000 cum concreting work in

foundation works of similar nature.

Please confirm this 35000 cum is including

Concrete Quantity of Pile.

Yes 35000 cum includes quantity

of pile.

N

104 Area of Site Establishment Request to provide Vacant Land nearby the site for

Establishing Batching Plant, Material Stack Yard

and Labour Camp.



casting yard, batching plant, Stack

Yard and Labour Camp, etc. and

other facilities without any liability

to the Employer. Please refer

revised Appendix-1 of the part-2 of

Addendum-1.

Y

25 of 28


Issued Y/N


105 BOQ

Item No.B.1.2 - Temporary Barrication :

Providing temporary barricade and arrangement

for traffic diversion such as traffic signals during

construction at site, for day and night as per

requirement and drawing. This item will be

payable only at two stages of construction. First stage involves

construction of foundations and substructures: pile, pile cap &

pier. Second stage involves construction of particular

superstructures. In both the stages of construction, the

barricading and arrangements for traffic diversion

has to be kept continuously. Nothing extra will be

paid for dismantling and re-erecting the barricades

the traffic signals and other arrangements

throughout the project period. Barricading may be

required to be shifted laterally number of times

but the same will be paid only once.

As the Present Scope of work is limited to Pile and

Pile Cap (Pier and Superstructure not included in

this scope), Please confirm the method of Payment.

As the 2M Height Barrication is required until

completion of pier, Please confirm whether

Contractor can taken back the barication after

completion of Pile Cap or to Handover the same to

the Super Structure Contractor.

Noted. Please refer revised BOQ in

the addendum-1.

Barricades are the property of the

contractor and should be removed

once the work in a stretch is

completed.

Y

106 BOQ

Item No.B.2.1 - Disposal of earth, muck slush :

Please confirm Distance of Dumping Land from the

Site for Disposal of Earth, Muck slush generated

during Piling Operation.



shall be reduced accordingly. Refer

addendum C3.

Y

26 of 28


Issued Y/N


107 BOQ

Item No.C.1 & C.2 - Reinforcing Steel : * The

rate includes anti corrosive coating with Cement +

Inhibitor solution as per Technical specifications.

Please confirm Whether the anti corrosive coating

shall be applied on all reinforcement Steel or only

for exposed Pier Reinforcement.



coating.

N

108 EMPLOYER'S REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 2

CONTRACT KEY DATES - : Completion of

erection of barricading and traffic

diversion and planning and commencement of all

utility diversion .............. 45 Days (KD2)

As the time is very short to Fabricate Barrication for

a Length of 6000RM, Contractor shall be allowed to

use his existing barrication Material available with

them.

Contractor may use the existing

barricade in good condition

however he has to conduct the

necessary repairs & painting at his

own cost and risk in case they are

rendered fit by Employer .

N

Request to modify as follows:

Completion of 50% initial pile load tests.... 60 Days Tender condition prevails N

Completion of 100% initial pile load tests.... 75 Tender condition prevails N

Request to modify as follows:

25% of total number of piles 115 Days. Ie additional

15 Days

Tender condition prevails N

Accordingly KD 5 to KD 12 may be shifted for

another 15 days

Tender condition prevails N

111 Utility Shifting Actual Quantity of Utility shifting shall be measured

and paid. Please confirm.

Utility shifting shall be paid as per

actual and according to the Clause

1.3.1 of section-IV of the Part-1.

N

112 BOQ - TN VAT : Whether the Unit Rates to be quoted shall be

inclusive of TN VAT or exclusive.



addendum B12

Y

CONTRACT KEY DATES - Initial Pile Load

Test : Completion of all initial pile load tests... 60

Days (KD 3B)

CONTRACT KEY DATES - : Construction of

25% of total number of piles 100 Days. KD4

109

110

27 of 28


Issued Y/N


113 - Date of Submission of Bid : The deadline for

Bid submission is: 06.12.2016 upto 14:00 hrs

Please Extend the date of submission of bid upto

20/12/2016

Please refer corrigendum-1 at the

CMRL's website.

N

28 of 28

ADDENDUM-1

ECV 103

ADDENDUM-1 OF ECV-103

Page 1 of 13

S.No

Reference Para/ Clause Amendment

A General

A1 Engineer's Nameand Address Chief General Manager (Elevated Corridor)

Chennai Metro Rail LimitedAdministrative Building, CMRL Depot,Poonamallee High Road, KoyambeduChennai 600 107, IndiaElectronic mail address: [email protected]

Replace withChief General Manager (UG-Construction)Chennai Metro Rail LimitedAdministrative Building, CMRL Depot,Poonamallee High Road, KoyambeduChennai 600 107, IndiaElectronic mail address: [email protected]

A2 Currencies of Bidand Payment

Currencies of Bid and Payment shall be USD. Replace with:Currencies of Bid and Payment shall be Indian Rupees (INR) only

B Part 1

B1

Section II: Bid DataSheetE: Evaluation andComparison of BidsITB 34.1

The date for the exchange rate shall be: 30 days prior to the date of the opening of TechnicalBid

Replace with the followingThe date for the exchange rate shall be: 28 days prior to the date of the opening of TechnicalBid

B2

Section III:Evaluation andQualificationCriteria1.1.3 Minimumrequirement ofPlant andMachinery

S. No. Equipment Type and CharacteristicsMinimum Number

required

1 Hydraulic Piling Rigs 6

2 80 Tonne SWL Crane 6

3 Crawler mounted Crane – 100 Tonne 3

4 Batching Plant 30 cum or arrangement from RMC 1

5 Bentonite Mixer Plant 3

6 Excavator 3

7 Transit Mixer 6

Replace with the following

1

S. No. Equipment Type and CharacteristicsMinimum Number

required

1 Hydraulic Piling Rigs 6

2 40 Tonne or higher capacity as per the requirementSWL Crane

6

3 Crawler mounted Crane – 100 Tonne 3

4 Batching Plant 30 cum or arrangement from RMC 1

5 Bentonite Mixer Plant 3

6 Excavator 3

7 Transit Mixer 6


Page 2 of 13

S.No


B3

Section III:Evaluation andQualificationCriteria

2.2 Historical Contract Non-Performance2.2.3 Litigation HistoryRequirement: No consistent history of court/ arbitral award decisions against the Bidder (iii)since 1st January, 2011

Replace with the followingRequirement: No consistent history of court/ arbitral award decisions against the Bidder (iii)since 1st January, 2006

B4


2.2 Historical Contract Non-Performance2.2.3 Litigation History

Add the following paragraph to Notes for the Bidder (iii)Details pertaining to litigation history will be evaluated over a 10 year period (last 10 Calendaryears ending 30 November, 2016). The Tenderer shall provide accurate information on therelated Tender Form and in a separate statement furnishing numbers and details of suchlitigation cases about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed orongoing under its execution over the last ten (10) years. A consistent history of awards againstthe Applicant or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Tender. Maximum15% of the contracts handled over a period of 10 years, rounded up to next whole number,shall be acceptable for arbitral awards or court decisions against the Tenderer. As an indicativeexample, for a Contractor handling/ handled fifty (50) contracts over the last ten (10) years,should be acceptable to have maximum eight (8) number of arbitral awards or court decisionsagainst the Tenderer/Contractor.

B5


2.3. Financial Situation2.3.2 Average Annual Construction TurnoverMinimum average annual construction turnover of INR 75 Crores, calculated as total certifiedpayments received for contracts in progress and/ or completed, within the last Five years,divided by Five years

Replace with the followingMinimum average annual construction turnover of INR 105 Crores, calculated as totalcertified payments received for contracts in progress and/ or completed, within the last Fiveyears, divided by Five years

B6


2.4.1 General Construction Experience

Experience under construction contracts in the role of prime contractor (single entity or JVmember), subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last Five years, starting1st January 2011.

Replace with the following2.4.1 General Construction Experience

Experience under construction contracts in the role of prime contractor (single entity or JVmember) for at least the last Five years, starting 1st January 2011.

B7


2.4.2 (a) Specific Construction Experience

A minimum number of:

a) One similar (ii) completed work of elevated viaduct sub-structure of value 52 cr. Or aboveOr,

b) Two similar (ii) completed work of elevated viaduct sub-structure of value 32.5 cr. EachOr,

c) Three similar (ii) completed work of elevated viaduct sub-structure of value 26 cr. each


2.4.2 (a) Specific Construction Experience

A minimum number of:

a) One similar (ii) completed work of elevated viaduct/ bridge sub-structure of value 56 cr.Or above Or,

b) Two similar (ii) completed work of elevated viaduct/ bridge sub-structure of value 35 cr.Each Or,

c) Three similar (ii) completed work of elevated viaduct/ bridge sub-structure of value 28 cr.each


Page 3 of 13

S.No


that have been satisfactorily and substantially (iii) completed as a prime contractor (singleentity or JV member) (iv) between 1st January 2011 and Bid submission deadline

that have been satisfactorily and substantially (iii) completed as a prime contractor (singleentity or JV member) (iv) between 1st January 2011 and Bid submission deadline

B8


2.4.2 (b) Specific Construction Experience

For the above or other contracts completed and under implementation as prime contractor(single entity or JV member), management contractor or subcontractor (vi) between 1stJanuary 2011 and Bid submission deadline, a minimum construction experience in thefollowing key activities (a) & (b) successfully completed (vii)

(a) 1000/ 1200 mm diameter piling by using Rotary drilling rig to a minimum 20,000 mshould have been done in a single contract in urban area.

(b) 35000 cum concreting work in foundation works of similar nature.



For the above or other contracts completed and under implementation as prime contractor(single entity or JV member) (vi) between 1st January 2011 and Bid submission deadline, a

minimum construction experience in the following key activities (a) & (b) successfullycompleted (vii)

(a) 1000mm or higher diameter piling by using Rotary drilling rig to a minimum 20,000mwherein minimum 10,000 m completed in a single contract preferably in an urban context.

(b) 35000 cum concreting work in foundation works of similar nature.

B9



Compliance Requirements for Single Entity and JV

Must meet requirement (can be a specialist subcontractor)



Compliance Requirements for Single Entity and JV

Must meet requirement

B10


Notes for the Bidder

(i) A management contractor is a firm which takes on the role of contract management asa “general” contractor of sort could do. It does not normally perform directly the construction

work(s) associated with the contract. Rather, it manages the work of other (sub) contractorswhile bearing full responsibility and risk for price, quality, and timely performance of thework contract.

(ii) The similarity shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods/technologyand/or other characteristics described in Section VI, Works Requirements. Summation ofnumber of small value contracts (less than the value specified under requirement) to meet theoverall requirement will not be accepted.

(iii) Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more of the works completed underthe contract.


Notes for the Bidder

(i) Deleted

(ii) The similarity shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods/technology and/orother characteristics described in Section VI, Works Requirements. Summation of numberof small value contracts (less than the value specified under requirement) to meet theoverall requirement will not be accepted.

(iii) Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more of the works completed under

the contract.


Page 4 of 13

S.No


(iv) For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a JV member, only the Bidder’sshare, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement under the respective contract.

(v) In case of a JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not beaggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contracthas been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimumvalue of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meetsthe requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by allmembers, each of value equal or more than the minimum value required, shall be aggregated.

(vi) For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a JV member or subcontractor,only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement.

(vii) Volume, number or rate of production of any key activity can be demonstrated in one

or more contracts combined if executed during same time period. The rate of production shallbe the annual production rate for the key construction activity (or activities). For the rate ofproduction, either the average during the entire period or in any one or more years during theperiod should be specified.

(viii) The minimum experience requirement for multiple contracts will be the sum of theminimum requirements for respective individual contracts.

(iv)For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a JV member, only the Bidder’sshare, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement under the respective contract.

(v) In case of a JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to

determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has beenmet. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value ofa single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets therequirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by allmembers, each of value equal or more than the minimum value required, shall be

aggregated.

(vi)For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a JV member or subcontractor, onlythe Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement.

(vii) Deleted

(viii) Deleted

B11


2.5 Financial Resources

Requirement

(i) The Bidder shall demonstrate that it has access to, or has available, liquid assets,unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means (independent of anycontractual advance payment) sufficient to meet the construction cash flow requirementsestimated as INR 60 Cr (Sixty Crores) over a 4 month period for the subject contract(s) net ofthe Bidders other commitments.

2.5 Financial Resources

Requirement

(i) The Bidder shall demonstrate that it has access to, or has available, liquid assets,unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means (independent of anycontractual advance payment) sufficient to meet the construction cash flow requirementsestimated as INR 27 Cr (Twenty Seven Crores) over a 3 month period for the subjectcontract(s) net of the Bidders other commitments.

B12Section IV: BiddingForms

Letter of Price Bid(c) The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below is:In case of only one lot, total price of the Bid [insert the total price of the Bid in words andfigures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]i. Excluding Customs Duty/ Excise Duty: _______ii. Including Customs Duty/ Excise Duty, VAT/ GST: _____

Replace withLetter of Price Bid(c) The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below is:In case of only one lot, total price of the Bid [insert the total price of the Bid in words andfigures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]i. Excluding Service Tax and TN-VAT: _______


Page 5 of 13

S.No


B13

Section IV BiddingFormsSchedule ofAdjustment Data

Table A: Local Currency

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Index code Indexdescription

Source ofindex

Base value

and date

Bidder’s

related currencyamount

Bidder’s

proposed

weighting

PriceVariationClause

Nonadjustable RBI

Labour – CPI

Cement – WPI

Steel Long – WPI

Fuel – WPI

28 days prior todate of bidsubmission

A. Fixed

B. Labour

C. Cement

D. Steel

E. Fuel

A: 0.20

B: 0.10-0.30

C: 0.05-0.25

D: 0.05-0.15

E: 0.15-0.35

Total 1.00

Replace with

Table A: Local Currency

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

Index code Indexdescription

Source ofindex

Base value

and date

Bidder’s

related currencyamount

Bidder’s

proposed

weighting

PriceVariationClause

RBI RBI (CPI)Labour/ LabourBureau (Govt. ofIndia- ChennaiCircle)

RBI‐WPI-Cement and Lime

RBI‐WPI-Steel–Long

RBI‐WPI-Fuel

28 days prior todate of bidsubmission

Deleted A: 0.20

B: 0.25Labour

C: 0.2Cement andLime

D: 0.3 SteelLong

E: 0.05 Fuel

Total 1.00

B14

Section IV BiddingFormsSchedule ofAdjustment Data

Table B: Foreign Currency (FC) Deleted

B15Section IV: BiddingForms

Bill of Quantities


Bill of Quantities (Revised)

Refer Annexure-4

B16Section IVBidding FormsPricing Schedule

1.2. Contract Price

1.2.1 The total of all Price Centre B to D as shown in the Pricing Summary in Clause 1.7.1, with theaddition of Tamil Nadu VAT, constitutes the Contract Price which shall be the total amount to be paidto the Tenderer for executing the Works and performing all other obligations under the Contract,subject only to any further amounts as may be determined by the Employer / Employer’sRepresentative as being due to the Tenderer in accordance with the Contract.

Replace with

1.2 Contract Price

1.2.1 The total of all Price Centre B to D as shown in the Pricing Summary in Clause 1.7.1,with inclusion of Excise and customs Duty but excluding TN VAT & Service taxconstitutes the Contract Price which shall be the total amount to be paid to the Tenderer forexecuting the Works and performing all other obligations under the Contract, subject only to

any further amounts as may be determined by the Employer/ Employer’s Representative asbeing due to the Tenderer in accordance with the Contract.


Page 6 of 13

S.No


The Price Centre totals and the Contract Price shall not be subjected to adjustment by the

Tenderer in respect of any error or oversight in the preparation of the Pricing Document, andthey represent the full extent of the Tenderers entitlement to receive payment in respect ofsuch Price Centres. Errors will be corrected by the Employer for any arithmetic mistakes incomputation or summation found in the tender submission, as indicated in the Instruction toTenderers of Part 1.

The Price Centre totals and the Contract Price shall not be subjected to adjustment by theTenderer in respect of any error or oversight in the preparation of the Pricing Document, andthey represent the full extent of the Tenderers entitlement to receive payment in respect ofsuch Price Centres. Errors will be corrected by the Employer for any arithmetic mistakes incomputation or summation found in the tender submission, as indicated in the Instruction toTenderers of Part 1.

B17Section IVBidding FormsPricing Schedule

1.2 Contract Price

1.2.2 Payments for Price Centre A to D will be made in the currencies quoted.

Replace with

1.2 Contract Price

1.2.2 Payments for Price Centre A to D will be made in INR only.

B18Section IVBidding FormsA Preamble

1.3.4 The Tenderer should note that for the following Key Staff; Project Manager, Pilingconstruction Manager, QA Manager and Safety Manager, if not employed and on site within30 days of issue of LoA, there shall be a deduction of INR 2 lakhs for each month, or part

thereof, as determined by the Employer/ Employer’s Representative, whose decision shall befinal and binding.


1.3.4 The Tenderer should note that for the following Key Staff; Project Manager, Pilingconstruction Manager, QA/QC Manager and Safety Manager, if not employed and on site within30 days of issue of LoA, there shall be a deduction of INR 2 lakhs for each month on pro-rata

basis, for each key personnel, as determined by the Employer/ Employer’s Representative,whose decision shall be final and binding.

B19Section IVBidding FormsA Preamble

Add the following after clause 1.3.7

1.3.8 Miscellaneous items that are neither covered in the BOQ nor covered under DSR 2014(Civil) for work scope including but not limited to utility shifting etc., Rates and quantum of

work to be confirmed before commencing in line with the provisions of contract. Thecontractor may be required to continue a skeleton establishment after the taking over period tillthe commissioning of the project for which he will be paid on man-months provision whichwill be discussed and agreed with the successful tenderer.

B20

Section IVBidding Forms1.7 PricingSchedule

1.7.1 Pricing Summary

Price Centre Description

Amount

In Rupees(INR)

In ForeignCurrency

Schedule B General & Foundations CONFIDENTIAL


1.7.1 Pricing Summary

Price Centre DescriptionAmount

In Rupees (INR)

Schedule B General & Foundations

Schedule C Reinforcing Steel


Page 7 of 13

S.No


Schedule C Reinforcing Steel NOT TO BE FILLED INTHIS

Schedule D Road & Drain and Miscellaneous TO BE FILLED IN PRICEBID, SEALED ANDSUBMITTED

TENDER TOTAL P=

- TN VAT (Ceiling Amount) (Q) NIL

- TENDER TOTAL (R=P+Q)

- BASIC CUSTOMS DUTIES (S) (CeilingAmount)

NIL

- TENDER TOTAL (R ) in words

Schedule D Road & Drain and Miscellaneous TO BE FILLED IN PRICEBID, SEALED ANDSUBMITTED

TOTAL P = B+C+D (this includes all taxesand duties except the TNVAT and servicetax)

TN VAT (Ceiling Amount) (Q)

Service Tax (Ceiling Amount) (R)

Evaluation will be carried based on the amount (P) only.

B21

Section IVBidding Forms1.7 PricingSchedule

Note:

(1) Payments for this contract will be made in Currencies quoted above. Bidders shallquote for price centres B to D including Customs Duty but excluding TN VAT. Price CentreA has not been priced but will be 5% of the price centre totals of Price centres B to D quotedin the table.

(2) Bidder is to insert a ceiling amount for Tamil Nadu VAT and Basic Customs Duties,which will be reimbursed in accordance with contract condition. Bidders shall note that the

Basic Customs Duty and TN VAT indicated in the above table will be reimbursed by theEmployer on proof of documentary support having paid subject to the ceiling amountsindicated in the above table.

(3) The foreign currency quoted will be converted into INR and totalled. Conversions willbe based on RBI Exchange Rate prevailing 28 days prior to submission of tender.


Note:

(1) Payments for this contract will be made in Indian Rupees (INR). Bidders shall

quote for price centres B to D excluding all taxes. Price Centre A has not beenpriced but will be 5% of the price centre totals of Price centres B to D quoted in thetable.

(2) Bidder is to insert a ceiling amount for Tamil Nadu VAT and Service Tax which willbe reimbursed in accordance with contract condition. Bidders shall note that the taxes

indicated in the above table will be reimbursed by the Employer on producing proof ofdocumentary support having paid subject to the ceiling amounts indicated in the above table.

(3) Deleted

B22Section IVBidding Forms

2 Scope of Work

Deleted.

For Scope of Work, refer Part 2, Volume 1: Employer’s Requirements


Page 8 of 13

S.No


B23

Form CON:Historical ContractNon-Performance1. History of Non-PerformingContracts

Last Column:Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and USD equivalent)

Replace Last Column with the following:Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and INR equivalent)

B24

Form CON:Historical ContractNon-Performance2. PendingLitigation



B25

Form CON:Historical ContractNon-Performance3. LitigationHistory



B26Form FIN -1:Financial Situation

Historic information for previous [insert number] years (amount in currency, currency,exchange rate, USD equivalent)

Replace with the followingHistoric information for previous [insert number] years (amount incurrency, currency, exchange rate, INR equivalent)

B27

Form FIN -2:Average AnnualConstructionTurnover

Last Column:USD equivalent[insert amount in USD equivalent]

Replace Last Column with the following:INR equivalent[insert amount in INR equivalent]

B28

Form FIN -2:Average AnnualConstructionTurnover

* Total USD equivalent for all years divided by the total number of years, in accordance withthe Prequalification criteria or Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor2.3.2, as appropriate.

Replace with the following* Total INR equivalent for all years divided by the total number of years, in accordance withthe Prequalification criteria or Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor2.3.2, as appropriate.


Page 9 of 13

S.No


B29Form FIR -2:Current ContractCommitments

Value of Outstanding Work [Current USD Equivalent]Average Monthly Invoicing Over Last Six Months [USD/month]

Replace with the followingValue of Outstanding Work [Current INR Equivalent]Average Monthly Invoicing Over Last Six Months [INR/month]Add the following noteNote: Bidders should demonstrate sufficient available funds to meet the current contractcommitments

B30

Form EXP -1:GeneralConstructionExperience

Amount of contract: [insert amount in currency, mention currency used, exchange rate andUSD equivalent]

Replace with the followingAmount of contract: [insert amount in currency, mention currency used, exchange rate andINR equivalent]

B31

Form EXP -2(a):SpecificConstructionExperience

USD [insert exchange rate and total contract amount in USD equivalent]Replace with the following:INR [insert exchange rate and total contract amount in INR equivalent]

B32

Form EXP -2(b):ConstructionExperience in KeyActivities

USD [insert exchange rate and total contract amount in USD equivalent]Replace with the following:INR [insert exchange rate and total contract amount in INR equivalent]

C Part 3

C1

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 2 Engineer'sName and Address

Chief General Manager (Elevated Corridor)Chennai Metro Rail LimitedAdministrative Building, CMRL Depot,Poonamallee High Road, KoyambeduChennai 600 107, IndiaElectronic mail address: [email protected]

Replace with the following:Chief General Manager (UG-Construction)Chennai Metro Rail LimitedAdministrative Building, CMRL Depot,Poonamallee High Road, KoyambeduChennai 600 107, IndiaElectronic mail address: [email protected]

C2

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 9 -ElectronicTransmissionSystems

Email: [email protected] with the following:Email: [email protected]


Page 10 of 13

S.No


C3

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 16 –PerformanceSecurity

The Performance Security will be in the form of a “demand guarantee” in the amount of 7.5percent of the Accepted Contract Amount and in the same currency of the Accepted ContractAmount

Replace with the following:The Performance Security will be in the form of a “demand guarantee” for an amount of 7.5percent of the Accepted Contract Amount and in the same currency of the Accepted ContractAmount from PSU banks.

C4

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 18 -Commencement ofWorks

Within 15 days from the date of issue of LOAReplace with the following:From the date of issue of LOA

C5

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 23 - TotalAdvance Payment

10% Percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount payable in the currencies and proportionsin which the Accepted Contract Amount is payablePayable in two equal instalments. First instalment is paid on production of BG and secondinstalment is paid after satisfactory utilization of the first instalment.

Replace with the following:10% Percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount payable in three instalments.First instalment of 2.5% of the Advance Payment shall be paid for mobilization once thecontract is signed after submission of required bank guarantee in the specified format fromPSU Banks.After submitting proof of proper utilization of the 2.5% and mobilization of all key personnel,the second instalment of 2.5% shall be paid. After submission of proof of proper utilization ofthe 5%, last instalment of 5% for plant and machinery (P&M) shall be paid on completemobilization of all the P&Ms as stated in the Employer's requirement

C6

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 25 –Percentage ofRetention

2.5%Replace with the following:NIL


Page 11 of 13

S.No


C7

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 26 – Limit ofRetention Money

2.5% of the Accepted Contract Amount to be recovered in each bill at the rate of 5% of the billtill the recovery of 2.5%

Replace with the following:2.5% of the Accepted Contract Amount in the form of Bank Guarantee to be submitted at thetime of signing the contract agreement from PSU banks.

C8

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractDataS. No. 35

List of potential DB sole members: Serving or Retired Officer of CMRL not lower than therank of GM or equivalent who has no dealt with the contract.

Replace with the following:List of potential DB sole members: Serving or Retired Officer of CMRL not lower than therank of GM or equivalent who has not dealt with the contract.

C9

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractData

Add the followingS. No Conditions Sub-

ClauseData

40. Payment toAdjudicator

20.2 Rs 10,000 per day/ part for site visit/ sittingsubject to a maximum of Rs 100,000/- duringentire contract

C10

ParticularConditionsPart A: ContractData

Table: Summary of Liquidated Damages as per clause 8.7 of GC

KEYDATE

Description of Key Date Amount inRupeesLakhs perday

Amount inRupeesLakhs perday

Amount inRupeesLakhs perday

(0 to 28days)

(29 to 56days)

(57th dayonwards)

KD 1Submission of construction programme,establishing site office and mobilisationof 6 Nos piling rigs.

10 20 30

KD 2Completion of erection of barricadingand traffic diversion and planning andcommencement of all utility diversion

10 20 30

KD 3A Construction of all the test piles. 10 20 30

KD 3B Completion of all initial pile load tests 10 20 30

KD 4Construction of 25% of total number ofpiles

10 20 30

Replace with the followingTable: Summary of Liquidated Damages as per clause 8.7 of GC

KEYDATE

Description of Key Date Amount in Rupees Lakhs per day (fordelay beyond the stipulated KD as inAnnexure-5 of the addendum-1)

(0 to 28days)

(29 to 56days)

(57th dayonwards)

KD 1

Submission of initial constructionprogramme, establishing site officeon rental basis and mobilisation ofpiling rigs.

1 2 3

KD 2

Completion of erection ofbarricading and traffic diversion andplanning and commencement of allutility diversion.

1 2 3

KD 3A Construction of all the test piles. 1 2 3


Page 12 of 13

S.No



20 40 50


20 40 50

KD 7Construction of 100% of total numberof piles

20 40 50

KD 8Construction of 25% of total number ofpile caps.

20 40 50


20 40 50


20 40 50

KD 11Completion of 100% of pile caps andoverall completion of the project

20 40 50

KD 3BCompletion of 50% of initial pile loadtests.

1 2 3

KD 3CCompletion of 100% of Initial PileLoad Tests

1 2 3


1 2 3


1 2 3


1 2 3

KD 7Construction of 100% of total numberof piles

1 2 3


1 2 3


1 2 3


1 2 3

KD 11Completion of 100% of pile capsincluding Pier starter & crash barrier.

1 2 3

KD 12Overall completion of the worksincluding road restoration.

1 2 3

C11Part B: SpecificProvisions

SP1 to SP36 - Supplement to Part 3 Section VII – General ConditionsReplace with Part B: Specific Provisions (Revised)attached herewith as Annexure-1

C12Section IX Annexto ParticularConditions

Section IX Annex to Particular Conditions: Contract FormsReplace with Section IX Annex to Particular Conditions (Revised)attached herewith as Annexure-6


Page 13 of 13

S.No


D Part 2

D1

Volume 1 -

Works

Requirement

Section VI

Employer's Requirement Revised Employer’s Requirement in Annexure-5.

D2

Volume 2 -

Works

Requirement

Section VI

Outline Construction Specifications Revised Outline Construction Specifications in Annexure-5.

D3

Volume 2 -

Works

Requirement

Section VI

Occupational, Health, Safety & Environment Revised Occupational, Health, Safety & Environment in Annexure-5.

ANNEXURE-1

Part B: Specific Provisions(Revised)

ECV 103

Section VIII. Particular Conditions (Part B: Specific Provisions)-ECV 103 PC-1

Part B - Specific Provisions

Supplement to Part 3 Section VII – General Conditions, unless otherwise stated.SPNo.

Section VII-GC Sub-Clause No.

The following Clauses in this Part B – ParticularConditions supplement Section VII General Conditions,unless otherwise stated.

SP-1. 1.1.3.10

Contract Period

Contract Period means the period from the commencementdate to the date 243 days after that date on which whole ofthe works shall have been completed and taking overcertificate issued plus the defect liability period

SP-2. 1.1.6.11

Other Definitions

Add the following sub-clauses after Sub-Clause 1.1.6.10Part 3 Section VII General Conditions.

1.1.6.11 “Time for Completion” means a date identified assuch in the Contract Documents in GC 8.2 ofcontract document and the same may be extendedby the Engineer’s Representative pursuant toClause 8.4

1.1.6.12 “Project Contractors” means contractors engagedon the Project from time to time by the Engineer.

1.1.6.13 “Interfacing Contractors” means any of thefollowing whose activities or the works they areengaged to carry out in any way or at any timeaffect or are affected by the Works:(a) Project Contractors and design or specialist

consultants engaged on the Project from timeto time by the Engineer, the Government ofIndia, the Government of Tamilnadu or theutility providers;

(b) utility providers;(c) developers or franchisees appointed on the

Project from time to time by the Engineer;(d) subcontractors of any tier of the contractors

within category (a) above, and contractors andsubcontractors of any tier of utility providers,developers and franchisees within categories(b) and (c) above;

provided that the definition shall exclude theContractor and his subcontractors of any tier inrelation to the Works and in any other capacitywhich would otherwise fall within categories (a)to (d) above in relation to other works.

1.1.6.14 “Relevant Authority” means any Governmentdepartment or public body (other than theEngineer) having jurisdiction in relation to theWorks.

1.1.6.15 “Key Date” means a date identified as such orTime for completion in the contract documents


and whose non-fulfillment will attract penalty asper General Condition 8.7.

SP-3. 1.5

Priority of Documents.

Modify Para 1.5 of GC with the following:

(a) The Contract Agreement(b)Letter of Acceptance (LoA)(c) Notice Inviting Tender(d)Addenda to the Tender Documents(e) Pre-Bid Queries/ Letter of Clarification(f) Instructions To Bidders(g)Particular Conditions(h)General Conditions(i) Employer’s Requirements(j) Pricing Document(k)Bidding Procedures & Other Forms(l) Contractor’s Technical Proposal

(m) Any other documentSP-4. 2.1 Right to access to

the siteReplace the third paragraph and fourth paragraph with thefollowing clause:

2.1.1 Consequence of delay in giving right of access to thesite, beyond the dates given in the Appendix to form oftender and/or the Appendices.

The contractor is required to work on the basis of sharedaccess at the work site duly coordinating with theinterfacing contractors. The access given to the contractoris not exclusive to him and the access shall be shared as perthe works and sequences required at site. The land givenaccess is for the purpose of permanent, its associatedtemporary works and storing materials required at site fornext one week. For the purpose of stacking of materialsancillary arrangements, offices etc. the contractor need tomake its own arrangements elsewhere.

Access to the work area shall be given in a phased manneras given in the Appendix-2A, of Part-2. The contractorshall take these dates into the work programme. In case if aparticular land area is not available for access, employermay give alternate areas in lieu of the same and thecontractor shall accordingly plan his works to cater to suchchanges without any extra cost on such account. Even aftersuch provision, if access to any area gets delayed, then

For the purpose of reckoning the delay, the latter among thedates mentioned in the Appending 2A and the date bywhich contractor required such area in the approvedprogramme shall be considered.

Further that the progress of works in the areas where accessis given is to the satisfaction of the employer, then thecontractor’s entitlement towards such delays shall be asunder


Period ofdelay inhandingover (delayreckoned asper abovementionedparagraphs)

Extensionof Time

Compensationfor thesuspensionperiod

Remarks

Upto 14 days No No

15 to 30days

Yes No Extension oftime asconsidereddue by theemployer.

Above 30days and upto 60 days

(Withoutprior notice)

Yes

(Asassessed byengineerandapprovedbyemployerdulyconsideringtheprogram.)

The contractorwill be paidleast amongthe following(1) and (2)

(1) As perdaily rate ofwages for idlelabour /employees70% of the ratefor hirecharges foridle plant andmachinery(excluding thecost of fuel andlubricants) forthe number ofdays approvedby CMRLagainst proofas per remarkscolumn. Inaddition,chargestowards onetimedemobilisation,remobilisationif ordered.

(2) 0.02% ofContract valueper day for theproportionate*area of landnot given

Compensationas assessed bythe Engineerand approvedby Employeron submissionofdocumentaryproof by theContractor totheEngineer’ssatisfaction.Thecontractorshall get thedocumentaryproof verifiedby Engineeron daily basisfrom the dayof occurrence.


access tobeyond 30days upto thetime ofhanding over.

(* = Area notgiven access/Total area)

Above 60days fromthe due datefor handingover andupto 8months fromthe date ofissue ofLOA.

(Withoutprior notice)

Yes


The Contractorwill be paidleast amongthe following(1) and (2):

(1) Thecharges for onetimedemobilizationand re-mobilization ofthe machinesdemobilizeddue to non-availability ofsite OR

(2) 0.02% ofContract valueper day for theproportionate*area of landnot givenaccess tobeyond 30days upto thetime ofhanding over.


Thecontractorwill beallowed todemobilizeuponreceivingnotice ofdemobilizinganymachinerythat mayremain idledue to thedelay inhanding overof the site.Thecontractor hasto remobilizethe requiredmachinerywhen the siteis handedover withoutanycompensationtowards thesame.

After 8months fromLOA and upto theoriginalcontractperiod or theapprovedextendedperiod ofcompletion.

Yes


The Contractorwill be paidleast amongthe following(1) and (2):

1) The chargesfor one timedemobilizationandremobilizationof themachinesdemobilizeddue to non-

Thecontractorwill beallowed todemobilizeuponreceivingnotice ofdemobilizinganymachinerythat mayremain idledue to thedelay in


availability ofsite or

2) 0.02% ofContract valueper day for theproportionate*area of landnot givenaccess tobeyond 30days upto thetime ofhanding over.


handing overof the site.Thecontractor hasto remobilizethe requiredmachinerywhen the siteis handedover withoutanycompensationtowards thesame.

After 8months fromLOA and upto theoriginalcontractperiod, if theEngineerdeterminesthat thecontractorwill not beable tocomplete theworks withinthe originalcontractperiod, evenif thestretches arehanded overwithin theoriginalcontractperiod or theextendedperiod asapproved bythe engineer.

No Nocompensationexcept for thefollowing

1.) The valueof approvedmaterialsactuallybrought to thesite andreasonablyrequired toexecute theworks duringnext threemonths, as perapprovedworksprogramme,and

2.) Value ofworkcompleted uptodate by theContractor atrates specifiedin the contract,after takinginto accountanydeductions, setoff etc. and

3.) In addition,a sum notexceeding 2%of the value ofthe work

Contractormay ask fordeletion fromthe contract ofthat part ofthe workswhich havenot beenhanded overto him. If theEngineerdeterminesthat the worksof the nothanded oversectionscannot becompletedwithin theoriginalcontractperiod.


remainingincomplete onthe date ofTerminationnotice takingeffect.

The aggregated amount of compensation payable under thisclause subjected to above conditions shall be limited to 5%of contract price.

If “Prior Notice” for the purpose of the Table, has beengiven either by the Employer or the Engineer at least 30days before the due date of handing over of any site, thathand over is likely to be delayed, then no compensationwill be applicable upto a delay of 60 days from the due dateof handing over. The period of delay in the above tableshall therefore commence 60 days after the originalhanding over date and subject to the paras mentioned abovethe table.

The decision of the Employer shall be final on the amountof compensation payable on account of any idle labour/employees and idle plant/ machinery or re-mobilizationcharges or pro-rated per square meter contract value orother form of compensation.

Apart from this, the Contractor has no other remedies inconnection with any delay in handing over of the sites andthe same is an excepted matter.

SP-5. 2.5

Employer’s Claims.

Add the following to GC 2.5 at the end, as supplement to2.5 of GC.

2.5 Employer’s Claims.Some of the circumstances when this Clause may apply areas follows;i) Claims for amounts not insured by the Contractor.ii) Claims for amounts not recovered from the insurers.iii) Claims for damage caused to Interfacing Contractors,

third parties or Engineer’s property.iv) Claims against the Contractor for not completing

remedial works or to remedy defects.v) Claims for the Contractor not obtaining refunds of

duties, VAT, etc...vi) Claims for not clearing site and not reinstating such to

its original condition.vii) Any other unforeseen circumstancesviii) Any price variation, claims, compensation become

payable to the interfacing contractor for the delay inthe access provided to them by the contractor shall berecovered from the contractor by the employer.


SP 6. 3.7

Engineer toAttemptAgreement

Add the following sub-clauses as 3.7 below 3.6 in GC.

3.7.1 Claims Report

The Contractor shall send to the Engineer once in every three monthsan account giving the following details;

i) comprehensive particulars, along with full details andjustification, of all on-going claims for any extension of time oradditional payment to which the Contractor may considerhimself entitled, and

ii) all extra or additional work ordered by the Engineer which hehas executed during the preceding three months, including anyclaims for extension of time or additional payment to which theContractor may consider himself entitled.

No final or interim claim for payment for any such work orexpense will be considered which has not been included in suchparticulars.

3.7.2 Claim Determination and Assessment.The Engineer shall consult with the Employer before proceedingin accordance with this SP Sub-clause to agree or determine;(i) any extension of Time for Completion, in accordance withGC sub-clauses 3.5, 8.4, 20 and SP sub-clauses 4 and 20, and/or(ii) any additional payment to which the Contractor is entitledunder the Contract.The requirements of this sub-clause are in addition to those ofany other GC or SP Clauses which may apply to a claim. If theContractor fails to comply with any GC or SP sub-clause inrelation to any claim, including submission of full supportingdetails of his claim, the Engineer determination and assessmentof any extension of time and/or additional payment shall takeaccount of the extent (if any) to which such failure by theContractor has prevented or prejudiced the proper investigationof the claim.The Engineer shall give notice to the Employer and theContractor of each agreement or determination, with supportingparticulars.

SP 7. 4.2

PerformanceSecurity

Replace para 2 of 4.2 GC

The Contractor shall deliver the Performance Security to the Employerwithin 28 days after receiving the Letter of Acceptance, and shall senda copy to the Engineer. The Performance Security shall be issued bypublic sector undertaking bank (PSU) selected by the Contractor, andshall be in the form annexed to the Particular Conditions, as stipulatedby the Employer, or in another form approved by the Employer.

SP 8. 4.6

Co-operation

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 4.6 ofGeneral ConditionsOpportunity For Interfacing Contractors and Other Contractors


4.6.1 Reasonable Opportunity

The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of theEngineer, afford all reasonable facilities for Interfacing Contractorsand / or any other contractor who may be carrying out, on or adjacentto any Site any Work not included in the Contract but required by theEngineer, any utilities undertaking or other duly constituted authority.

The Contractor shall, as reasonably requested in a written manner bythe Engineer, make available to any such Interfacing Contractor, othercontractors, or the Engineer or any such authority, any roads or waysfor the maintenance of which the Contractor is responsible, for whichno additional payment shall be made by the Engineer.

Inspection of Work of Interfacing ContractorsIf any part of the Contractor’s work depends upon the work of anInterfacing Contractor, he shall inspect and promptly report tothe Engineer any defects in such work that may render itunsuitable for such proper execution. The Contractor’s failure toso inspect and report shall constitute acceptance of theInterfacing Contractor’s work as fit and proper except as todefects which may develop in the Interfacing Contractor’s workafter execution of his work.

4.6.3 The Contract allows for continuous audits of the Contractor’scompliance with his Interface Management Plan and therequirements given as Engineer’s Requirements, and any failureof the monthly and/or quarterly audits shall result in the relevantpayment item in the Preliminaries section of Pricing Documentbeing withheld. The decision of the Engineer in this regard shallbe final

4.6.4 The Contractor shall be held liable for any loss and expenseincurred by the Employer arising from any breach by theContractor in fulfilling his obligations under the contract, if theContractor is deemed to have caused any delays, defects,damages or otherwise, as a direct result of his design orconstruction activities, to the Interfacing Contractors in respectof the whole of the Works.

SP 9. 4.7

Setting Out

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 4.7 ofGeneral Conditions

4.7.1 The contractor shall survey and fix the alignment, mark locations,maintaining vertical & horizontal clearances and keeping in viewimportant site references and obligatory locations in consultationwith Engineer. GTS bench mark, temporary bench marks andcontrol points and other details shall be handed over by theEngineer.

4.7.2 The Contractor shall establish at his cost, at suitable points,additional reference lines and bench marks as may be necessary.The Contractor shall remain responsible for the sufficiency andaccuracy of all his benchmarks and reference lines. He shall takeprecautions to see that lines, points and bench marks fixed by the


Engineer are not disturbed by his work and shall make good anydamage thereto.

SP 10. 4.9

QualityAssurance

Add the following sub-clauses to clause 4.9 of General Conditionsand renumber the same:

4.9.1 The Contractor shall submit a detailed Quality Plandemonstrating the proposed method of achieving the requiredquality standards of the Employer as attached in Appendix 6 ofPart-2 Employer’s Requirements.

The Quality Plan should address the quality system as required byISO 9001-2008 and as described in Appendix 6 of Part-2Employer’s Requirements.

The Quality Plan shall clearly list out the procedures, activities,checks, standards and any such thing such as schedule of tests,which he proposes to carry out during the progress of the worksand are necessary to comply with the quality objectives of theEmployer.

4.9.2The Contractor’s Quality Plan shall specify the Quality ControlTeam who are to report directly to the top management of theContractor’s organization and is delegated with sufficientauthority to suspend any works. The main responsibility of theQuality Control Team is to carry independent site inspections onthe Works as identified as Hold Points in the Contractor’s QualityPlan to verify that the Works are constructed in accordance withthe relevant design before allowing subsequent works tocommence.

The Contractor’s Quality Plan shall also list the corporate policyadopted by the Contractor.

4.9.3Without prejudice to GC sub-clause 7.3 - Inspection, Appendix 6of Part-2 Engineer’s Requirements details the procedure for anyadditional Engineer Hold Points.

4.9.4The Contract allows for continuous audits of the Contractor’scompliance with his Quality Assurance Plan and the requirementsof Appendix 6 attached to Part-2 Employer’s Requirements, andany failure of the monthly and/or quarterly audits shall result inthe relevant payment item in the Preliminaries section of PricingDocument (Section-IV, Bidding Forms) being withheld. Thedecision of the Engineer in this regard shall be final

4.9.5No extra payment will be made for complying with the provisionsof this clause, and the cost of the work under this element shall bedeemed to be included in the cost of the lump sum items stated inthe Pricing Document (Section-IV, Bidding Forms).

SP 11. 4.10

Site Data

Add the following sub-clause to the end of Sub-Clause 4.10 ofGeneral Conditions.

4.10.1The responsibility of the Contractor under sub-clause 4.10 ofGC is full and final and no claim by the Contractor for additionalpayment or extension of time shall be allowed on the grounds thatof any misunderstanding or misapprehension by the Contractor or


that incorrect or insufficient information was given to theContractor or that he failed to obtain correct and sufficientinformation.

SP 12. 4.21

ProgressReports

Add the following sub-clause to the end of Sub-Clause 4.21 ofGeneral Conditions;

4.21.1 Cash Flow Estimate

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, a detailed cash flowestimate together with an “S” curve, in respect of the works, within 28days from the Commencement Date. This shall be up-dated andsubmitted every subsequent, three (3) months, thereafter until thecompletion of the works.

SP 13. 4.15

Access Route

Add the following sub-clause to the end of Sub-Clause 4.15 ofGeneral Conditions

4.15.1If any damage occurs to any bridge or road communicating withor on the routes to the Site arising from the transport ofMaterials, Equipment or Plant, the Contractor shall notify theEngineer with a copy to the Engineer, as soon as he becomesaware of such damage or as soon as he receives any claim fromthe authority entitled to make such claim. Where under any lawor regulation the hauler of such Materials, Equipment or Plant isrequired to indemnify the road authority against damage, theEngineer shall not be liable for any costs, charges or expenses inrespect thereof or in relation there to.

SP 14. 4.16

Transport ofGoods

Add the following sub-clause to the end of Sub-Clause 4.16 ofGeneral Conditions

4.16.1Existing roads and other public roads may be used by theContractor at his risk and cost to carry out constructionactivities, with prior approval of the concerned authority.

4.16.2The Contractor’s heavy construction traffic or trackedequipment shall not travel on any public road or bridge, unlessthe Contractor has made arrangements with the authorityconcerned and has obtained the approval of the Engineer to sucharrangements. The Contractor shall include in his price the costof strengthening any such public road or bridge if he considers itwould be necessary

4.16.3The Contractor shall repair any damage to the road or bear thecost thereof due to movement of contractor’s plants andequipment, vehicles etc. to the specifications and satisfaction ofroad authorities as well as of Engineer.

4.16.4The Contractor shall plan transportation of constructionmaterials to work site in accordance with traffic regulationsenforced by local traffic authorities from time to time and insuch a way that road accidents are avoided.

4.16.5No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account. Thetransportation of certain plant, equipment and materials may notbe possible during the daytime and may have to be carried outwithin a time schedule as specified by the traffic police.


4.16.6No extra payment will be made for construction andmaintenance of temporary haul roads if any needed includingany special protection or strengthening required and all cost ofsuch works shall be deemed to have been included in the costs ofitems contained in the Pricing Documents.

4.16.7The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, coordinationand carrying out all necessary road works as per MORTHSpecification and these works shall include, but are not limitedto, the following:

(i) Roads works including new roads, strengthening /widening of existing roads, road diversions includingrepairs and making up diversion works, new utilitydiversions, dismantling of central verges, footpaths,railings, drains etc. and any other work;

(ii) Landscaping works around stations such as car parking,earth filling, footpath, kerb stones, horticulture etc., and

(iii) Any other work as per site requirement as stated in theContract or as instructed by the Engineer.

SP 15. 6.4

Labour Laws

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 6.4 ofGeneral Conditions

6.4.1 Claim on account of violation of Labour Laws

The Contractor shall be solely accountable for the violation ofany Labour Laws by themselves or their sub-contractors and willpay any such claim/damage to the authorities forthwith ondemand. If any moneys shall, as a result of any instructions,directions or decisions from the Authorities or claim orapplication made under any of the labour laws or regulations, bedirected to be paid by the Employer, such moneys shall bedeemed to be moneys payable to the Employer by the Contractorand he will pay the same to the Employer forthwith on demand,without demur and without asking for any reasons/explanationsfrom the Employer. On failure of the Contractor to repay theEmployer any moneys paid or to be paid by it as aforesaidwithin seven days after the same shall have been demanded, theEmployer shall be entitled to recover the amount from anymoneys due or accruing to the Contractor under this or any otherContract with the Employer.

6.4.2 Registration with Labour Department.

The Contractor shall formally register with the appropriateLabour Department as the main employer of labour for thisContract, so that any issues related to labour can be issueddirectly to the Contractor. A copy of the registration document,and any directives issued by the Labour Department, shall becopied to the Employer’s Representative

SP 16. 6.7

Health andSafety

Add the following to GC 6.7

6.7.1 The Contract allows for continuous audits of the Contractor’scompliance with his OHS&E Plan and the requirements of


Appendix 20 attached to Part-2 Employer’s Requirements, andany failure to achieve the required average score of 65% duringthe quarterly audit shall result in a negative audit report,whereby the relevant payment item in the Preliminaries scheduleof Pricing Document (Section-IV, Bidding Forms) shall bewithheld. The decision of the Employer’s Representative in thisregard shall be final.

6.7.2 No extra payment will be made for complying with theprovisions of this clause and the cost of the work under thiselement is deemed to be included in the relevant payment itemin the Preliminaries schedule of the Pricing Document (Section-IV, Bidding Forms).

SP 17. 8.2 Time forCompletion

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 8.2 ofGeneral Conditions;

8.2.1 Access for Others by Key Dates

a) In addition to the Contractor’s obligations to InterfacingContractors contained elsewhere in the Contract, the Contractorshall provide access, occupation or handover to InterfacingContractors to those parts of the Works which are subject to KeyDates, by the Key Dates.

b) The Contractor shall complete those parts of the Works, whichare subject to Key Dates, by the Key Dates as specified inAppendix 2B of Part-2 – Employer’s Requirements of thisContract. Those parts of the Works subject to Key Dates shall becompleted to a state whereby any Interfacing Contractor canimmediately commence his works without the need to make anychange, addition or modification to the Contractor’s Works.

c) In the event the Contractor fails to provide access, occupation orhandover in accordance with the Contract to an InterfacingContractor for any part of the Works which is subject to a KeyDate by the Key Date, the Contractor shall pay to the Engineerthe sum of money stated in Table: Summary of LiquidatedDamages as per clause 8.7 of GC. from Part A- Contract Data ofPART-3 Section VIII - Particular Conditions for every daywhich elapses between the Key Date and the date on whichaccess, occupation or handover can be granted to an InterfacingContractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract.LD Levied on earlier missed key dates will be refunded providedthe delay does not results in delay for the works of anyinterfacing contractors or overall completion of the work. In caseit is affecting the works of any interfacing contractor the moneyrecovered as LD will be adjusted (towards compensation forinterfacing contractor) and then the balance will be released.CMRL decision will be final and binding in this regard

d) The sums of money stated in Table: Summary of LiquidatedDamages as per clause 8.7 of GC from Part A- Contract Data ofPART-3 Section VIII - Particular Conditions for the delay ingranting access, occupation or handover to an Interfacing


Contractor, represents the damages likely to be suffered by himif that part of the Works subject to the Key Date is not capableof having access, occupation or handover given to an InterfacingContractor in accordance with the Contract by the Key Date.

e) The Employer’s Representative acting reasonably shall issue anotice of no objection confirming the date on which any part ofthe Works subject to a Key Date is in the condition required bythe Contract so that access, occupation or handover can be givento an Interfacing Contractor in accordance with the requirementsof the Contract.

f) Key Dates may be extended in accordance with Clause 8.4 of theGeneral Conditions.

g) The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer as soonas he can reasonably foresee an event occurring which is liableto cause any delay to the granting of access, occupation orhandover in accordance with the Contract to an InterfacingContractor by a Key Date. Such notice, which may, ifapplicable, be combined with a notice given in regard to theWorks or any Section in accordance with Clause 8.4 of theGeneral Conditions, shall not in any event be given later than 28days after the commencement of such an event which is liable tocause delay to the Key Date.

h) At the time of giving notice of any delay in accordance with GCClause 8.4, the Contractor shall provide the information requiredunder GC Clause 8.4, to the extent applicable to the Key Date.

i) Once occupation is given to an Interfacing Contractor inaccordance with this Condition of Particular Application clause,the Contractor shall only be given access to complete anyoutstanding work or defective work at the times agreed with theInterfacing Contractor who has occupation.

j) In addition to the obligation to give access, occupation orhandover to parts of the Site to Interfacing Contractors, theContractor shall at all reasonable times allow access to all of theSite to the Interfacing Contractors for the purposes of erectingcatenary, laying cables, installing signalling andcommunications systems and all similar work.

k) The access and occupation referred to in this SP clause shallinclude for heavy vehicles at all times.

l) The Contractor shall allow for, and be deemed to have includedall related costs, in the Contract Price for access, occupation orhandover for Interfacing Contractors on a 7 days a week, 24hours per day basis.

SP 18. 8.3 Add before 1st Para:

The detailed time programme shall be prepared to carry out the pilingworks simultaneously at the locations mentioned. The Cash flow shallalso be submitted along with the programme.


SP 19. 8.5

Delays Causedby Authorities

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 8.5 of Part

I General Conditions

8.5.1 Notwithstanding the powers of the Engineer under theprovisions of GC Clause 3.5 to decide, in consultation with theEmployer, whether the Contractor is fairly entitled to anextension of time, the Contractor shall not in any circumstancesbe entitled to an extension of time, if the relevant delay is causeddirectly or indirectly by the default of the Contractor, or by anevent which is not expressly described in GC Clause 8.4.Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, theContractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time, if thecause of the delay is:

(i) The failure of the Contractor to commence or to carry outwork in due time, including in particular, but not so as torestrict the generality of the foregoing, a failure to produce adrawing, manufacturer's or design data, or provide anygoods, supplies or materials by any delivery dates stipulatedin the Contract or if caused by their subcontractor, or

(ii) Non-availability or shortage of Contractor’s Equipmentincluding Key Equipment, Temporary Works, labour, KeyPersonnel, utility services, equipment, goods, plant ormaterials, or

(iii) Weather conditions, unless they constitute a 50 yearrecurrence interval which adversely affect the progress of theWorks, or

(iv) Interference by reason of the provision of facilities, access orservices to the Employer, including Interfacing Contractors,in accordance with the Contractor’s duties and obligationsunder the Contract, or

(v) Not being permitted to work up to 24 hours per day, or onSundays, or public holidays, or

(vi) From delay in obtaining any permissions, consents orapprovals of whatsoever nature required by any Law tocommence or carry out construction, or open the Works forpublic use, or

(vii)From delay in excavating, diverting, relocating or supportingutilities that have been assigned to the Contractor; or

(viii) From delay or refusal under any Law in regard to theContractor’s plans for importation of Contractor’s Equipmentincluding Key Equipment, Temporary Works, labour,equipment, plant, goods, supplies or materials, KeyPersonnel or other personnel, or

(ix) From delay in securing or maintaining access to and from theSite or in establishing works areas, camps, storage, officesand facilities, unless such access or provision is specified


elsewhere in the Contract to be the responsibility of theEmployer, or

(x) Any interference from third parties illegally interfering withthe Site, access to and from the Site or with works areas,camps, storage, offices or facilities, or

(xi) An instruction by the Employer’s Representative to revise theQuality Plan or the Safety Plan pursuant to GC Clause 4.8 orGC Clause 6.7 respectively, or

(xii)From delay as a result of the Contractor not fulfilling hisliaison, interface and co-ordination obligations and dutieswith all Interfacing Contractors, as set out or implied in theContract.

SP 20. 8.7

DelayDamages

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 8.7 of

General Conditions

8.7.1 Where the Works are required to be completed within particular

Key Dates, as stated in Appendix 2B of Part-2 Employer’s

Requirements, also apply to these Key Date completions, and the

Appendix to Tender shall include a sum in respect of each Key

Date which represents the damages likely to be suffered by the

Employer if the said Key Date is not accomplished within the

time prescribed or by any extension granted under GC Clause

8.4.

8.7.2 If the Contractor fails to substantially achieve any Key Date

within the time so prescribed, subject to any extension granted

under GC Clause 8.4, he shall pay to the Employer the

appropriate stated sum for every day which shall elapse between

the dates on which the prescribed time expired and the date of

achieving that Key Date.

8.7.3 Liquidated Damages in respect of two or more Key Dates relating

to a single station or Viaduct may run concurrently, and the

Contractor will be liable for the aggregate of Liquidated

Damages for all delayed Key Dates.

8.7.4 All sums payable by the Contractor to the Employer pursuant to

GC Clause 8.7 shall be paid as Liquidated Damages for delay and

not as a penalty.

8.7.5 Every station and Viaduct is subject to Key Dates and therefore

the application of Liquidated Damages on delay. The total

amount of Liquidated Damages payable by the Contractor in

respect of the delay to the whole of the Works or for failing to

achieve any Key Date, shall be limited to the appropriate sums

stated in Table: Summary of Liquidated Damages as per clause

8.7 of GC from Part A- Contract Data of PART-3 Section VIII -

Particular Conditions.


8.7.6 LD Levied on earlier missed key dates will be refunded provided

the delay does not results in delay for the works of any

interfacing contractors or overall completion of the work. In case

it is affecting the works of any interfacing contractor the money

recovered as LD will be adjusted (towards compensation for

interfacing contractor) and then the balance will be released.

CMRL decision will be final and binding in this regard

SP 21. 8.9

Consequencesof Suspension

Add the following sub-clause to the end of Sub-Clause 8.9 of

General Conditions

8.9.1 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extra cost incurred

during the period of any suspension of Work, if such suspension

is necessary for the proper execution of the Works, or by reason

of weather conditions, or by some default on the part of the

Contractor, or necessary for the safety of Works, or any part

thereof, or necessary for the safety of adjoining property, or

safety of the general public, or workmen, or those who have to

be at the Site, or to ensure safety, or to avoid disruption to traffic

and utilities, or to permit fast repairs and restoration of any

damaged utilities.

SP 22. Clause 13.1

Right to Vary

Add the following sub-clause at the end of Clause 13.1 of General

Conditions

13.1.1 Payment for Lump Sum Items:

The Contractor shall be bound to carry out and complete the Works as

specified in the Contract or as instructed by the Engineer.

a) The lump sum items included in the Pricing Document will not be

eligible for revision.

b) In case the Engineer, in consultation with the Employer,

introduces an item which is outside the Scope of the Contract and

hence does not contain any rates or prices applicable to the varied

Works, the rate of such items shall be derived from the TNPWD

Rates 2015.

c) In the event of the Contractor’s disagreement in respect of any

new or revised rates, the Engineer, after consultation with the

Employer, shall fix such rates or prices as appropriate and shall

notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

Until such time as such rate(s) are agreed or fixed, the Engineer, afterconsultation with the Employer, shall determine the provisional rate(s)to enable IPC to be issued by the Engineer.

SP 23. 13.7 Replace Sub clause 13.7 of GC with the following:


Adjustmentfor changes inlegislation

13.7.1 Compliance with tax laws requirements

(i) The Contractor shall ensure full compliance with tax laws of Indiawith regard to this Contract and shall be solely responsible for thesame. He shall submit copies of acknowledgements evidencing filingof returns every year and shall keep the Employer fully indemnifiedagainst liability of tax, interest, penalty etc., of the Contractor’s inrespect thereof, which may arise.

The Contractor shall maintain complete records in respect of paymentsmade for taxes, duties, octroi and other levies payable to variousauthorities and shall advise the Employer of the complete details ofsuch payments every month, which shall be enclosed with the MonthlyProgress Report.

These records shall remain open for inspection by the Employer or theEngineer at any time and shall be made available to them as and whenrequired.

(ii) In case the Employer or subject works or any component thereof isentitled/ receives approval for exemption, refund, waiver orreimbursement in any of the taxes applicable to the Contract, includingbut not limited to the Central Excise Duty, Custom Duty, TN VAT infull or part thereof; the Contractor shall follow the due process andobtain such exemption/refund/reimbursement of such taxes etc. fromthe concerned authority. The Contractor shall arrange for theremittance of the refund so obtained to the Employer immediately.Alternatively, the Employer at its discretion may instruct theContractor to submit all the documentary evidence of having paid thetaxes to enable the Employer to claim the refund from statutoryauthorities. The Contractor will forthwith comply with any of theabove requests of the Employer and in case of the failure of theContractor, the amount of refund, whether estimated or actual, shall berecovered by the Engineer from the amounts due for payment to theContractor or as debt due from the Contractor.

(iii)The Contractor shall provide a valid registration certificate and

clearance certificate under Tamilnadu Government VAT Act, 2005, until

such certificate is submitted and accepted, no payment, including release

of any advance payment, shall be made by the Engineer to the Contractor.

13.7.2Changes in Cost Due to Change in law:

13.7.2.1For the purpose of this clause, ‘Laws’ refer to such laws forthe time being in force in India.

13.7.2.2“Change in Law” means the occurrence or coming into force

of the following, at any time after the Base Date.

Any new tax or change in the rate of any existing tax, if so

related to the works, which is imposed after the due date of

submission of tender and which impacts the performance of

the contractor with increased cost or which results in extra


financial gains to the contractor due to decreased cost in

execution of works.

13.7.2.3Such additional or reduced cost shall be certified by the

Employer’s Representative after examining records provided

by the Contractor and shall be paid by or credited to the

Employer, subject to sub-clause 13.7.2.5 below.

13.7.2.4Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced cost

shall not be separately paid or credited, if, the same shall have

been taken into account under any other clause of the Contract.

13.7.2.5 If the Price Variation Formula in SP Clause 24 below is adopted

by the Contractor, then no addition or reduction in cost due to any

Changes in Law will be allowed by the Employer, except for the

changes due to

i) Any new tax introduced

ii) Changes in rate of Customs Duty as compared to the rate

existing on the base date

iii) Changes in rate of Excise Duty as compared to the rate


iv) Changes in rate of output TN VAT as compared to the rate


v) Changes in rate of output Service Tax as compared to the rate

existing on the base date.

13.7.2.6 The impact of the changes referred to in the clause 13.7.2.5 shall

be allowed only to the extent it is not covered by the Price

Variation Formula

13.7.3 After Introduction of GST

The tax components towards Custom Duty, Excise Duty, CST/TNVAT

and Service Tax shall be quoted by the tenderer separately as indicated in

the Price Bid/ Pricing Summary. The above tax components shall be

reimbursed against submission of proof of payment, subject to the

individual ceiling limits as quoted by the tenderer in the Price Bid till the

date the GST comes into effect.

Once the GST has come into force, the payment of tax components for the

balance amount yet to be claimed for reimbursement shall be regulated as

follows:

The balance amount available up to the ceiling limits under the sub‐

heads shall be escalated in the following manner:

The ceiling amounts under Customs Duty, Excise Duty, TNVAT and

Service Tax as per the contract shall be aggregated and such amount as a

percentage to the contract price shall be worked out. Let this be P. Let the

% of GST on Contract price be Q. Then, if P < Q or P > Q then the


balance amount shall be:

Revised balance amount = Balance amount x (Q/P)

Such revised balance amount, shall be reimbursed/recovered based on

proof of submission of payment of GST.

Example:

Contract Value Rs. 100 Crores

Customs Duty Rs. 1 Crore

Excise Duty Rs. 6 Crores

TN VAT Rs. 4 Crores

Service Tax Rs. 8 Crores

Total Taxes Part Rs. 19 Corores

Hence, P = 19/100 = 19%

Say, at the time GST is implemented, the reimbursement of taxes is such:

Rs. in Crore

Customs Duty 1.00 0.40 0.60

Excise Duty 6.00 1.00 5.00

TN VAT 4.00 2.00 2.00

Service Tax 8.00 4.00 4.00

Total 19.00 7.40 11.60

In this Case, P = 19/100 = 19%

Assume GST applicable, i.e. Q:

Case-I: Q = 22%, then amount 11.6 Cr shall be 11.6×(22/19) = 13.43 Cr.

Case-II: Q = 15%, then amount 11.6 Cr shall be 11.6×(15/19) = 9.15 Cr.

SP 24. 13.8

PriceVariationFormula.

Replace GC clause13.8 with the following:

Price Variation Formula.

13.8.1 a) Prices payable to the Contractor, in accordance with the

Contract, shall be subject to adjustment during performance

of the Contract to reflect changes in the cost of labour and

material components and other inputs to the Works, in

accordance with the following general formula specified;

Pn = a + b(Ln/Lo) + c(Sn/So) + d(Cn/Co) + e(Fn/Fo)

Where:

“Pn” is the adjustment factor to be applied to thecertified value of the work carried out in month “n”,determined in accordance with GC Clause 13

“a” is a fixed coefficient as specified in Table A ofSchedule of Adjustment Data in Bidding forms, SectionIV, representing the nonadjustable portion in contractual


payments;

“b”, “c”, “d” and “e” are coefficients representing theestimated proportion of each cost element (labour, steel,cement and fuel) in the Works or sections thereof, asspecified in Table A of Schedule of Adjustment Data inBidding forms, Section IV,

“Ln”, “Sn”, “Cn” and “Fn” are the current cost indicesfor month “n”, determined pursuant to Table A of Scheduleof Adjustment Data in Bidding forms, Section IV of PART1, applicable to each cost element; and

“Lo”, “So”, “Co” and “Fo” are the base cost indicescorresponding to the above cost elements at the datespecified in Table A of Schedule of Adjustment Data inBidding forms, Section IV.

b) Deleted

c) Deleted

13.8.2 Conditions Applicable To Price Adjustment

The Tenderer shall indicate the source of the indexes and thebase date indexes as per Table A of Schedule of AdjustmentData in Bidding forms, Section IV as follows;

(a) The base cost indices or prices shall be those Bases,prevailing on the day 28 days prior to the closing date forsubmission of bids. Current indices or prices shall be thoseprevailing on the day 28 days prior to the last day of theperiod to which a particular Interim Payment Certificate isrelated. If at any time the current indices are not available,provisional indices as determined by the Engineer will beused, subject to subsequent correction of the amounts paidto the Contractor when the current indices becomeavailable.

(b) Not Used.

(c) No price adjustment shall be payable on the portion of theContract Price paid to the Contractor as an advancepayment, procurement of plant and machinery such ascasting yard, site office construction and monthly/quarterly deliverable items, TN VAT, BCD & taxes andduties

(d) The responsibility for arranging copies of the labour andmaterial indices, from the Reserve Bank of India and/or theappropriate Government Institutions abroad, to be deliveredto the Engineer and the Engineer on a monthly basis, shallrest with the Contractor.

(e) Whenever the nomenclature or classification or descriptionof the indices undergo a change than that is available on theBase date, the Engineer will choose appropriate indicescloser to the one available on the Base date for the purposeof determining the variation. The decision of the Engineer


in this regard shall be final and binding.

13.8.3 Non-application of Price Variation Clause to extraitemsThe Price Variation Clause above shall not be applicable to anyextra item of works, not included in the Pricing Document(Section-iv, Bidding Forms), and for which the rates are fixedseparately under Clause 14 of Part 3 - General Conditions.

13.8.4 Adjustment on Account of Price VariationAdjustments on account of Price Variations may be positive (inwhich case an additional amount shall be paid to theContractor), or negative (in which case the amount of PriceVariation shall be recovered from the Contractor). Adjustmenton account of Price Variation shall be calculated separately, foreach period between two successive dates of the Contractor’sstatements and paid with the IPC.

After verifying the statement, the Engineer shall certify theadjustment amount and advise the same to the Employer alongwith the IPC. Should any extra amount be due to Contractor, theEmployer shall pay the same as far as possible within 28 days ofcertification by the Engineer. Any amount due from theContractor on account of negative adjustment shall be recoveredfrom his pending or other statements at the earliest.

13.8.5 Procedure in case of delay in availability of finalIndicesWhere the final Price Indices are not available in the ReserveBank of India Bulletins, while making payment towards an IPC,payment towards the Price Variation will be made on provisionalbasis based on the indices available, to be adjusted in subsequentstatements as and when the final Indices figures becomeavailable.

13.8.6 Price Variation during extended period ofcompletion.The price adjustment as worked out above i.e. either increase ordecrease will be applicable up to the stipulated Completion Dateof the Works, including the extended period of completionwhere such extension has been granted under Sub-Clauses 8.4 ofthe Part I - General Conditions, and where such an extension hasbeen granted, the price adjustment will be due as follows:

a) In case the indices increase above the indices applicable to abill made on the last date of original completion period or theextended period under Sub-Clauses 8.4, the price adjustmentfor the period of extension granted in accordance with GCsub-clause 8.4 will be limited to the amount payable as perthe indices applicable to a statement made on the last date ofthe original completion period or the extended period asdetermined by the Employer as the case may be.

b) In case the indices fall below the indices applicable to a


statement made on the last date of the original or extendedperiod of completion, then the lower indices will be adoptedfor Price Adjustment for the period of extension.

c) No price increase will be allowed for periods of delay forwhich the Contractor is held responsible. The Engineer will,however, be entitled to any price decrease occurring duringsuch periods of delay.

SP 25. 14.1

The ContractPrice.

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 14.1(a).

i) For the purpose of calculation of PVC, contract price shall be

adjusted by excluding TNVAT, Customs duties and other taxes

which are paid/ payable to the contractor on reimbursement basis

separately.

ii) Deleted

SP 26. 14.3

Applicationfor InterimPaymentCertificates(IPC)

Replace (f) with the following:

Any other additions or deductions in respect of variations, claims that

have been approved/provisionally approved by the Employer. However

any claims to be made under Clause 20 shall not be included in IPA’s

but may be submitted separately.

Add the following sub-clauses at the end of Clause 14.3 of Part 3

General Conditions;

14.3.1Tax Deduction at Source

Deduction towards Income Tax, and any other tax, may be made

at source from each payment made by the Engineer, as may be

directed by Income Tax Department and other statutory bodies

or as provided in statute, relevant acts, rules, circulars and

directions issued there under.

14.3.2Post Payment Audit

The Employer reserves the right to carry out a post payment

audit and/or technical examination of the Works, and the Final

account, including all supporting vouchers, abstracts, etc., and

to make a claim on the Contractor for the refund of any excess

amount paid to him, if as a result of such examination, any over-

payment to him is discovered to have been made in respect of

any work done or alleged to have been done by the Contractor,

under the Contract. If any under-payment is discovered, the

same shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor. Such

payments or recoveries, however, shall not be subject to any

interest.

SP 27. 14.7 Replace the last para after (c) as:

Payment of the amount due in currency shall be made into the account

opened exclusively at Chennai by the Contractor, for the operation of


funds in this project and all payments by Employer shall be credited

only to such account. CMRL will audit such accounts quarterly.

Contractor cannot take amounts from this account until completion of

work.

SP 28. 16.1Contractor’sEntitlement toSuspend Work

Replace the Clause 16.1 with following:

16.1.1 If the Engineer fails to certify in accordance with Sub-Clause14.6 [Issue of Interim Payment Certificates] or Sub-Clause 14.7[Payment], the Contractor may, after giving not less than 21 days'notice to the Employer, suspend work (or reduce the rate of work)unless and until the Contractor has received the Payment Certificate,reasonable evidence or payment, as the case may be and as describedin the notice.

16.1.2 The contractor can also notice the Engineer in the followingcase requiring the Engineer to make good the failure and to remedy itwithin a specified reasonable time.

(a) In case if the Employer substantially fails to perform his obligationsunder the Contract in such manner as to materially and adversely affectthe economic balance of the Contract and/or the ability of theContractor to perform the Contract,

The Contractor's action shall not prejudice his entitlements to financingcharges under Sub-Clause 14.8 [Delayed Payment] and to terminationunder Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor].

If the Contractor subsequently receives such Payment Certificate,evidence or payment (as described in the relevant Sub-Clause and inthe above notice) before giving a notice of termination, the Contractorshall resume normal working as soon as is reasonably practicable.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result ofsuspending work (or reducing the rate of work) in accordance with thisSub-Clause, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shallbe entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor's Claims] to:

(a) an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or willbe delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time forCompletion], and

(b) payment of any such Cost plus profit, which shall be includedin the Contract Price.

After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance

with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these

matters.

SP 29. 16.2Termination

Replace the clause 16.2 with following:


by Contractor 16.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if:

(a) The Contractor does not receive the reasonable evidence within42 days after giving notice under sub-clause 16.1.1 [Contractor'sEntitlement to Suspend Work] or under sub-clause 16.1.2.

(b) The Employer fails to comply with Sub-Clause 1.6 [ContractAgreement]

(c) a prolonged suspension affects the whole of the Works asdescribed in Sub-Clause 8.11 [Prolonged Suspension], or

(d) the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes intoliquidation, has a receiving or administration order made againsthim, compounds with his creditors, or carries on business under areceiver, trustee or manager for the benefit of his creditors, or ifany act is done or event occurs which (under applicable Laws)has a similar effect to any of these acts or events.

(e) the Contractor does not receive the Engineer’s instructionrecording the agreement of both Parties on the fulfilment of theconditions for the Commencement of Works under Sub-Clause8.1 [Commencement of Works]”.

In any of these events or circumstances, the Contractor may, upongiving 14 days' notice to the Employer, terminate the Contract.However, in the case of sub-paragraph (d) or (e), the Contractor mayby notice terminate the Contract immediately.

The contractors selection to terminate the contract shall not prejudiceany other rights of the contractor, under the contract or otherwise.

SP 30. 20.2Appointmentof DisputeBoard

Replace the para 1,2,3 and 4 with the following:

Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decisions in accordance with subclause 20.4 [obtaining Dispute Board’s decision].

The DB shall comprise sole adjudicator. The sole adjudicator shall beappointed by the competent authority within 28 days of receipt of suchrequest from either party to the competent authority. The competentauthority for appointing the adjudicator shall be MD/ CMRL.

The adjudicator shall be fluent in the language for communicationdefined in the contract and shall be a serving officer of CMRL notbelow the rank of General Manager who is not connected with thecontract or any other person appointed by the competent authority. Theperson appointed shall be professionally experienced in the type ofconstruction involved in the works and with the interpretation of thecontract documents. The appointment shall be final and binding onboth the party.

SP 31. 20.6Arbitration.

Delete sub-clause 20.6 of Part 3 General Conditions in its entirety

and replace with the following sub-clauses.


20.6.1 Arbitration.

Any dispute in respect of which:

(a)the decision, if any, of the Dispute Adjudication Board has

not become final and binding pursuant to Sub-clause 20.4,

and

(b)amicable settlement has not been reached, shall be finally

settled by arbitration. The arbitration rules under which the

arbitration is conducted, the institution to administer the

arbitration rules (unless named therein), the number of

arbitrators, and the language and place of such arbitration

shall be as set out in PC Part- A Section-VIII. The

arbitrator(s) shall have full power to open up, review and

revise any decision of the Dispute Adjudication Board,

relevant to the dispute.

Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the

arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments previously put before the

Dispute Adjudication Board to obtain its decision. Any decision of the

Dispute Adjudication Board shall be admissible in evidence in the

arbitration.

Arbitration may commence during the construction of the Works or

after completion of the Works. The obligations of the Parties and the

Dispute Adjudication Board shall not be altered by reason of any

arbitration being conducted during the progress of the Works.

20.6.2 Settlement of Disputes.

If a dispute of any kind whatsoever arises between the Engineer and

the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the Contract or the

carrying out of the Works, including any dispute as to any decision,

notice of no objection, opinion, instruction, direction, determination,

certificate or valuation of the Engineer (whether during the progress of

the Works or after their completion and whether before or after the

determination, abandonment or breach of the Contract) it shall be

settled in accordance with Clause 20.4.

20.6.3 Application for Arbitration.

Either party is entitled to apply for Arbitration to resolve any dispute/s

on the happening of any of the following events:

(a) If the dispute/s have already been subject to

adjudication in accordance with clause 20.4 and a notice having

been served pursuant to clause 20.4 and 20.5 above, or

(b) The parties have agreed to waive adjudication, or

(c) Either party has terminated the contract in terms of


clause 15 or clause 16 as the case may be, or

(d) A declaration has been made by any of the Indian courts

that the findings of the DAB on the dispute were procured by

fraud or dishonesty, or

(e) In the case of a dispute arising from the exercise of any

of the rights by the Engineer under clause 12 of GCC.

Within 56 days of receipt of such re-occurrence either party may apply

for arbitration to the other party under notice.

20.6.4 Arbitration Procedure:

The parties agree on the following procedure for appointing thearbitrator / arbitrators:20.6.4.1 Either Party may make a request to the other Party forreferring the dispute to Arbitration. If the request is initiated by theContractor, such request shall be addressed to the Employer and theEmployer shall, within fifteen days from the date of receipt of suchrequest, shall send names of five independent persons to be nominatedas Arbitrators. Such independent persons shall meet with therequirement relating to the independence or impartiality of arbitratorsreferred to in the Fifth and Seventh schedules, read with Sub-sections12 (1) (a), (b) and (5) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 asamended by the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act 2015.While forwarding the names to the Contractor, the Employer shall alsonominate one among such persons, as its nominee-arbitrator. TheContractor shall nominate an arbitrator from the remaining 4 nameswithin fifteen days from the date of receipt of the names from theEmployer.

20.6.4.2 If the request for referring the dispute to Arbitration is made

by the Employer to the Contractor, it shall forward such request to the

Contractor along with the names referred to in clause 20.6.4.1 above,

with nomination of its Arbitrator, who shall be one among such names.

The Contractor, shall within fifteen days of receipt of the names from

the Employer, shall nominate its arbitrator from the names given

pursuant to 20.6.4.1 and communicate its nomination to the Employer.

20.6.4.3 If either party fail to nominate its arbitrator within the

prescribed time limit, as mentioned above, after the nomination by the

other party, then such other party, after the expiry of the prescribed

time limit, shall nominate the arbitrator from the names given pursuant

to clause 20.6.4.1 above, on behalf of the party failing to nominate.

20.6.4.4 The two arbitrators nominated by the Contractor and the

Employer, in terms of paragraph 20.6.4.1, 20.6.4.2 or 20.6.4.3 above

shall appoint the Presiding Arbitrator from the names given pursuant to

clause 20.6.4.1.


20.6.4.5 If no consensus is reached within 15 days regarding the

appointment of the Presiding Arbitrator, either party may apply to the

Designated Court referred to in the Arbitration and Conciliation Act,

1996 as amended by the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment)

Act 2015 for the appointment of the Presiding Arbitrator.

20.6.5 Rules.

(i) Arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the

Arbitration Law and other applicable laws and regulations of the

Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, and amendment

ordinance 2015, except to the extent they are inconsistent with or

modified by these Clauses.

(ii) The place of Arbitration shall be Chennai, and the language

shall be English.

20.6.6 Arbitration Award.

The award in the arbitration shall be binding on the parties and shall

finally and exclusively settle the dispute subject to the arbitral award.

20.6.7 Witnesses.

(a) No decision, statement of no objection, opinion, consent,

approval, instruction, direction, determination, certificate,

or valuation given by the Engineer shall disqualify him

from being called as a witness and giving evidence before

the Dispute Adjudication Board or Arbitrators on any

matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute.

(b) All matters and information placed before the Dispute

Adjudication Board pursuant to a reference to adjudication

under Clause 20, shall be deemed to be submitted to him

confidentially and without prejudice, and the Adjudicator

shall not be called as witness by the parties or anyone

claiming through them in connection with any arbitration or

other legal proceedings arising out of or connected with any

matter referred to him. Any findings of the Adjudicator

shall also be kept confidential and deemed without

prejudice, save to the extent necessary for any interim

enforcement of the Adjudicator’s findings pursuant to

Clause 20.4, and shall not by way of example, and without

limitation be referred to in any arbitration.

20.6.8 Condition Precedent for Arbitration.

It shall be a condition precedent to either party being entitled to apply

for and proceed with arbitration, that:

(a) The dispute to be subject to the arbitration was the subject


of earlier adjudication under Clause 20 or the parties by

agreement waived adjudication, and

(b) A notice was served on the Engineer or the Contractor as

the case may be within the time required in Clause 20.5.

20.6.9 Period for Reference.

Subject only to the Contractor’s right to issue a notice pursuant to

Clause 20.4 and in all other circumstances should the Contractor fail to

issue a notice within 30 days of the issuing of the Performance

Certificate for the Whole of the Works in accordance with Clause 12.9,

or termination of the Contract pursuant to Clause 15 or Clause 16 if

earlier, then the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived his right to

refer any dispute or matter of whatsoever nature in regard to the

Contract to adjudication, arbitration, or to any review by the Courts in

Chennai, in any jurisdiction or have any decision, statement of no

objection, opinion, consent, approval, instruction, direction, certificate

or valuation given by or on behalf of the Engineer or the Engineer

challenged, reviewed, changed or reopened in any way whatsoever.

SP 32. 14.9Payment ofRetentionMoney

Add the following sub-clause at the end of Clause 14.9 of GeneralConditions:

14.9.1 One half of the retention money will be released when theTaking Over Certificate is issued by the Engineer. Balance retentionmoney will be released within 21 days after the issue of PerformanceCertificate.

SP 33. 4.12UnforeseeablePhysicalconditions

Replace the following in clause 4.12:4.12 The contractor shall ascertain itself of the ground conditions dulyvisiting the site and by way of investigations on its own and nothingextra shall be payable on account of any changes in ground conditions.

SP 34. 13.2Bonus Clause

Add the following sub-clauseIf the contractor finishes the works before the Key date for Issuance ofTaking over certificate, then he will be entitled to claim bonus for earlycompletion and handing over. The payment amount shall be 0.5% ofcontract value per week for earlier completion with respect to originalcompletion date and restricted to an upper ceiling of 5% of the contractvalue.In case of any extension of time (EOT), the above provision of bonusclause will be null and void and not applicable

SP 35. 1.7Assignment

Replace the clause 1.7 with the following:The contractor shall not assign the whole or part of the contract or anybenefit or interest in or under the contract.The employer, in cases where it is found, that the contractor has not


been performing in certain parts of work upon giving a notice of 7days, can offload such works at the risk and cost of the contractor.Similarly in cases where works are affected due to non-performance orabandoning of works by the vendors or sub-contractor s also employercan get such works done by engaging the same party or any other at therisk and cost of the contractor.

SP 36. 1.9Errors in theEmployer’sRequirement

Add the following sub-clauseHowever, if and to the extent that the Engineer’s failure was caused byany error or delay by the Contractor, including an error in, or delay inthe submission of, any of the Contractor’s Documents, the Contractorshall not be entitled to such extension of time, cost or profit

SP 37. 14.5Plant andMaterialsintended forwork

Add the following clause as 14.5 (d)If at any point of time during the contract period the employer/engineer observes that the contractor fails to procure the materials, theemployer reserves its right to procure such material at the risk and costof the contractor and provide the same to the contractor to incorporateinto the works. Cost incurred on account of such procurementincluding overheads shall be recovered from the future IPAs of thecontractor

Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase-1 - ExtensionContract No. ECV-103

ANNEXURE-2DETAILS OF THE CHARTED UTILITITES


ANNEXURE-3REVISED STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

1A 16

@100

BAR MARK DIA SHAPESPACING /

NO. OF BARS

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204

5TH FLOOR, GURU ANGAD BHAWAN,

SYSTRA MVA CONSULTING (INDIA) PVT.LTD.

DDC101-CHENNAI METRO PH-1 EXTENSION

SYSTRA S.A. - 5 AVENUE DU COQ - PARIS 75009

SUBSIDIARY OF:

71, NEHRU PLACE, NEW DELHI-110019

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LTD.

ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING,

CMRL DEPOT, POONAMALLEE HIGH ROAD,

KOYAMBEDU, CHENNAI - 600107 (INDIA)

WASHERMANPET TO WIMCO NAGAR

SECTION A-A

SCALE : 1/25

800 800

50

00

EARTHING BAR

(T20)

C C

(T20)

MINIMUM 150mm

LAP WELDED UPTO

(BEC) BURIED EARTH CABLE

GI STEEL PLATE

ACCORDING TO ACTUAL BEC LOCATION)

EARTHPLATE (EXACT LOCATION TO BE ADJUSTED

EARTHING BAR

GI STEEL PLATE

(T20)

EARTHING BAR

GI STEEL PLATE

GI STEEL PLATE

MINIMUM 150mm

LAP WELDED UPTO

(BEC) BURIED EARTH CABLE

GI STEEL PLATE

ACCORDING TO ACTUAL BEC LOCATION)

EARTHPLATE (EXACT LOCATION TO BE ADJUSTED

(T20)

EARTHING BAR

PIER

(T20)

EARTHING BAR

EARTHING BAR

(T20) MINIMUM 150mm

LAP WELDED UPTO

1500mm APPROX.

LAP WELDED UPTO MINIMUM

150mm FOR PIER HEIGHT

MORE THAN 10m. (SINGLE

BAR TO BE USED BELOW

10m PIER HEIGHT, LAP

WELDING IS NOT PERMITTED)

150150

275

SECTION B-B

SCALE : 1/25

800

150

15

0

800

150

(T20)

GI STEEL PLATE

C C

EARTHING BAR

MINIMUM 150mm

LAP WELDED UPTO

PIER

EARTHING BAR

(T20)

1500mm APPROX.

GI STEEL PLATE

(T20)

EARTHING BAR

(T20)

EARTHING BAR

GI STEEL PLATE

EARTHING BAR

EARTHING BAR

(T20)

50

00

LAP WELDED UPTO MINIMUM 150mm

FOR PIER HEIGHT MORE THAN 10m.

(SINGLE BAR TO BE USED BELOW

10m PIER HEIGHT, LAP WELDING IS

NOT PERMITTED)

(T20)

150

275

SECTION C-C

SCALE : 1/25

(T20)

EARTHING BAR

EARTHING

BAR (T20)

574

57

4

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204

5TH FLOOR, GURU ANGAD BHAWAN,

SYSTRA MVA CONSULTING (INDIA) PVT.LTD.

DDC101-CHENNAI METRO PH-1 EXTENSION

SYSTRA S.A. - 5 AVENUE DU COQ - PARIS 75009

SUBSIDIARY OF:

71, NEHRU PLACE, NEW DELHI-110019

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LTD.

ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING,

CMRL DEPOT, POONAMALLEE HIGH ROAD,

KOYAMBEDU, CHENNAI - 600107 (INDIA)

WASHERMANPET TO WIMCO NAGAR


ANNEXURE-4REVISED BOQ

Schedule ITEMS AMOUNT (Rs.) - In Numerics AMOUNT (Rs.) - In Words

B General & Foundations

B.1 General

B.2 Foundations- Piles, Pilecaps and Open foundations

Total under Section B

C Pier, Piercaps & Portals

C.1 Reinforced Cast in-Situ Concrete

C.2 Pre-Cast Concrete: - DELETED

Total under Section C

D Superstructure - DELETED

E Reinforcing and Pre-Stressing Steel & structural steel

E.1 Reinforcing and Pre-Stressing Steel

E.2 Structural Steel - DELETED

Total under Section E

F Miscellaneous

G Road Items

TOTAL

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITED

Summary of schedules -ECV 103

Sl. No. Description Unit Qty. Unit Rate (Rs) Amount (Rs)

B General & Foundations

B.1 General

B.1.1 Surveying for verifying the alignment, marking the sub-structure and super-structure

location, the vertical and horizontal clearances and establishing the triangulation

points and the bench marks along the alignment including corrections if any. The

payment schedule for the item shall be as follows:

a. Payment as 50% of total cost of the item on checking and verification of all control

points and submission of drawings.

b. Payment as 40% of total cost of the item equally distributed over the duration of

the contract and will be paid on pro-rata basis.

c. Payment as 10% of total cost of the item on satisfactory completion of work along

with the final bill.

B.1.2 Providing temporary barricade and arrangement for traffic diversion such as traffic

signals during construction at site, for day and night as per requirement and

drawing. This item will be payable only at two stages of construction. First stage

involves construction of foundations and substructures: pile, pile cap & pier

reinforcement. Second stage involves handing over of the site. In both the stages of

construction, the barricading and arrangements for traffic diversion has to be kept

continuously. Nothing extra will be paid for dismantling and re-erecting the

barricades the traffic signals and other arrangements throughout the project period.

Barricading may be required to be shifted laterally number of times but the same will

be paid only once

The construction barricading will be limited to a width of 8.0m (outside to outside of

barricading). This can be increased at specific locations with approval of Engineer

(i) 2m height RM 6000

(ii) DELETED

The Payment schedule for item shall be as follows:

a. Providing barricading for a given stage and approval of the same by Engineer –

70% of accepted amount for item B.1.2(i)

b. After completion of all activities of stage for which barricading was erected – 30 %

of accepted amount for item B.1.2(i)

(Note: The release barricades will be the property of the contractor and he is also

responsible for shifting all such release materials away from the site.)


CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PH.- I EXT.

CONTRACT NO. DDC101

BILL OF QUANTITY -ECV 103

LS 1

BOQ- ECV 103 1 of 13




CONTRACT NO. DDC101


B.1.3 Submit colour photographs of the works as directed by the Engineer and supply at

monthly intervals, or as instructed by the Engineer. One set shall comprise eight

negatives with three copies of positives of each negative of size not less than 225 x

175 mm each.

Per set 8

B.1.4 Supply of video CDs of 60 minutes duration comprising one master copy and one

extra copy showing the progress of works at monthly intervals or as directed by

Engineer

Per set 8

B.1.5 Provide furnished site office, as per the drawing and specifications, for the use of

Site Engineer and his supporting staff; approximately 200 sq m area; as per

Specifications

Per month 8

B.1.6 Clearing including uprooting of rank vegetation, grass, brush wood, cutting of trees

and saplings of all girth and sizes and removal of rubbish to designated dump yard Sq.m 1882.5

B.1.7 Felling trees of the girth (measured at a height of 1 m above ground level), including

cutting of trunks and branches, removing the roots and stacking of serviceable

material and disposal of unserviceable material.

B.1.7.1 Beyond 30 cm girth upto and including 60 cm girth Nos. 12



B.1.7.4 Above 240 cm girth Nos. 5





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


B.1.8 Transplanting the marked trees of various species and girth to the placeshown

by Engineer/Engineer's representative within a lead of 1.5 Km* with alt tools, plants

man & machinary and necessary preperation such as

(i) Preperation of earth ball of tree roots of desired depth & diameters

ii) Dislogging, lifting, transportation and transplanting tree from original place to the

new place including all arrangement, T&P labour etc. for sucessfully completing

the work

iii) Excavating pits of adequate size.arranging loose soil, mixing of manure,

fertilizer, insecticides etc to ensure survival of the trees being transplanted

iv) Maintenance of tree i.e. watering, soil heaping, spray of insectisides for six

months, all above operations shall be executed as per specification.

*In case the Lead is more that 1.5km, the additional lead shall be payable as per

measured distance by shortest route to the destination as approved by the engineer

B.1.8.1 Up to 30 CM. Girth Nos. 100

B.1.8.2 Beyond 30 CM. Girth up to and including 50 CM. Girth Nos. 80

B.1.8.3 Beyond 51 CM. Girth up to and including 75 CM Girth Nos. 90




Total of B.1





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


B.2 Foundations- Piles, Pilecaps and Open foundations

B.2.1 Providing and installing cast-in-situ vertical bored piles of depth as per drawing and

1200 mm Dia with M35/20 grade of reinforced cement concrete (using portland slag

cement incl all operations such as installation and shifting of piling rig etc, in all soil

strata including boulders and kankar and soft rock/weathered rock. The stated

length include test piles for initial load tests. (Measurement shall be from cut-off

level to founding level). The item includes disposal of earth, muck slush released

from piles, top cutted portion of pile at dumping ground for all leads. The cost shall

also include the cost of empty boring wherever required. reinforcement shall be paid

for separately. Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in

concrete for obtaining required workability as per approval of Engineer.

a For 1200mm dia pile by hydraulic rigs using partial depth temporary casing with

polymer.Rm 20739

b Extra over 1 above for drilling and socketing in hard rock for 1200 mm dia pile Rm 50

c Extra for providing permanent liner 8 mm thick MS* wherever required in 1200 mm

dia. piles

*In case the liner thickness is anything other than 8mm, the same shall be paid as

per pro-rata of weight per running metre length

Rm 50

B.2.2 Initial Vertical Pile Load Tests

(a) Carrying out initial vertical load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911, Part

IV) including all arrangements for measuring settlements and submitting reports in 3

sets. This includes making of pile head ready including building up in concrete, if

required for testing at the desired level, supporting / reaction arrangement (including

reaction piles / soil / rock anchors, if any) for the kenteledge i. e. test load. 2.5 times

the design vertical load. The test arrangements to be designed for additional 25% of

the test load.

1200mm dia pile (Design Vertical Load 480 Mt) Nos 6

B.2.3 Initial Lateral Pile Load Tests





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


(a) Carrying out initial lateral load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911, Part

IV) including all arrangements for measuring deflections and submitting reports in 3


required for testing at the desired level, supporting / reaction arrangement (include

reaction piles/ soil / rock anchors, if any) for the kenteledge load i. e. test load . 2.5

times the design lateral load. The test arrangements to be designed for additional

25% of the test load.

1200mm dia pile (Design Lateral Load 30 Mt) Nos 6

B.2.4 Routine Vertical Pile Load Tests

(a) Carrying out routine vertical load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911, Part

IV) including all arrangements for measuring settlements and submitting reports in 3



reaction piles / soil / rock anchors, if any) for the kenteledge i.e. test load is 1.5

times the design vertical load . The test arrangements to be designed for additional


1200mm dia pile (Design Vertical Load 450 Mt) Nos. 12

B.2.5 Routine Lateral Pile Load Tests

(a) Carrying out routine lateral load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911, Part

IV) including all arrangements for measuring deflections and submitting reports in 3



reaction piles / soil / rock anchors, if any) for the kenteledge i.e. test load. is 1.5

times the design lateral load. The test arrangements to be designed for additional


1200mm dia pile (Design Lateral load 30 Mt) Nos. 12

B.2.6 Dynamic Load Tests on Piles / Sonic Integrity Tests

Low Strain Pile Integrity Tests

Non destructive integrity (low strain) testing of all cast in-situ piles as per drawings

and specifications including all arrangements for measurements and submitting

reports in 3 sets.

1200mm dia pile Nos. 680

B.2.7 Pile Caps





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


B.2.7.1 Providing M 35/20 concrete (using Portland slag cement) for following concrete

works :

Pile cap including excavation through existing concrete and water bound macadam

road /bituminous road / cement road of all thicknesses including dismantling other

structures, dead utilities etc., all kinds of soil and rock including dewatering,

pumping and bailing out water, strutting and shoring etc. This item also includes

centering and shuttering and backfilling with graded soil in foundation including

watering, compacting with a vibratory plate compactor and loading, leading and

disposal of surplus excavated material using lockable and covered trucks so as to

ensure that during transportation the carried material does not spill out. Max lead to

dumping ground will be all leads.Reinforcement shall be paid separately. Rate shall

include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required

workability, curing and all related wor as per drawing and specifications

m3 8767

B.2.7.2 DELETED

Pile cap including excavation through existing concrete and water bound macadam

road /bituminous road / cement road of all thicknesses including dismantling other

structures, dead utilities etc., all kinds of soil and rock including dewatering,

pumping and bailing out water, strutting and shoring etc. This item also includes

centering and shuttering and backfilling with graded soil in foundation including

watering, compacting with a vibratory plate compactor and loading, leading and

disposal of surplus excavated material using lockable and covered trucks so as to

ensure that during transportation the carried material does not spill out. Max lead to

dumping ground will be all leads.Reinforcement shall be paid separately. Rate shall

include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required

workability, curing and all related wor as per drawing and specifications

m3 0

B.2.8 DELETED

B.2.9 Providing M 15/20 concrete for Minimum 75/100mm thick PCC below pile cap &

open foundation extending 75/100mm all round beyond pile cap & open foundation.

Rate shall include cost of The cost shall be inclusive of the cost of shoring,

centering, shuttering, scaffolding, curing arrangements as required etc. complete

using required dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required workability as

per approval of Engineer.

m3 512





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


B.2.10 Reinforced Concrete: Crash Barriers

Providing M30/20 grade concrete for crash barriers for piers at road level including

shuttering, curing etc. and all related operations as required to complete the work.

Reinforcement shall be paid separately. Rate shall include cost of using required

dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required temperature, workability and

retardation as per approval of the Engineer

Cum 126

Total of B.2





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


C Pier, Piercaps & Portals

C.1 Reinforced Cast in-Situ Concrete

Rates shall include followings:

i) Cost of providing grooves, chamfers, molding, cutout etc. in formwork.

ii) The work will include placing in position of necessary sleeves for various

purposes, anchors, shear connectors, fixtures, inserts etc. complete as per technical

specifications and drawings and as directed by the Engineer

iii) The rate shall also include preparation of construction joints as per technical

specifications and provided approved wire mesh/ weld mesh at such location as

approved by the Employer's Representative or as shown in drawings.

iv) Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete for

obtaining required temperature, workability and retardation as per approval of the

Engineer

v) Rate shall include cost of using necessary tools, plants, machinery and all related

operations etc. for all heights as per approval of the Employer's Representative.

vi) Rate shall include cost of vibration of concrete, curing, protecting from damage,

bailing/pumping out water if required as directed by the Engineer

vii) Reinforcement shall be paid separately.

viii) The cost shall be inclusive of the cost of centering, shuttering, scaffolding,

providing cutouts where specified, curing arrangements as required, steam curing

arrangement if deemed necessary, all handling etc. complete

(a) Viaduct Piers

Providing M50/20 concrete for Reinforced Concrete Viaduct Piers of all heights &

shapes (standard pier, portal pier, cantilever piers, piers for extended pier caps, pier

for depot line approaches, piers for cross-over structures & Piers at stations)

including steel shuttering, scaffolding, positioning of inserts and all related

operations as required to complete the work as per drawing & specifications

m3 545

(b) DELETED

Total of C.1





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


C.2 Pre-Cast Concrete:

DELETED

D Superstructure

DELETED

E Reinforcing and Pre-Stressing Steel & structural steel

E.1 Reinforcing and Pre-Stressing Steel

E.1.1 Reinforcing Steel

Providing corrosion resistant (CRS) Thermo-Mechanically Treated (TMT)

reinforcement steel of Fe-500D grade, from approved list of supplier/s,

straightening, cutting, bending, tying, lapping of bars/ butt welding, placing including

couplers, 18 gauge G.I. binding wire, in all structural concrete at all heights and

depths complete as per technical specifications and drawings *

Mt 3640

* The rate includes anti corrosive coating with Cement + Inhibitor solution as

per Technical specifications

E.1.2 High Tensile Prestressing Steel -DELETED

Total of E.1





CONTRACT NO. DDC101


E.2 Structural Steel - DELETED

F Miscellaneous

F.1 Expansion Joints - DELETED

F.2 Drainage - DELETED

F.3 Traffic Signals, signages & other Traffic aids ( as per IRC specification)

F.3.1 Providing and fixing road informatory items viz. retro reflective traffic signs as per

specification/ drawings and as directed by the engineer-in-charge. The steel frame

required shall be paid extra in respective steel works items under DSR 2014sqm 50

F.3.2 Providing and fixing Road infrastructure items required for traffic diversion as per

specification/ drawings and as directed by the engineer-in-charge.

F.3.2a Road delineator each 500

F.3.2b DELETED

F.3.2c Traffic Cones with following Details:

i) Square Base Cone with heavy base

ii) Height : 705 mm

iii) Base : sqaure 390 mm x 390 mm

iv) Cone Colour : Red colour (UV stabilised)

v) Body Materia : Low Density Poly Ethylene

vi) Reflective Part : 1 No. White colour Engineering Grade Reflective band of 125

mm width all round.

each 300

F.4 Deployment of adequate manpower for 8 hrs shift for day & night management of

traffic at intensection, roadway influenced by contractor & traffic diversions at

various levels.

F.4.1 In-charge shifts 402

F.4.2 Supervisor shifts 2238

F.4.3 Traffic Guards shifts 12500

F.5 DELETED

Total of F

BOQ- ECV 103 10 of 13




CONTRACT NO. DDC101


G Road Items

G.1 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement

concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3

(1 cement: 3 coarse sand) including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints

except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening

wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished

kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approved by

Engineer-in-charge).

RM 6000

G.2 DELETED

G.3 Laying at or near ground level old kerb stones of all types in position to the required

line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)

including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints, except at sharp

curve, shall not be more than 5mm) including making drainage opening wherever

required etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Length of finished

kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Old kerb stones removed during

construction shall be reinstalled when restoring the road)

RM 600

G.4 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne

capacity including excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing to

camber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations

etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earth with all lead

sqm 6000

G.5 Providing and applying tack coat using hot straight run bitumen of grade VG - 10,

including heating the bitumen, spraying the bitumen with mechanically operated

spray unit fitted on bitumen boiler, cleaning and preparing the existing road surface

as per specifications :

G.5.1 On W.B.M. @ 0.75 Kg / sqm sqm 6000

G.5.2 On bituminous surface @ 0.50 Kg / sqm sqm 28500

G.6 Construction of granular sub-base by providing close graded Material conforming to

specifications, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of mixed material

by tippers to work site, for all leads & lifts, spreading in uniform layers of specified

thickness with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory

power roller to achieve the desired density, complete as per specifications and

directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

BOQ- ECV 103 11 of 13




CONTRACT NO. DDC101


G.6.1 With material conforming to Grade-I (size range 75 mm to 40 mm) having CBR

Value-30cum 1800

G.7 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate

(size range 53 mm to 0.075 mm ) to wet mix macadam (WMM) specification

including premixing the material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant,

carriage of mixed material by tipper to site, for all leads & lifts, laying in uniform

layers with mechanical paver finisher in sub- base / base course on well prepared

surface and compacting with vibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achieve the

desired density, complete as per specifications and directions of Engineer-in-

Charge.

cum 1800

G.8 Providing and laying Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam using crushed stone

aggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder and filler,

transporting the hot mix to work site by tippers, laying with paver finisher equiped

with electronic sensor to the required grade, level and alignment and rolling with

smooth wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers as per specifications to achieve the

desired compaction and density, complete as per specificatons and directions of

Engineer-in-Charge.

G.8.1 50 to 100 mm average compacted thickness with bitumen of grade VG-30 @5%

(percentage by weight of total mix) and lime filler @ 2% (percentage by weight of

Aggregate) prepared in Drum Type Hot Mix Plant of 60-90 TPH capacity.cum 480

G.9 Providing and laying Bituminous concrete using crushed stone aggregates of

specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder and filler, transporting the hot

mix to work site by tippers, laying with paver finisher equiped with electronic sensor

to the required grade, level and alignment and rolling with smooth wheeled,

vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired compaction and density as per

specification, complete and as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

G.9.1 40/50 mm compacted thickness with bitumen of grade VG-30 @5.5% (percentage

by weight of total mix) and lime filler @ 3% (percentage by weight of Aggregate)

prepared in Batch Type Hot Mix Plant of 100-120 TPH capacity.

cum 1425

G.10 DELETED

G.11 DELETED

Storm Water Drain

BOQ- ECV 103 12 of 13




CONTRACT NO. DDC101


G.12 M30/20 concreting of the Storm Water drain including excavation through existing all

kinds of soil and water bound macadam road /bituminous road / cement road of all

thicknesses including dismantling of existing structures, dead utilities etc. and soil

including dewatering, pumping and bailing out water, strutting and shoring etc. This

item also includes formwork and backfilling including watering, compacting with a

vibratory plate compactor and loading, leading and disposal of surplus excavated

material using lockable and covered trucks so as to ensure that during

transportation the carried material does not spill out. Max lead to dumping ground

will be all leads. Reinforcement shall be paid separately

cum 835

G.13 Providing M30/20 concrete of precast reinforced cement concrete drain cover slab

including the cost of transportation, hoisting, fixing, centering and shuttering but

excluding the cost of reinforcement.cum 135

Total of G

BOQ- ECV 103 13 of 13


ANNEXURE-5VOLUME-1, 2 AND 3 OF PART-2

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITEDCHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE I - EXTENSION


"CONSTRUCTION OF PILES AND PILES CAPS FOR

ELEVATED VIADUCT INCLUDING SHIFTING OF UTILITIES,

TRAFFIC DIVERSION AND ALL ASSOCIATED WORKS FOR A

STRETCH OF ABOUT 3 KM BETWEEN CH: 3320 TO CH:5308.

435 AT TOLL GATE AND CH: 7700 TO CH: 8544.712 AT

WIMCONAGAR"

PART 2SECTION VI

VOLUME 1

EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENT(REVISED)

NOVEMBER 2016


AMDIN BUILDING, CMRL DEPOT,

POONAMALLEE HIGH ROAD,

KOYAMBEDU,

CHENNAI – 600107, INDIA



"CONSTRUCTION OF PILES AND PILES CAPS FOR

ELEVATED VIADUCT INCLUDING SHIFTING OF UTILITIES,

TRAFFIC DIVERSION AND ALL ASSOCIATED WORKS FOR A

STRETCH OF ABOUT 3 KM BETWEEN CH: 3320 TO CH:5308.

435 AT TOLL GATE AND CH: 7700 TO CH: 8544.712 AT

WIMCONAGAR"

Volume 1 – Employer’s Requirements(Revised)

SECTION - A SCOPE OF WORK

SECTION - B APPENDICES

Appendix 1 Work Areas

Appendix 2 Contract Key Dates

Appendix 3 Quality Assurance

Appendix 4 Work site and Temporary Power Supply

Appendix 5 Contractor Site Laboratory

Appendix 6 Geotechnical Investigation Report (Not Revised)

Volume 1 – ER i NOVEMBER 2016


CONTRACT NO. ECV-103

VOLUME 1 - EMPLOYER'S REQUIREMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION A –- SCOPE OF WORK

1.0 Scope of Work A-1

1.1 Viaduct A-1

1.2 Stations A-3

1.3 Traffic Management A-4

1.3 Utilities A-5

1.4. Geotechnical Investigation Report A-6

1.5 Reference to the Standard Codes of Practice A-6

SECTION B – APPENDICES

1. Appendix 1 – Work Areas

2. Appendix 2 – Contract Key Dates

3. Appendix 3 – Quality Assurance

4. Appendix 4 – Work Site and Temporary Power Supply

5. Appendix 5 – Contractor Site Laboratory

6. Appendix 6 – Geotechnical Investigation Report

Volume 1 – ER ii NOVEMBER 2016

Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase-1 - Extension Section VI, Volume 1 ER

Contract No. ECV-103

Section A Scope of work A-1 NOVEMBER 2016

VOLUME 1 – EMPLOYER'S REQUIREMENTS

Section A – Scope of Works

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

Construction of Piles and Piles caps for Elevated Viaduct including shifting of utilities,

Traffic diversion and all Associated works for a stretch of about 3 KM between

CH:3320 TO CH:5308.435 at Toll gate and CH: 7700 to CH: 8544.712 at Wimco

Nagar"

1.1 Viaduct & Stations

1.1.1 Detailed survey of the alignment for viaduct from CH: 2900 to 9000m, for fixing span

configuration, as per GAD and Construction of following major components of

viaduct & Station piles and pilecaps and other associated works:

.(i) Pile foundation with hydraulic rotary piling rigs for Viaduct & Stations Main

pier.(ii) Pile cap including levelling course.(iii) Construction of Pier minimum 1000mm above the existing road/ground level.(iv) Construction of Crash barrier minimum 250mm above the existing

road/ground level.(v) Fixing of Pier reinforcement only as per the drawings.(vi) Fixing of Crash barrier reinforcement around Piers(vii) Earthing arrangement, Traffic diversion, Barricading and shifting of utilities.

(viii) Reinstatement of road and shifting of Storm water drain.

1.2.2 Contractors are requested to go through the tender drawings in details as the works

mentioned above and as indicated in the tender drawings would be considered

inclusive in the scope of work.

1.2.3 In addition to the foregoing, the scope of works shall include but not limited to thefollowing:

a. Alignment plans (both vertical and horizontal) and typical pier locations would

be provided by the CMRL to the Contractor. Utility identification at foundation

location will be done by the Contractor and in case utility(s) is encountered

or obligatory requirements are to be met, the Contractor would bring it into

the notice of Engineer, who may change the span configuration at such

location out of the standard spans configuration provided in the tender

drawing to save the utility(ies) or to meet the obligatory requirements within

the accepted price by Engineer. The shifting of the utility(ies) would be

undertaken only in exceptional circumstances where in the opinion of the

Engineer no other option is available. Cost of such utility shifting will be paid

as per clause 1.3.1 (b) of the section-IV of the Part-1.

b. The contractor shall liaise with Local authorities like Forest Department,

Highway Authority, CPWD, PWD, Chennai Corporation, Water, Electricity



Section A-Scope of Work A-2 NOVEMBER 2016

and Telephone service providers etc. regarding cutting/transplantation of

trees, dismantling of roads, shifting of utilities/supporting of utilities as the

case may be and Traffic Police regarding traffic management during

launching and getting all necessary permissions and clearances.

c. Site clearance and dismantling of obstructions etc., before commencement

of work as specified or as directed;

d. Preparing of shop drawings for various components of the works and

obtaining approval in respect thereof from the Engineer, inclusive of

incorporation of all modifications, alterations, changes, etc. that may be

required to be carried as directed;

e. True and proper setting out and layout of the Works, bench marks and

provision of all necessary labour, instruments and appliances in connection

therewith as specified or as directed;

f. Conducting load test on piles as per IS-2911-Part IV or any other suitable

method.

g. All aspects of quality assurance, including testing of materials and other

components of the work, as specified or as directed;

h. The Contractor must ensure cleanliness of the roads and footpaths by

deploying man power for the same. The Contractor shall have to ensure

proper brooming, cleaning and washing of roads and footpaths on all the

times throughout the entire stretch till the currency of the contract including

disposal of sewage. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account;

i. Day to day cleaning of worksite throughout the execution period.

j. Clearing of site and handing over of all the Works, as specified or as directed;

k. Maintenance of the completed Work during the period as specified;

l. Submission of completion (i.e. 'As-Built’) drawings and other related

documents as specified in soft and hard copies. 3 sets of Drawings in A1 and

A3 size and 2 copies of the soft copy in CD of the drawings shall be submitted

to Client.

1.2.4 Any other item of work as may be required to be carried out for completing the

construction of structure of specified length including all necessary interfaces works

with CMRL in all respects in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and/or

to ensure the structural stability and safety during and after construction.

The value of the work shall be on item rate basis as accepted in letter of acceptance

subject to such additions thereto or deductions there from as may be made under

the provisions of the Contract.

1.3 Traffic Management

The Contractor shall make the detailed traffic diversion plans in consultation with

Chennai Traffic Police. The work is to be executed with proper liaison with Chennai




Traffic Police. Necessary assistance will be given by CMRL. The scheme should be

such that preferably two lanes of traffic on each direction of the road should be

available for the smooth flow of traffic unless otherwise specific scheme is agreed

by traffic police and approved by CMRL. The Contractor should inspect the site. The

Contractor shall also strengthen the road where the diversions are planned by

widening, repairing to the road surface and cutting of trees/transplanting (as

required), etc.

1.3.1 As per BOQ, Contractor shall be responsible for tree cutting and (or) transplantation

along the alignment. Permission for cutting/transplantation will be arranged by

CMRL (this will not absolve the Contractor from his responsibility of obtaining the

permission and necessary liaisoning with the Forest Department).

1.3.2 Demolition of RCC framed structures, brick masonry buildings including basementetc. as existing at site without making damage to adjacent structures, utilities and

taking away all the debris and released materials etc.

1.3.3 Traffic barricade with blinker, reflective tapes and other necessary traffic signage

should be provided wherever required as per detailed plan. Temporary traffic

diversion for smooth flow of traffic will be provided during construction including

necessary traffic signs, repairs to diverted route/services lanes if required. Traffic

marshals shall be deployed for the period of diversion to guide the road users and

to avoid traffic congestion. Restoration of diverted route in original condition etc. shall

be done by Contractor.

1.3.4 Road works, utility diversions, and other miscellaneous works to be paid as percontract conditions stipulated in the price centre of the Part-1.

1.4 Utilities

1.4.1 Utility identification at foundation locations will be done by the contractor and in case

utility(s) is encountered or obligatory requirement is to be met out, the contractor shall

inform Engineer for change in configuration at such location out of the standard spans

configuration provided in the tender drawing to save the utility(ies) or to meet

obligatory requirements within the accepted price. Shifting of utility(ies) would be

done only in exceptional cases where in the opinion of the Engineer no other option

is available. Contractor shall be paid for diverting the utilities under as per clause

1.3.1 (b) of the section-IV of the Part-1. No payment shall however be made for

supporting the utilities during course of work.

1.4.2 The utilities are to be diverted with proper liaison and approval of the utility owning

agencies. The utilities which are not to be diverted but require supporting, proper

supporting be done so that they are not damaged along their branches. Precautions

to be taken while handling the utilities are mentioned as under;

(i) Utilities must not be damaged at any cost. If due to some or the other reason,

mishap occurs, it should be rectified immediately by the Contractor at his own

cost under intimation of CMRL.




(ii) Till rectification of the damaged trunk sewers, the Contractor shall arrange

substitute arrangement for sewer pumping and its disposal as per directions

of Chennai Metro Water Supply and Sewage Board (CMWSSB). The similar

arrangement be done for other utility.

(iii) The manholes of Trunk(T)/Sewers should not be covered under the extended

portion beyond the structure (crash barrier), etc. as these may create

hindrances to the annual de-silting/cleaning of sewer lines.

(iv) Sufficient distance of foundation from outer edge of T/ Sewers be kept in view

of further maintenance/Safety of T/Sewers.

(v) The covers of manholes are saved from heavy machinery movement to avoid

any accident/Slippage of debris in manholes etc into the T/Sewers which may

cause blockage of lines. In case of damage of manhole cover & frame the

same shall be replaced immediately by the Contractor at his own cost.

(vi) Manholes of the trunk sewer should be kept freely accessible for cleaning

and removal of blockages and debris should not be dumped over these

manholes.

(vii) Branch sewer connections which are connected with the T sewers should

also be taken care of. If the same are damaged, the same should be restored

immediately on priority.

1.4.3 The construction of structures will have to be planned in such a manner that they do

not obstruct or interfere with the existing roads/railways and other utilities. Where

work is required to be carried out at locations adjacent to such roads/railways,

utilities, structures, monuments etc. suitable safety and protection arrangements will

have to be ensured for which nothing extra will be payable. It should be ensured that

no damage is caused to any such element and Engineer/ Employer shall be

indemnified against such damage at no extra cost.

1.5 Geotechnical Investigation Report

Results of the sub surface investigations conducted at the project site are enclosed

with the tender document. The information about the soil and sub soil water

conditions is being made available to the contractor in good faith.

No claims whatsoever on account of any discrepancy between the sub surface

conditions that may be encountered at the time of execution of work and those given

in these tender documents shall be admissible to the contractor under any

circumstances whatsoever.

1.6 Reference to the Standard Codes of Practice

All Standards, Technical Specifications and Codes of practice referred in the

technical specifications shall be latest editions including all applicable official

amendments and revisions. The Contractor shall make available at site all relevant

Indian Standard Codes of practice and IRS/IRC Codes as applicable.

SECTION B – APPENDICES

APPENDIX 1 – WORK AREAS

EMPLOYER'S REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX 1

WORK AREAS

The contractor is solely responsible for arranging land to establish the batching plant,fabrication yard, work areas etc. and other facilities without any liability to the Employer.

APPENDIX 2 – CONTRACT KEY DATES


APPENDIX 2

CONTRACT KEY DATES

The Contractor shall prepare and submit his detailed Programme of Work to achieve key datesof various activities on time. The Contractor shall complete the work in a phased manner byfixing priorities to different stretches of work to give access to the other interfacing contractorsas per the requirement of project from time to time and as per the key dates (mile stones)indicated below. The work shall be carried out at both Toll Gate and Wimco Nagar projectlocations simultaneously to achieve equal progress as far as practicable.

ECV-103 APPENDIX 2

Key date Details of Works to be completedTime to achieve thekey dates from thedate of issue of LoA

KD 1

Submission of initial constructionprogramme, establishing site office on rentalbasis and mobilisation of piling rigs.

30 days

KD 2

Completion of erection of barricading andtraffic diversion and planning andcommencement of all utility diversion.

45 days

KD 3A Construction of all the test piles. 45 days

KD 3B Completion of 50% of initial pile load tests. 60 days

KD 3C Completion of 100% of initial pile load tests. 75 days

KD 4 Construction of 25% of total number of piles 100 days




KD 8 Construction of 25% of total number of pile caps. 120 days



KD 11Completion of 100% of pile caps including Pierstarter & crash barrier.

230 days

KD 12Overall completion of the works including roadrestoration.

243 days

KD 13 Issue of Performance Certificate 973 days

APPENDIX 3 – QUALITY ASSURANCE

Table of Contents

Contents Pages

1. General QA-1

2. Quality Assurance Management Plan QA-1

3. Plan Implementation and verification QA-2


APPENDIX 3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. General

The Contractor shall implement a Project Quality Management Plan in accordance with

ISO-9001 "Quality System - Model for Quality Assurance in Design/Development,

Production, Installation and Servicing" to ensure that all materials, workmanship, plant

and equipment supplied and work done under the contract meets the requirements of

the contract. This plan shall apply to all activities related to the quality of items,

including designing, purchasing, inspecting, handling, assembling, testing, storing, and

shipping of materials and equipment and different elements of construction work and

installations of system components.

The Quality Plan to be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer shall

follow the requirements of ISO 9000 and address each element therein.

Registration of the Contractor's organisation, or subcontractors or sub-consultants is

not required for this Project but the Project Quality Management Plan as submitted

shall meet the intent of the ISO 9000 requirement in that there is a comprehensive and

documented approach to achieving the project quality requirements.

2. Quality Assurance Management Plan

The Project Quality Management Plan (PQMP) shall as a minimum address the quality

system elements as required by ISO 9001, generally noting the applicability to the

Contractor's Works Programme for the Project. Procedures or Quality Plans to be

prepared by others (Suppliers, Subcontractors, and Sub-consultants) and their

incorporation in the overall PQMP shall be identified.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain a Quality Assurance Plan (QA) to regulate

methods, procedures, and processes to ensure compliance with the Contract

requirements. The QA Plan, including QA written procedures, shall be submitted to

the Engineer for his review.

Adequate records shall be maintained in a readily retrievable manner to provide

documented evidence of quality monitoring and accountability. These records shall

be available to Employer at all times during the term of the Contract and during the

Defects Liability Period and for a five-year period thereafter.

The Plan shall identify:

• Design Process: that control, check and verify the accuracy, completeness and

integration of the design shall be performed by certified personnel and in

accordance with documented procedure that have the written consent of the

Engineer.

• Special Processes: that control or verify quality shall be performed by certified

personnel and in accordance with documented procedures that have the written

consent of the Engineer;

• Inspection and Test: Inspection and testing instructions shall provide for reporting

non-conformances or questionable conditions to the Engineer; Inspection shall

occur at appropriate points in the installation sequence to ensure compliance with

drawings, test specifications, process specifications, and quality standards. The

Engineer shall designate, if necessary, inspection hold points into installation or

inspection planning procedures;

• Receiving Inspection: These procedures shall be used to preclude the use of

nonconforming materials and to ensure that only correct and accepted items are

used and installed;

• Identification and Inspection Status: a system for identifying the progressive

inspection status of equipment, materials, components, subassemblies, and

assemblies as to their acceptance, rejection, or non-inspection shall be maintained;

• Identification and Control of Items: an item identification and traceability control

shall be provided;

• Handling, Storage, and Delivery: provide for adequate work, surveillance and

inspection instructions.

The Plan shall ensure that conditions adverse to quality such as failures, malfunctions,

deficiencies, deviations, and defects in materials and equipment shall be promptly

identified and corrected.

The Plan shall provide for establishing, and maintaining an effective and positive

system for controlling non-conforming material including procedures for the

identification, segregation, and disposal of all non-conforming material. Dispositions

for the use or repair of non-conforming materials shall require the Engineers consent.

3. Plan Implementation and Verification

The Plan shall clearly define the QA Organisation. Management responsibility for the

QA shall be set forth on the Contractor's policy and organisation chart. The Plan shall

define the requirements for QA personnel, their skills and training. Records of

personnel certifications shall be maintained and monitored by the QA personnel.

These records shall be made available to the Engineer for review, upon request.

The QA operations shall be subject to the Engineers, Employer or Employer's

authorised representative's verification at any time, including: surveillance of the

operations to determine that practices, methods and procedures of the plan are being

properly applied; inspection to measure quality of items to be offered for acceptance;

and audits to ensure compliance with the Contract documents.

The contractor's Quality Audit Schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for consent

every three months or more frequently as required.

The results of Quality Audits shall be summarised in the Contractor's monthly reports.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable

the Engineer to carry out on-site and off-site surveillance of Quality Assurance Audits

to verify that the quality system which has the consent of the Engineer is being

implemented fully and properly.

APPENDIX 4 – WORKS SITE &

TEMPORARY POWER SUPPLY

Table of contents

1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 1

2. STANDARD ENGINEERING CONDITIONS ............................................................... 1

3. TEMPORARY WATER & POWER SUPPLY TO DESIGNATED CONTRACTORS-

(DELETED) ................................................................................................................. 2

4. APPLICABILITY .......................................................................................................... 2

5. WORK ON SITE ......................................................................................................... 2

6. ELECTRICAL GENERAL ............................................................................................ 3

7. MATERIALS, APPLIANCES AND COMPONENTS ..................................................... 3

8. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ..................................................................................... 3

9. MAINS VOLTAGE....................................................................................................... 3

10. EARTHING ................................................................................................................. 4

11. PLUGS, SOCKET OUTLETS AND COUPLERS ......................................................... 5

12. CABLES ..................................................................................................................... 5

13. LIGHTING INSTALLATION ......................................................................................... 5

14. ELECTRICAL MOTORS ............................................................................................. 6

15. INSPECTION AND TESTING ..................................................................................... 6

16. IDENTIFICATION ....................................................................................................... 6

17. MAINTENANCE: ......................................................................................................... 6

18. METERING ................................................................................................................. 6

Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase-1 - Extension Employer’s RequirementsContract No ECV-103 Appendix 4 – WS&TPS

Volume 1-Appendix -4 WS&TPS-1 NOVEMBER 2016


APPENDIX 4

WORK SITE & TEMPORARY POWER SUPPLY

1. INTRODUCTION

(1) The Contractor shall provide within the designated principal Works Areas, at

locations agreed with the Engineer, the compounds and facilities for the Engineer

and other contractors of the Employer defined under Clause 2 of this Appendix.

(2) The standard conditions applying to the use of any Works Area by the Contractor

for its site facilities are given under Clause 2 of this Appendix.

(3) The Conditions for supply of electricity by the Contractor to Designated Contractors

are given under Clause 3 of this Appendix.

2. STANDARD ENGINEERING CONDITIONS

The following standard engineering conditions apply to all Works Areas:

(1) Formation

(a) The Works Areas shall be formed to the levels that the Engineer has given his

consent. No such levels shall be amended without prior consent of the

Engineer.

(b) The Works Areas shall be surfaced in a manner agreed with the Engineer,

compatible with their intended use, and, in particular, footpaths and roadways

connecting facilities shall be clearly defined. Measures shall be taken to the

satisfaction of the Engineer to ensure all areas are properly drained and kept

free of static water.

(c) The removal, diversion or reinstatement elsewhere as may be required of any

existing works or installation whatsoever within the Works Areas shall be

carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(2) Roads & Parking

(a) Space shall be provided within the Works Areas for parking, loading/unloading

and manoeuvring of motor vehicles.

(b) Any damage done to the adjoining public roads and fixtures and properties

(public or private) shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(3) Drainage & Sewerage

(a) All storm or rainwater from the Work Areas including any access roads

thereto shall be conveyed to the nearest stream course, catch-pit, channel or

storm water drain as required by the Engineer. All temporary and permanent

works shall be carried out in such a manner that no damage or nuisance are

caused by storm water or rain water to the adjacent property.



(b) No drain or watercourse shall be used without consent of the Engineer.

(c) Damages or obstructions caused to any watercourse, drain, water- main or

other installations within or adjoining the Works Areas shall be made good to

the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(d) Treatment and disposal of sewage and wastewater from the Works Area shall

be provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(4) Buildings

(a) No permanent structures other than those required for the Permanent Works

shall be Temporary permitted on the Works Areas.

(b) Electricity, water, telephone and sewerage shall be provided by the

Contractor, as required, for all temporary buildings at his own cost.

(c) No potable water from the Cochin Corporation shall be used for heating,

cooling and humidification purposes, or vehicle washing without the written

consent of the Engineer.

(5) Pedestrian Access

Every existing pedestrian access through out the Works Areas shall be maintained

in a usable condition at all times to the satisfaction of the Engineer including

lighting, signing and guarding.

(6) Fencing

The Works Areas shall be secured against unauthorised access at all times. In

particular fencing or the like shall be maintained, removed and re-erected in the

new location wherever and whenever a Works Area is relinquished in stages.

3. Temporary Water & Power Supply to Designated Contractors- (Deleted)

4. Applicability

(1) Where the Contractor is required to provide temporary electrical supplies, or to use,

extend or expand on temporary supplies installed by others, all such activity shall

be executed in accordance with Paragraphs of this Appendix.

(2) When the Contractor makes use of temporary electrical supplies provided by others

he will observe and comply with the requirements of this Appendix.

5. Work on Site

(1) The Contractor shall nominate a representative whose name and qualifications

shall be submitted in writing to the Engineer for review not later than 4 weeks before

the appointment and who shall be solely responsible for ensuring the safety of all

temporary electrical equipment on Site. The Contractor shall not install or operate

any temporary Site electrical systems until this representative is appointed and has

commenced duties.

(2) The name and contact telephone number of the representative having been

reviewed without objection by the Engineer shall be displayed at the main

distribution board for the temporary electrical supply so that he can be contacted in

case of an emergency.



(3) Schematic diagrams and the details of the equipment for all temporary electrical

installations shall be submitted by the Contractor, and these diagrams together with

the temporary electrical equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for his

consent.

(4) All electrical installation work on Site shall be carried out in accordance with the

requirements laid down in BS 7375 and the Specification. All work shall be

supervised or executed by qualified and suitably categorised electricians, who are

registered as such under the Electricity Ordinance 1990/Electricity (Registration)

Regulations 1990.

6. Electrical General

Temporary electrical Site installations and distribution systems shall be in accordance

with:-

(1) Indian Electricity Rules

(2) The Power Companies’ Supply Rules;

(3) Electricity and its subsidiary Regulations;

(4) IEE Wiring Regulations (16th Edition);

(5) BS 7375 Distribution of Electricity on Construction and Building Sites;

(6) BS 4363 Distribution Assemblies for Electricity Supplies for Construction and

Building Sites; and

(7) BS 6164 Safety in Tunnelling in the Construction Industry.

(8) Any other applicable national standards

7. Materials, Appliances and Components

All materials, appliances and components used within the distribution system shall

comply with BS 4363 and BS 7375 Appendix A.

8. Design Considerations

(1) Distribution equipment utilised within the temporary electrical distribution system

shall incorporate the following features: -

(a) flexibility in application for repeated use;

(b) suitability for transport and storage;

(c) robust construction to resist moisture and damage;

(d) safety in use.

(2) All cabling shall be run at high level whenever possible and firmly secured to ensure

they do not present a hazard or obstruction to people and equipment.

(3) The installation on Site shall allow convenient access to authorised and competent

operators to work on the apparatus contained within.



9. Mains Voltage

(1) The Site mains voltage shall be as per the Electricity Authority, 415V/ 3 phase 4

wire system.

(a) Single phase voltage shall be as per the Electricity Authority, 230V supply.

(b) Reduced voltages shall conform to BS 7375.

(2) Types of Distribution Supply

The following voltages shall be adhered to for typical applications throughout the

distribution systems:

(a) fixed plant - 415V/ 3 phase;

(b) movable plant fed by trailing cable - 415V /3 phase;

(c) installations in Site buildings - 230V /1 phase;

(d) fixed flood lighting - 230V/ 1 phase;

(e) portable and hand held tools - 115V /1 phase;

(f) Site lighting (other than flood lighting) - 115V /1 phase; and (g) Portable hand-

lamps (general use) - 115V /1 phase.

(3) When the low voltage supply is energised via the Employer's transformer, any

power utilised from that source shall be either 415V 3 phase or / 230V. 1 phase as

appropriate. The Contractor shall carry out any conversion that may be necessary

to enable him to use power from that source.

(4) Protection of Circuits

(a) Protection shall be provided for all main and sub-circuits against excess

current, under and over voltage, residual current and earth faults. The

protective devices shall be capable of interrupting (without damage to any

equipment or the mains or sub-circuits) any short circuit current that may occur.

(b) Discrimination between circuit breakers, circuit breakers and fuses shall be in

accordance with: -

(i) BS 88;

(ii) BS EN 60898; and

(iii) BS 7375;

(iv) Any other appropriate Indian Standards.

10. Earthing

(1) Earthing and bonding shall be provided for all electrical installations and equipment

to prevent the possibility of dangerous voltage rises and to ensure that faults are

rapidly cleared by installed circuit protection.

(2) Earthing systems shall conform to the following standards: -

(a) IEE Wiring Regulations (16th Edition);

(b) BS 7430;



(c) BS 7375; and

(d) IEEE Standard 80 Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding.

11. Plugs, Socket Outlets and Couplers

Low voltage plugs, sockets and couplers shall be colour coded in accordance with BS

7375, and constructed to conform to BS EN 60309. High voltage couplers and 'T'

connections shall be in accordance with BS 3905.

12. Cables

(1) Cables shall be selected after full consideration of the conditions to which they will

be exposed and the duties for which they are required. Supply cables up to 3.3KV

shall be in accordance with BS 6346.

(2) For supplies to mobile or transportable equipment where operation of the

equipment subjects the cable to flexing, the cable shall conform to one of the

following specifications appropriate to the duties imposed on it:

(a) BS 6708 flexible cables for use at mines and quarries;

(b) BS 6007 rubber insulated cables for electric power and lighting; and (c) BS

6500 insulated flexible cords and cables.

(3) Where low voltage cables are to be used, reference shall be made to BS 7375. The

following specifications shall also be referred to particularly for underground

cables:-

(a) BS 6346 for armoured PVC insulated cables; and

(b) BS 6708 Flexible cables for use at mines and quarries.

(4) All cables which have a voltage to earth exceeding 65 V (except for supplies from

welding transformers to welding electrodes) shall be of a type having a metal

sheath and/or armour which shall be continuous and effectively earthed. In the case

of flexible or trailing cables, such earthed metal sheath and/or armour shall be in

addition to the earth core in the cable and shall not be used as the sole earth

conductor.

(5) Armoured cables having an oversheath of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or an oil

resisting and flame retardant compound shall be used whenever there is a risk of

mechanical damage occurring.

(6) For resistance to the effects of sunlight, overall non-metallic covering of cables shall

be black in colour.

(7) Cables which have applied to them a voltage to earth exceeding 12 V but not

normally exceeding 65 V shall be of a type insulated and sheathed with a general

purpose or heat resisting elastomer.

(8) All cables which are likely to be frequently moved in normal use shall be flexible

cables. Flexible cables shall be in accordance with BS 6500 and BS 7375.



13. Lighting Installation

(1) Where Site inspection of the Works is required during the nights, the Lighting

circuits shall be run separate from other sub-circuits and shall be in accordance

with BS 7375 and BS 4363.

(2) Voltage shall not exceed 55 V to earth except when the supply is to a fixed point

and where the lighting fixture is fixed in position.

(3) Luminaries shall have a degree of protection not less than IP 54. In particularly bad

environments where the luminaries are exposed to excesses of dust and water, a

degree of protection to IP 65 shall be employed.

(4) The Contractor shall upgrade the lighting level to a minimum of 200 lux by localised

lighting in all areas where required by the Engineer.

(5) Mechanical protection of luminaries against damage by impact shall be provided

by use of wire guards or other such devices whenever risk of damage occurs.

14. Electrical Motors

(1) Totally enclosed fan cooled motors to BS 4999: Part 105 shall be used.

(2) Motor control and protection circuits shall be as stipulated in BS 6164.

Emergency stops for machinery shall be provided.

15. Inspection and Testing

Electrical installations on Site shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the

requirements of the IEE Wiring Regulations (16th Edition).

16. Identification

Identification labels of a type reviewed without objection by the Engineer shall be

affixed to all electrical switches, circuit breakers and motors to specify their purpose.

17. Maintenance:

(1) Strict maintenance and regular checks of control apparatus and wiring distribution

systems shall be carried out by an electrician (duly qualified to carry out the said

checks) to ensure safe and efficient operation of the systems. The Contractor shall

submit for review by the Engineer details of his maintenance schedule and

maintenance works record.

(2) All portable electrical appliances shall be permanently numbered (scarf tag labels

or similar) and a record kept of the date of issue, date of the last inspection carried

out and the recommended inspection period.

18. Metering

The Contractor shall install a separately metered and invoiced supply or supplies of

electricity for:-

(a) Site fabrication facilities;

(b) Site workshops and workyards; and

(c) Site offices and stores.

APPENDIX 5

CONTRACTOR’S SITE LABORATORY

Table of Contents

1. SITE LABORATORY ..................................................................................................12. STANDARD OF CONSTRUCTION ...........................................................................13. FURNISHINGS AND FIXTURES ...............................................................................14. LABORATORY EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................1

Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase-1 - Extension Employer’s RequirementsContract No ECV-103 Appendix 5 – CSL

Volume 1-Appendix -5 CSL-1 NOVEMBER 2016


APPENDIX 5

CONTRACTOR'S SITE LABORATORY

1. SITE LABORATORY

(1) The Site Laboratory shall be approximately 250m2 in area. It shall consist

of the following accommodation:

1 concrete laboratory 60m2 floor area

2 office each15m2 floor area

1 store room 10m2 floor area

1 kitchen 10m2 floor area

Male & Female toilets, changing room & shower sufficient for 6

persons

(2) The remainder of the 250m2 shall consist of storage area for concrete

cube curing tanks. The laboratory, office etc. shall be in one building; the

curing tank storage building may be in a separate building, but if so it shall

be adjacent to the laboratory building & connected to it by a level,

weatherproof passageway. In addition, an area of covered hard standing

of 50m2 for motor vehicles shall be provided adjacent to the laboratory.

2. STANDARD OF CONSTRUCTION

(1) The laboratory shall be constructed to the best Engineering practice and

as approved by the Engineer. Telephones shall be located in areas as

agreed with the Engineer.

(2) A water tank with minimum capacity of 2000 litres shall be installed, as a

source of constant water pressure (15 KPa minimum) for each laboratory.

(3) In the case of sinks used for washing samples, adequate trapping and/or

separating devices shall be provided to ensure the proper functioning of

the facility.

3. FURNISHINGS AND FIXTURES

The contractor’s site laboratory shall be provided with required furnishings and fixtures.

4. LABORATORY EQUIPMENT

(1) The laboratory equipment, as listed below, shall be approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall submit for the Engineer's approval within 2 weeks of the

order to commence work the name of the supplier it intends to use for each

piece of apparatus together with the relevant catalogue number.

(2) The layout of the equipment in the testing laboratory shall be instructed by the

Engineer. The equipment shall be maintained to an accuracy appropriate to the

required testing methods with routine calibration by an accredited organisation



as recommended by the appropriate Authority. Equipment shall also be

calibrated after maintenance or relocation.

(3) The Contractor's site laboratory shall be equipped with the following material

testing equipment as a minimum. The nature and quantity of equipment

required for testing may be varied by the Engineer depending on the detail of

the Contractor's Design and Construction methods or for any other reason

which he deems to be valid and necessary for the proper control of quality:

Sieve Analysis

Sieve shaker (portable)

Standard Sieve set

Pans & Covers

Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate Wire basket, 200mm dia.

Heavy duty suspension balance, 20 kg x 1 gm. with accessory

for weight in water

Suitable water container

Unit Weight of Aggregate

Balance, 100 kg. capacity with 10 gm precision

Tamping rod 16mm diameter x 600mm long

Measuring containers (3,10,15,30 litres)

Flakiness and Elongation

Flakiness gauge, elongation Index 1 setSoundness Test

Sodium Sulphate 25 kg

Soaking Tank 1 no.

Balance Capacity 3 kg, Sensitivity 0.1 gm 1 set

Sieves :Coarse 1 set

Fine

Concrete

Buckets for concrete sampling 6 Nos.

Slump cone 6 Nos.

Tamping rod 6 Nos.



Base plate 6 Nos.

Mixing pan for concrete 2 No.

Scoop for general purpose 2 No.

Concrete thermometer

Concrete cylinder mould, 150 mm * 300 mm;

1 No.

100 mm * 300 mm 2 Nos.

Concrete cube mould, & 150 mm cube 48 Nos.

Adjustable spanners for dismantling cube moulds 6 No.

Capping set

Capping compound

Concrete curing tank with capacity for 270 cubes,temperature controlled, with circulation system drain

2 No.

and lockable cover 5 No.

Schmidt test hammer 1 No.

Compression testing machine (simple hand operated)

Mould oil (as per requirement)

1 No.

Temperature chart recorder

Miscellaneous

Vernier callipers to measure up to 200mm,

1No.

with elongated jaws 5 No.

Steel rule, 300 mm long graduated 2 No.

Rubber gloves 10 pr.

Cotton working gloves 20 pr.

First aid kit 1 set

Wire brush 6 No.

Steel tape, 3m, 5m, 30m 3 each

Ball peen hammer, 1 kg 2 No.

Paint scraper. Approx. 100mm wide 8 No.

Float, steel Approx.280 x 120 mm 8 No.

Sack barrow 1 No.

Shovel: Square Mouthed 2 No.

Round Mouthed

24-wheel trolley, heavy duty, approx. 0.7m x 1.0m long

2 No.



pneumatic tyred type 1 No.

Wheelbarrow, rubber tyred

Comprehensive tool kit. To include screwdrivers, pliers,

1 No.

claw hammer, multi-grips, spanners (adjustable) 1 No.

Covermeter for detecting metal objects to depth of 100mm

below the surface of non-magnetic objects 3 No.

Noise meter 1 No.

Permeability Testing Machine

Auto Level 4 Nos.Total Station Min. 1 no.

1No.

APPENDIX 6

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT








PART-2

WORKS REQUIREMENT

SECTION VI

VOLUME 2

OUTLINE CONSTRUCTION

SPECIFICATIONS (REVISED)

NOVEMBER 2016




Chennai Metro Rail Project-Phase I- Extension

Technical Specifications

Tender Document November 2016 Page 1/84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM PAGE

Part – A Technical Specification for Civil Works 2-84




PART – A

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONFOR

CIVIL WORKS




1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL:

1.1.1 These Specifications contained herein shall be read in conjunction with other tender documents.

1.1.2 The Work shall be carried out in accordance with the "Good for Construction" drawings anddesigns as would be issued to the Contractor by the Engineer duly signed and stamped by him.The Contractor shall not take cognisance of any drawings, designs, specifications, etc. notbearing Engineer's signature and stamp. Similarly the Contractor shall not take cognisance ofinstructions given by any other Authority except the instructions given by the Engineer inwriting.

1.1.3 The work shall be executed and measured as per metric units given in the Schedule of Quantities,drawings etc. (FPS units where indicated are for guidance only).

1.1.4 Absence of terms such as providing, supplying, laying, installing, fixing etc in the descriptionsdoes not even remotely suggest that the Contractor is absolved of such providing, supplying etcunless an explicit stipulation is made in this contract. The Owner shall bear no costs of materials,labour, equipment, duties, taxes, royalties etc.

1.1.5 The specifications may have been divided into different sections / sub-heads for convenienceonly. They do not restrict any cross-references. The Contractor shall take into account inter-relations between various parts of works/trades. No claim shall be entertained on the basis ofcompartmental interpretations.

1.1.6 The classification of various items of works for purposes of measurements and payments shallbe as per bills of quantities (BOQ). Except where distinguished by BOQ, the rates apply to allheights, depths, sizes, shapes and locations. They also cater for all cuts and wastes. No floor-wise separation shall be made for the rates. Likewise all heights of centering, shuttering, staging,formwork and scaffolding, launching trusses and other launching methods are covered by therates including multi stage propping for heights greater than one floor as per drawings.

1.1.7 REFERENCE TO THE STANDARD CODES OF PRACTICE:

1. The contractor shall make available at site all relevant Codes of practice as applicable.

2 Legend:

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers




ASTM American Society for Testing Materials

BS British Standard

CPWD Central Public Works Department

DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V.

IRC Indian Road Congress

IRS Indian Railway Standards

IS Indian Standards

JIS Japanese Industrial Standard

MORTH Ministry of Road Transport and Highways

1.1.8 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE:

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at site throughout the period of works the following

at his own cost and without extra charge, Except for the items specified in the Bill of Quantities

the cost being held to be included in the Contract Rates:

1. General works such as setting out, site clearance before setting out and on completion

of works. All weather approach roads to the site office should also be constructed and

maintained in good condition.

2. All labour, materials, plant, equipment and temporary works, Over head charges as well

as general liabilities, obligations, insurance and risks arising out of GCC, required to

complete and maintain the works to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3. Adequate lighting for night work, and also whenever and wherever required by the

Engineer.

4. Temporary fences, barricades, guards, lights and protective work necessary for

protection of workmen, supervisors, engineers, General public and any other persons

permitted access to the site. Contractor shall provide proper signages as directed.

All fences, barricade shall be painted with colour shades as specified by the Engineer.

The barricading should be of adequate height to ensure visual obstruction of work from

public view.

5. All equipment, instruments, labour and materials required by the Engineer for checking

alignment, levels, slopes and evenness of surfaces measurements and quality etc.

6. Design mixes and testing them as per relevant clauses of specifications giving proportion

of ingredients, sources of aggregates and binder along with accompanying trial mixes.

Test results to be submitted to the Engineer for his approval before adoption on works.




7. Cost of Preparation and compliance with provision of a quality assurance control

programme.

8. Cost of safe guarding the environment.

9. A testing laboratory as specified by the Engineer in the Appendix- V of the Employer’s

requirement.

10. Engineer’s site - Accommodation:

(i) From the date of commencement of activities on the Site, the Contractor shall

provide and maintain site accommodation for the Engineer’s staff as set out in

Annexure-1.The accommodation shall be retained until 30 days after the Taking-

over of the Works by the Employer.

(ii) The Contractor shall submit details, of the layout, furnishings and equipment

to the Engineer for approval, prior to establishing the accommodation.

(iii) The accommodation shall be cleaned and serviced daily and security shall be

provided 24 hours, 7 days per week. Equipment shall be maintained and regularly

serviced.

(iv) Full capacity stand-by power shall be available during periods when main power is

unavailable.

(v) The cost of maintenance engineer’s site office as per above clause shall be borne by

the contractor and no extra payment will be admissible for this.

1.1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE & QUALITY CONTROL:

1. The work shall conform to high standards of design and workmanship shall be

structurally sound and aesthetically pleasing. The Contractor shall conform to the

Quality standards prescribed, which shall form the backbone for the Quality Assurance

and Quality Control system.

2 At the site, the Contractor shall arrange the materials, their tacking/storage in

appropriate manner to ensure the quality. The Contractor shall provide all the necessary

equipment and qualified manpower to test the quality of materials, assemblies etc., as

directed by the Engineer. The tests shall be conducted at specified intervals and the

results of tests properly documented. In addition the Contractor shall keep appropriate

tools and equipment for checking alignments, levels, slopes and evenness of the

surfaces.

3 The Engineer shall be free to carry out such tests as may be decided by him at his sole

discretion, from time to time, in addition to those specified in this document. The




Contractor may provide the samples and labour for collecting the samples. Nothing

extra shall be payable to the Contractor for samples or for the collection of the samples.

(a) The test shall be conducted at the Site laboratory that may be established by the

Contractor or at any other Standard Laboratory selected by the Engineer.

(b) The Contractor shall transport the samples to the laboratory for which nothing

extra shall be payable. In the event of the Contractor failing to arrange

transportation of the samples in proper time the Engineer shall have them

transported and recover two times the actual cost from the Contractor's bills.

(c) All testing shall be performed in the presence of Engineer. Testing may be

witnessed by the Contractor or his authorised representative. Whether witnessed

by the Contractor or not, the test results shall be binding on the Contractor.

4 The Engineer shall have the right at all times to inspect all operations including the

sources of materials, procurement, layout and storage of materials, all equipment

including the concrete batching and mixing equipment, and the quality control system.

Such an inspection shall be arranged and the Engineer's approval obtained prior to

starting of the particular item of work. This shall however, not relieve the Contractor of

his responsibilities. All materials, which do not conform to these specifications, shall be

rejected and shall be removed from the site immediately. The Engineer shall have

the powers to cause the Contractors to purchase and use materials from any particular

source, as may in the Engineer's opinion be necessary for the proper execution of work.

1.1.10 DIMENSIONS:

1 Figured dimensions on drawings shall only be followed and drawings to a large scale

shall take precedence over those to a smaller scale. Special dimensions or directions in

the specifications shall supersede all others. All dimensions shall be checked on site prior

to execution.

2 The dimensions where stated do not allow for waste, laps, joints, etc. but the Contractor

shall provide at his own cost sufficient labour and materials to cover such waste, laps,

joints, etc.

3 The levels, measurements and other information concerning the existing site as shown

on the drawings are believed to be correct, but the Contractor should verify them for

himself and also examine the nature of the ground as no claim or allowance whatsoever

will be entertained on account of any errors or omissions in the levels or the description

of the ground levels or strata turning out different from what was expected or shown

on the drawings.




1.1.11 SETTING OUT OF WORKS:

The Contractor shall set out the Works indicated in the Conditions of Contract. The Contractor

shall provide suitable stones with flat tops and build the same in concrete for temporary

benchmarks. All the pegs for setting out the Works and fixing the levels required for the

execution thereof shall, if desired by the Engineer, likewise be built in masonry at such places

and in such a manner as the Engineer may direct. The Contractor shall carefully protect and

preserve all benchmarks and other marks used in setting out the works. The contractor will make

overall layout of complete work and get it checked from engineer. The cost of all operations of

setting out including construction of benchmarks is deemed to be included in the quoted rates

as per Bill of Quantities.

(a) All the survey work except leveling work shall be carried out using total stations with one

second accuracy. The leveling work shall be carried out using Auto level.

(b) The triangulations point given by CMRL before start of work shall be maintained during

execution and handed over back to CMRL after completion of work.

1.1.12 MATERIALS:

1 Source of Materials:

It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to procure all the materials required for

construction and completion of the contract. The contractor shall indicate in writing the

source of materials well in advance to the Engineer, after the award of the work and

before commencing the work. If the material from any source is found to be unacceptable

at any time, it shall be rejected by the Engineer and the contractor shall forthwith remove

the material immediately from the site as directed by the Engineer.

2 Quality:

All materials used in the works shall be of the best quality of their respective kinds as

specified herein, obtained from sources and suppliers approved by the Engineer and shall

comply strictly with the tests prescribed hereafter, or where tests are not laid down in the

specifications, with the requirements of the latest issues of the relevant Indian Standards.

3 Sampling and Testing:

All materials used in the works shall be subjected to inspection and test in addition to test

certificates. Samples of all materials proposed to be employed in the permanent works

shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 45 days in advance for approval before they

are brought to the site.

Samples provided to the Engineer for their retention are to be labeled in boxes suitable

for storage. Materials or workmanship not corresponding in character and quality with

approved samples will be rejected by the Engineer.




Samples required for approval and testing must be supplied sufficiently in advance if

required quality and number to allow for testing and approval, due allowance being made

for the fact that if the first samples are rejected further samples may be required. Delay

to the works arising from the late submission of samples will not be acceptable as a reason

for delay in completion of the works.

Materials shall be tested before leaving the manufacturer’s premises, quarry or resource,

wherever possible. Materials shall also be tested on the site and they may be rejected if

not found suitable or in accordance with the specification, notwithstanding the results of

the tests at the manufacturer’s works or elsewhere or test certificates or any approval

given earlier.

The contractor will bear all expenses for sampling and testing, whether at the

manufacturer’s premises at source, at site or at any testing laboratory or institution as

directed by the Engineer. No extra payment shall be made on this account.

4 Dispatch of materials:

Materials shall not be dispatched from the manufacturer’s works to the site without

written authority from the Engineer.

5 Test certificates:

All manufacturer’s certificates of test, proof sheets, etc showing that the materials have

been tested in accordance with the requirement of this specification and of the

appropriate Indian Standard are to be supplied free of charge on request to the Engineer.

6 Rejection:

Any materials that have not been found to conform to the specifications will be rejected

forthwith and shall be removed from the site by the Contractor at his own cost within two

weeks or as instructed by the Engineer.

7 The Engineer shall have power to cause the Contractors to purchase and use such

materials from any particular source, as may in his opinion be necessary for the proper

execution of the work.

1.1.13 STORING OF MATERIALS AT SITE:

All materials used in the works shall be stored on racks, supports, in bins, under cover etc as

appropriate to prevent deterioration or damage from any cause whatsoever to the entire

satisfaction of the Engineer.

The storage of materials shall be in accordance with IS 4082 “Recommendation on stacking and

storage or construction materials on site” and as per IS 7969 “Safety code for handling and

storage of building materials”.




The materials shall be stored in a proper manner at places at site approved by the Engineer.

Should the place where material is stored by the Contractor be required by the Employer for any

other purpose, the Contractor shall forthwith remove the material from that place at his own

cost and clear the place for the use of the Employer.

1.1.14 WATER:

1 Water from approved source:

Potable water only shall be used for the works. Contractor shall have his own source of

water duly approved by Engineer. The water shall be free from any deleterious matter in

solution or in suspension and be obtained from an approved source. The quality of water

shall conform to IS 456.

2 Storage:

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for storing water, if necessary, in drums

or tanks or cisterns, to the approval of the Engineer. Care shall be exercised to see that

water is not contaminated in any way.

3 Testing:

Before starting any concreting work and wherever the source of water changes, the water

shall be tested for its chemical and other impurities to ascertain its suitability for use in

concrete for approval of the Engineer. No water shall be used until tested and found

satisfactory. Cost of all such Tests shall be borne by the contractor.

1.1.15 WORKMANSHIP:

1 All works shall be true to level, plumb and square and the corners, edges and arises in all

cases shall be unbroken and neat.

2 Any work not to the satisfaction of the Engineer or his representative will be rejected and

the same shall be rectified, or removed and replaced with work of the required standard

of workmanship at no extra cost.




1.2 STRUCTURAL WORK:

1.2.1 Unless specified, only controlled concrete with design mix and weigh batching is to be used forthe work.

1.2.2 Minimum cement content specified in the employer’s requirement is purely from durabilitypoint of view. Larger content of cement shall have to be provided if demanded by mix design.

1.2.3 Provision of cement slurry to create bond between plain / reinforced concrete surface andsubsequent applied finishes shall not be paid extra.

1.2.4 Mix design using smaller aggregates of 10mm down shall also be done in advance for the usein the junction having congested reinforcement.

1.2.5 Procedure of mixing the admixtures shall be strictly as per the manufacturer’srecommendations if not otherwise directed by the Engineer.

1.2.6 All the water tanks and other liquid retaining concrete structures shall undergo hydro-testing.

1.2.7 Special benches shall be provided at site for stacking reinforcement bars of different sizes.

1.2.8 Formwork for beams of RCC areas shall be designed in such a way that the formwork of theadjacent slabs can be removed without disturbing the props / supports of the beams.

1.2.9 Wherever there are tension / suspended concrete members which are suspended from upperlevel structural members, the shuttering / scaffolding of such members at lower level shallhave to be kept in place till the time the upper level supporting members gain minimumrequired strength. Cost of such larger duration of keeping in place the shuttering/scaffoldingshall be deemed to be included in the price quoted for respective structural members.

1.2.10 Formwork is required for full height at all locations. Special precaution for such tall formworkshall be taken to ensure its safety. Extra costs for such formwork shall be deemed to have beenincluded in the price quoted against relevant items.

1.2.11 In the mobilization period, the contractor shall carry out expeditiously and without delay thefollowing works:

a. Material testing and mix designs of concrete as contemplated in the specifications.

b. Setting up of full-fledged site laboratory as per the requirements of thesespecifications.

c. Any other pre-requisite items required for final execution.

d. Site office for the use of the Engineer’ staff.




1.3 SUPPLY OF PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS AND ALBUMS:

The work covers the supply of Photographs, negatives and albums to serve as a permanent

record of various stages/facets of work needed for an authentic documentation as approved

by the Engineer.

The photographs shall be of acceptable quality and they shall be taken by a professionally

competent photographer with camera having the facility to record the date of the

photographs taken in the prints and the negative. Each photograph in the album shall be

suitably captioned and dated.

The photographs and materials including negatives shall form a part of the records of CMRL

and prints of the same cannot be supplied to anybody else or published without the written

permission of CMRL.

1.4 SUPPLY OF VIDEO CDS:

The work consists of taking video films of important activities of the works as directed by

the Engineer during the currency of the Project and editing them to a video film of playing

time not less than 60 minutes.

1.5 SURVEY WORK:

(1) The Contractor shall relate the construction of the Works to the Site Grid. To

facilitate this, survey reference points have been established and the Engineer will provide

benchmarks in the vicinity of the Site. .

(2) Before the Contractor commences the setting out of the Works, the Engineer will

provide a drawing showing the position of each survey reference point and bench mark,

together with the co-ordinates and/or level assigned to each point. The Contractor shall

satisfy itself that there are no conflicts between the data given and shall establish and

provide all subsidiary setting out points, monuments, towers and the like which may be

necessary for the proper and accurate setting out and checking of the Works.

(3) The Contractor shall carefully protect all the survey reference points, bench marks,

setting out points, monuments, towers and the like from any damages and shall maintain

them and promptly repair or replace any points damaged from any causes whatsoever. The

Contractor shall regularly recheck the position of all setting out points, bench marks and

the like to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(4) Upon handover to the Contractor, the survey reference points will become the

responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall, by annual or more frequent review,

ensure that these survey points continue to remain consistent with the bench marks.




SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONDUCTING SURVEY

(5) Before the commencement of any other activity, the control points shall be fixed all

along the section by triangulation. Each triangulation point will be finalized after taking

mean value of observed co-ordinates from 3 successive triangulation control point and

minimum two sets of observation shall be taken and the accuracy of control point should

be +/- 2mm.

PRECISE LEVELING OF CONTROL POINTS

(6) The work involves carrying out leveling as mentioned in description of works. The

survey should cover all the control points and connecting them to GTS benchmarks. Leveling

should be carried out by double territory method to obtain precision in the job.

Leveling must be carried out by a precision digital level with accuracy of better than 1 mm

per km.

Reduced level of all traverse stations shall be taken by Double Territory Method.

Leveling must be started from a GTS Benchmark or benchmark given by CMRL and must be

closed at the same after carrying out leveling of traverse stations.

All leveling calculations must be submitted in a register along with all field data book, and

finally all calculations to be done in Excel format and the file is to be submitted.

FINAL LOCATION SURVEY

(7) The pegging of the alignment will be done along the centre-line of the alignment

(i.e. centre line of both up and down MRTS tracks). The pegging is to be done at every pier

centre on the corridor or as directed by the engineer in charge.

(8) Any discrepancies with the topographical drawing and the proposed alignment as

laid out on ground must be intimated to Engineer in Charge, and any modification/

Suggestion for modification will be carried out only after consulting the Engineer in Charge.

(9) Specifications of pillars to be constructed and fixed at site shall be of following sizes

(in LxBxH form)

I Reference Pillar / Control Points 300mm x 300mm x 400mm

Square Section

II Pier Centre Points 300mm Dia x 400mm deep

Circular in Section

(10) All the pillars shall be first casted (as per Indian Railway Standard) at site and then

alignment / Pier Points to be fixed in order to achieve better accuracy. While casting the

reference pillars, a MS Plate of size 100mm x 100mm x 3mm shall be fixed on top of pillar.




Suitable arrangement to be made to ensure the plate will be firmly held with pillar till the

completion of construction. In case of pillars for triangulation control points a 350mm long

MS Rod of 20mm dia shall be used in cast in situ pillar for marking survey point. The top end

of rod shall be punched at the centre to mark the point and the bottom end to be welded

with two cross 250mm long MS Rod (10mm dia). Engineer-in Charge can make changes in

the arrangement to obtain better results. Mix to be used for casting of reference/alignment

pillars shall be M-15 grade PCC. All details of pillars are to be done with prior approval from

Engineer-In-Charge.

(11) In order to fix alignment point on road, 3mm thick steel plate of size 100mm x

100mm shall be used. The plate shall have a hole at centre to fix survey nail for alignment

point and the nail shall be of minimum 6inches long.

(12) Each alignment/pier points shall be established by taking mean out with respect to

minimum three triangulation control points. These control points shall be fixed along the

alignment in the triangulation form with the accuracy of +/- 2mm. All the three co-ordinates

(X, Y, Z) of each central point and each pier location shall be located.

(13) X, Y, Z co-ordinates of each triangulation control point should be written on the

pillar by paint.

(14) Any deviation from the paper alignment found at site, the alignment parameters

(i.e. deflection angles, radius of curve, transition length etc) shall be changed in consultation

with the Engineer in Charge keeping the obligatory points in view.

1.6 BARRICADING:

The work covers barricading for the work done along the median and areas affecting road

traffic. Barricading for the other areas like casting yard, batching plant, storage and other

working area shall be done at own cost by the contractor. The detailed scope of work is as

follows:

i) Providing and installing the barricade of the design and type as shown in the typicalsketch furnished as per the approved plan firmly to the ground and maintaining itduring the progress of work.

(ii) Providing adequate road safety devices. A tentative list given hereunder identifiesminimum items, which may be required. However, actual numbers required will be asper approved plan by the Engineer and clearance from the traffic department, Delhi.The contractor shall not be paid extra for any addition to this list if required duringthe execution of works.

(iii) Dismantling of barricading and other temporary installations from the site andcleaning the site as per direction of Engineer upon completion and acceptance ofwork.

Tentative Road Safety Devices




S. No. Brief Description

1. Supply of Red portable heavy duty traffic cones of 750 mm height with white

reflective tape bands on min. 100 mm width all around

2. Hazard warning light flasher with rechargeable. Maintenance free battery & Charging

system

3. Safety light island post with 11 nos. parallel reflector

4. Red reflective arrow fitted on enameled mild steel board of 360 x 220 mm size

5. Traffic Triangular Tripod made of fluorescent cloth fitted on steel frame

6. Retro-reflective tape (I) 50 mm width

7. Fluorescent Jackets with reflective tape all around

8. Yellow reflective cat eyes of size 115 x 11 x 22 mm made of ABS material having 19

glass beads on each side.

9. Metal Tubular Delineator of 610 mm height with reflective tapes

10. Retro-reflective arrows diversion board 450 x 900m with crystal clear protective

transparent coat to avid damage on 14 gauge Mild Steel sheet with and without pole

11. Retro-reflective “Men at work” triangular board of size 900 mm with crystal

protective transparent coat to avoid damage on 14 gauge Mild steel board with and

without poles

12. Retro-reflective board for “Go Slow Work in progress” of size 1200 x 750 mm with

crystal clear protective transparent coat to avoid damages to the Mild Steel sheets

with and without pole.

13. Retro-reflective advance direction sign cum Diversion Boards of size 1200 x 900mm

with crystal clear protective transparent coat to avoid damage to the 14- gauge Mild

Steel sheet with and without pole.

14. Retro-reflective speed limit circular sign Boards of 600 mm Diameter with crystal

clear protective transparent coat to avoid damage to the 14-gauge sheet (without

pole).

15. `SORRY FOR INCONVENIENCE’ Retro-reflective Boards of size 900 x 300 mm size with

crystal clear protective transparent coat to avoid damage to the 14 gauge Mild Steel

Sheet (without pole).

16. HAZARD MARKERS (Yellow & Black) must be put all over the construction sites. This




Retro-reflective board is of size 300 x 900 mm with crystal clear protective transport

coat to avoid damage and the 14 gauge Mild Steel Sheet with or without pole.

17. `CAUTION’ tape which is normally yellow tape of special Polythene Material having

75 mm width `CAUTION’ is written all over with Black colour in rolls of 300 meter.

Measurement

The barricading including all the required safety devices as listed under the above table shall

be measured as per relevant item in BOQ. (Payment of the item shall be made on running meter

basis for the contract period including extended period, if any. No extra payment shall be made

for the extended period, if any. Payment shall be deducted for the period during which the

barricading and arrangements for traffic diversion are not satisfactory to the Engineer. The

payment and deduction (if any) for the item shall be on pro-rata basis). No extra payment will

be made for any lateral shifted barricading required for satisfactory execution of work.

1.7 TRANSPLANTATION OF TREES

The item shall be carried out as per the approved plan by the Engineer after the identification

of the trees to be transplanted. The actual number of trees shall be finalized after the necessary

clearances by the concerned departments. The item is complete and including all expenditures

for carrying out all operations i.e. excavation, watering, feeding of chemicals, back filling, lifting

of trees by crane and transporting to the designated site where it is to be transplanted and all

necessary care to be taken for the initial period of 6 months or till the tree gets settled at new

site and up to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.

Measurements

The item shall be measured in numbers according to size of the tree as specified in the item

and the full payment shall be released only when the item is executed fully as per the Scope of

Work detailed out in the approved plan for transplantation of trees.

The rate shall include all required operations during the transplantation and specified duration

afterwards, clearances from the concerned authorities.

1.8 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS & PUBLICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL WORK:

The more important Codes, Standards and Publications to Contract are listed here under:

A General




IS: 875 (Part 3) Code of practice for design loads (other than earthquake) forbuildings and structures

IS: 1200 (All Codes) Methods of measurement of building and Civil engineeringworks

IS: 1237 Specification for cement concrete flooring tiles

IS: 1322 Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp-proofing

IS: 1893 Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures

IS: 2185 (Part 1) Concrete masonry units: Hollow and solid concrete blocks

IS: 2185 (Part 2) Concrete masonry units: Hollow and solid light weight concreteblocks

IS: 2185 (Part 3) Concrete masonry units: Autoclaved cellular aerated concreteblocks

IS: 2572 Code of Practice for construction of hollow concrete blockmasonry

IS: 3414 Code of practice for design and installation of joints in buildings

IS: 3462 Specification for unbacked flexible PVC flooring

IS: 5318 Code of practice for laying of flexible PVC sheet and tile flooring

IS: 6408 (Parts 1, 2) Recommendations for modular co-ordination in buildingindustry – tolerances

IS: 8183 Bonded mineral wool

IS:10958 General check list of functions of joints in building

IS:11817 Classification of joints in buildings for accommodation ofdimensional deviations during construction

IS:11818 Method of test for laboratory determination of air permeabilityof joints in buildings

IS:12440 Precast concrete stone masonry blocks

CPWD Specifications 96 with up-to-date correction slips




BS:476 (Part 7) Method for classification of the surface spread of flame ofproducts

BS:476 (Part 20) Method of determination of the fire resistance of elements ofconstruction (general principles)

BS:476 (Part 22) Methods for determination of the fire resistance of non-loadbearing elements of construction

BS: 1245 Specification for metal door frames (steel)

BS: 3261 Specification for unbacked flexible PVC flooring

BS:3261:Part 1 Homogeneous flooring

BS:5215 Specification for one-part gun grade polysulphide-basedsealants

BS:5606 Guide to accuracy in building

BS:5725 (Part 1) Specification for panic bolts and panic latches mechanicallyoperated by a horizontal push-bar

BS:6093 Code of practice for the design of joints and jointing in buildingconstruction

BS:8200 Code of practice for the design of non-load bearing externalvertical enclosure of building

ASTM C 332 Specification for light weight aggregate for insulating concrete

ASTM C 635 Specification for the manufacture, performance and testing ofmetal suspension systems for acoustical tile and lay-in panelceilings

ASTM D5882 Standard Test Method for Low Strain Integrity Testing of Piles

ASTM D6760 Standard Test Method for Integrity Testing of Concrete DeepFoundations by Ultrasonic Crosshole Testing

SP 7 National Building Code of India

SP 23 (S&T) Hand Book on Concrete Mixes

B Bitumen




IS:702 Industrial Bitumen

IS:3384 Specification for bitumen primer for use in waterproofing anddamp-proofing

C Building Construction Practices

IS: 1838 Parts I and II. Specifications for preformed fillers for expansion joint inconcrete pavements and structures.

IS: 1946 Code of Practice for use of fixing devices in walls, ceilings, andfloors of solid construction.

IS: 3414 Code of Practice for design and installation of joints in buildings.

IS: 6509 Code of Practice for installation of joints in concrete pavements.

IS: 11134 Code of Practice for setting out of buildings.

IS: 11433 Parts I and II. Specifications for one part Gun grade polysulphidebased joint sealant.

IS: 12200 Code of Practice for provision of water stops at transversecontraction joints in masonry and concrete dams

D Cement

IS: 269 33 grade ordinary Portland cement

IS: 455 Portland Slag Cement

IS: 650 Specification for standard sand for testing cement.

IS: 1489 (Part 1) Portland pozzolana cement: Flyash based

IS: 1489 (Part 2) Portland pozzolana cement: Calcined clay based

IS: 3535 Method of Sampling Hydraulic Cements

IS: 4031 (Parts 1 to 13) Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement.

IS: 4032 Method of chemical analysis of hydraulic cement.

IS: 6925 Methods of test for determination of water soluble chlorides inconcrete admixtures.

IS: 8042 White Portland Cement




IS: 8112 Specification for 43 grade ordinary Portland cement.

IS: 12269 Specification for 53 grade ordinary Portland cement.

IS: 12330 Specification for sulphate resistant Portland cement.

IRS: T 40 Indian Railways standard specifications for special gradecement for use in concrete sleepers

E Concrete

IS:456 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.

IS:457 Code of practice for general construction of plain andreinforced concrete for dams and other massive structures.

IS:460 (Parts I to III) Specification for Test Sieves

IS:516 Methods of test for strength of concrete.

IS:1199 Methods of sampling & analysis of concrete.

IS:1200 Method of measurement of building and civil engineering

IS:1343 Code of practice for prestressed concrete

IS:1607 Method of Test Sieving

IS:2386 Parts I-VIII. Methods of tests for aggregates for concrete.

IS:2430 Methods of Sampling of Aggregates of Concrete

IS:2438 Specification for roller pan mixer

IS:2514 Specification for concrete vibrating tables

IS:2571 Code of practice for laying in-situ cement concrete flooring

IS:2645 Specifications for integral cement water proofing compounds

IS:2722 Specifications for portable swing batchers for concrete (doublebucket type)

IS:2770 Methods of testing bond in reinforced concrete part I pull outtest




IS:3025 Methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical) for water& waste water

IS:3370 Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids

IS:3935 Code of practice for composite construction

IS:4326 Code of practice for earthquake resistant construction ofbuilding

IS:6925 Methods of test for determination of water soluble chlorides inconcrete Admixtures

IS:7242 Specifications for concrete spreaders

IS:7251 Specifications for concrete finishers

IS:7861 Parts I & II. Code of practice for extreme weather concreting.

IS:7969 Safety code for handling and storage of building materials

IS:8989 Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures

IS:8142 Methods of test for determining setting time of concrete bypenetration resistance

IS:9103 Specifications for admixtures for concrete

IS:9013 Method of making, curing and determining compressivestrengths of accelerated cured concrete test specimens

IS:9284 Method of test for abrasion resistance of concrete

IS:10262 Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design.

MORTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works, Ministry of RoadTransport and Highways (Roads Wing)

IRS Concrete Bridge Code 1997 (Third revision 2004)

IRS Substructure & Foundation Code 1985 (Include. CS 1 To CS 8)

IRS Bridge Rules- 1986 (Include. CS 1 To 22)

IRS Durability of Concrete Structures – Report N° BS14




IRC 6-2000 Standard Specification & Code Of Practice For Road Bridges-Loads And Stresses – Reprint APR 2006.

IRC 18-2000

IRC 78

Design Criteria For Prestressed Concrete Road Bridges (PostTensioned Concrete) – Reprint JUN 2006.

Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for RoadBridges,Section VII - Foundation and Substructure (SecondRevision)

IRC- Sp-33-1989 Guidelines On Supplemental Measures For Design, Detailing &Durability Of Important Bridge Structures (only Clause No- 1,2,3.1 , 4.3.7 , 4.3.8 & 4.3.9 are applicable)

IRC- SP-71-2006 Guidelines for Design and Construction of Precast pretensionedGirders for bridges.

IRC 21-2000 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road BridgesSection III – Cement Concrete (Plain & Reinforced)(FirstRevision)

ASTM - C - 94 Ready Mix Concrete

F Construction Plant and Machinery.

IS:1791 Specification for batch type concrete mixers.

IS:2505 General requirements for concrete vibrators: Immersion type.

IS:2506 General requirements for screed board concrete vibrators.

IS:3366 Specification for pan vibrators.

IS:3558 Code of Practice for use of immersion vibrators forconsolidating concrete.

IS:4656 Specifications for form vibrators for concrete.

IS:4925 Specification for concrete batching and mixing plant.

IS:11993 Code of Practice for use of screed board concrete vibrators.

G Formwork

IS:4990 Specifications for plywood for concrete shuttering work.




IRC:87 Guidelines for the design and erection of false work for roadbridges.

IS:806 Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general buildingconstruction.

IS:1161 Specification of steel tubes for structural purposes.

IS:1239 Specification for mild steel tubes, tubulars and other wroughtsteel fittings.

H Gypsum and Gypsum Board

IS:2095 Gypsum plaster boards

IS:2542 (Part 1/Sec 1 to12)

Methods of test for gypsum plaster, concrete and products:plaster and concrete

IS:2542 (Part 2/Sec 1 to8)

Methods of test for gypsum plaster, concrete and products:Gypsum products

IS:2547 (Part 1) Gypsum building plaster: Excluding premixed lightweightplaster

IS:2547 (Part 2) Gypsum building plaster: Premixed lightweight plaster

I Handling and Storage

IS:4082 Recommendation of Stacking and Storage of constructionmaterials

IS:8348 Code of practice for stacking and packing of stone slabs fortransportation

IS:8759 Code of practice for maintenance and preservation of stones inbuilding

J Instruments For Testing Cement and Concrete

IS:5513 Specification for vicat apparatus.

IS:5514 Specification for apparatus used in Le-Chaterlier test.

IS:5515 Specification for compaction factor apparatus.

IS:7320 Specification for concrete slump test apparatus.




IS:7325 Specification for apparatus to determine constituents of freshconcrete.

IS:10080 Specification for vibration machine.

IS:10086 Specification for moulds for use in tests of cement andconcrete.

IS:10510 Specification for vee-bee consistometer.

K Joint Fillers

IS:1838 (Part 1) Preformed fillers for expansion joint in concrete pavements andstructures (non extruding and resilient type): Bitumenimpregnated fibre

L Paints and Coatings

IS:102 Ready mixed paint, brushing, red lead, non-setting, priming

IS:109 Ready mixed paint, brushing, priming, plaster, to IndianStandard Colour No. 361 and 631 white and off white.

IS:218 Creosote and anthracene oil for use as wood preservatives

IS:347 Varnish, shellac, for general purpose.

IS:348 French Polish

IS:2074 Ready mixed paint, air drying, red oxide-zinc chrome, priming

IS:4833 Methods of field testing of preservatives in wood

IS:10013 (Parts 1 to 3) Water soluble type wood preservatives:

IS:10013 (Parts 1 to 3) (Part-1) Acid-copper-chrome preservative

IS:10013 (Parts 1 to 3) (Part-2) Copper-chrome-arsenic wood preservative

IS:10013 (Parts 1 to 3) (Part-3) Copper-chrome-boron wood preservative

BS:6496 Specification for powder organic coatings for application andstoving to aluminium alloy extrusions, sheet and preformedsections for external architectural purposes, and for the finishon aluminium alloy extrusions, sheet and preformed sectionscoated with powder organic coatings




BS:EN:10152 Specification for electrolytically zinc coated cold rolled steel flatproducts. Technical delivery conditions

ASTM A 164-71 Specification for electrodeposited coatings of zinc on steel

M Pigment for Cement

BS:1014 Specification for pigments for Portland cement and Portlandcement products

N Reinforcement & Structural Steel

IS:206 Code of Practice for use of Steel Tubes in General BuildingConstruction

IS:210 Grey Iron Castings

IS:280 Mild steel wire for general engineering purposes

IS:432 Part I. Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars. Part II Harddrawn steel wire.

IS:451 Technical Supply conditions for Wood Screws

IS:806 Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general buildingconstruction

IS:815 Classification coding of covered electrodes for metal arcwelding of structural steels

IS:1239 Specification for mild steel tubes, tubulars and other wroughtsteel fittings

IS:1363 Black hexagon bolts, nuts and lock nuts and black hexagonscrews.

IS:1365 Slotted countersunk screws.

IS:1566 (Part I) Specifications for hard-drawn steel wire fabric forconcrete reinforcement.

IS:1786 Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wiresfor concrete reinforcement.

IS:2502 Code of Practice for bending and fixing of bars for concretereinforcement.




IS:2629 Recommended practice for hot-dip galvanising of iron andsteel.

IS:2751 Code of Practice for welding of mild steel plain and deformedbars for reinforced concrete construction.

IS:4759 Hot-dip zinc coating on structural steel and other alliedproducts.

IS:5525 Recommendations for detailing of reinforcement in reinforcedconcrete works

IS:9417 Recommendations for welding cold-worked steel bars forreinforced concrete construction.

IS:14268 Uncoated stress relieved low relaxation steel class 2 forPrestressed concrete

IS:226 Structural steel (Standard Quality)

IS:800 Code of practice for use of structural steel in general buildingconstruction.

IS:813 Scheme of symbols for welding.

IS:814 Covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steel.(Part I & Part II)

IS:816 Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for generalconstruction in mild steel.

IS:822 Code of practice for inspection of welds.

IS:961 Structural steel (High Tensile)

IS:1024 Code of practice for use of welding in bridges and structuressubject to dynamic loading.

IS:1030 Carbon steel casting for General Engineering Purposes

IS:1120 Coach Screws

IS:1367 Technical Supply Conditions for Threaded Fasteners

IS:1161 Steel tubes for structural purposes.




IS:1182 Recommended practice for radiographic examination of fusionwelded butt joints in steel plates.

IS:1915 Code of Practice for Steel Bridges

IS:2016 Plain Washers

IS:2062 Structural steel (Fusion welding quality)

IS:3063 Single Coil Rectangular Section Sprint Washers for Nuts, Boltsand Screws

IS:3443 Crane Rail Sections

IS:3757 Specification for high tensile friction grip bolts.

IS:5624 Specification for foundation bolts.

IS:3600 Code of practice for testing of fusion welded (Part I) joints andweld metal in steel.

IS:4923 Hollow steel sections for structural use.

IS:6227 Code of practice for use of metal arc welding in tubularstructure.

IS:801 Code of practice for use of cold formed light gauge steelstructural members in general building construction.

IS:811 Specifications for cold formed light gauge structural steelsections.

IS:8500 Structural Steel Micro alloyed (Medium and high strengthqualities)

IS:8910 General requirements of supply of weldable structural steel

IS:9595 Recommendations for metal arc welding of carbon & carbon-Mangnese steels

O Sand

IS:383 Coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete.

P Scaffolding

IS:2750 Specification for steel scaffoldings




IS:3696 (Part 1) Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders: Scaffolds

IS:3696 (Part 2) Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders: Ladders

IS:4014 (Part 1) Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding: Definition andmaterials

IS:4014 (Part 2) Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding: Safety regulationsfor scaffolding

IRC:87 Guidelines for the design and erection of falsework for roadbridges

Q Sealants

IS:10959 Glossary of terms for sealants for building purposes

IS:11433 (Part 1) One part grade polysulphide base joint sealant: Generalrequirements

IS:11433 (Part 2) One part grade polysulphide base joint sealant: Methods of test

IS:13055 Methods of sampling and test for anaerobic adhesives andsealants

BS:5889 Specification for one part gun grade silicone-based sealants.

R Wood

IS:303 Plywood for General Purposes

IS:848 Synthetic resin adhesives for plywood (phenolic and aminoplastic)

IS:1141 Seasoning of Timber – Code of Practice

IS:1328 Veneered decorative plywood

IS:1659 Block Boards

IS:2046 Decorative thermosetting synthetic resin bonded laminatedsheets

IS:2202 (Part 1) Wooden flush door shutters (solid core type): Plywood facepanels




IS:2202 (Part 2) Wooden flush door shutters (solid core (type): Particle facepanels and hardboard face panels

S Bearing

IRC:83Part-II Standard specifications and code of practice for road bridgesElastomeric Bearings

IRC:83 Part-III Standard specifications and code of practice for road bridgesPot Bearings

T Piling

IS :2911 (All Codes) Code of practice for design and construction of pilefoundations.

IRC:78 Standard specifications and code of practice for road bridgesFoundation And Substructure

U All Indian Railway Standards

V Metal

IS:276 Austenitic manganese steel castings

IS:733 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy bars, rods andsections for general engineering purpose.

IS:737 Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloysheet and strip for general engineering purpose.

IS:3614 (Part 1) Specification for fire check doors: Plate metal covered androlling type

IS:3614 (Part 2) Specification for metallic and non-metallic fire check doors:Resistance test and performance criteria

IS:7196 Hold Fasts

ASME Sect 2 Part A Ferrous Material Specifications

ASTM B 221 Specification for aluminium-alloy extruded bars, rods, wires,shapes, and tubes

BS:4873 Specification for Aluminium alloy windows




BS:7352 Specification for strength and durability performance of metalhinges for side hanging applications and dimensionalrequirements for template drilled hinges

BS EN:10143 Specification for continuously hot-dip metal coated steel sheetand strip. Tolerances on dimensions and shape

W Glazing

BS:952 (Part 1) Glass for glazing: classification

BS:952 (Part 2) Glass for glazing: Terminology for work on glass

BS:4315 (Part 2) Methods of Test for Resistance to Air and water penetration:Permeable walling constructions (water penetration)

BS:5368 (Part 1) Method of testing Windows: Air permeability test

BS:5368 (Part 2) Method of testing Windows: Watertightness test under staticpressure

BS:5368 (Part 3) Method of testing Windows: Wind resistance tests

BS:5368 (Part 4) Method of testing Windows: Form of test report

BS:5713 Specification for Hermetically sealed flat double glazing units

BS:6262 Code of practice for glazing for buildings

BS:6262 (Part 4) Glazing for buildings: Code of practice for safety, Human impact

BS:6375 (Parts 1) Performance of windows: Classification for weather tightness(including guidance on selection and specification)

BS:6375 (Parts 2) Performance of windows: Specification for operation andstrength characteristics

DIN:1249 (Part 12) Glass for use in building construction; toughened glass;dimensions, working and requirements

JIS:R 3203 Float and Polished Plate Glasses

ASTM E 283 Test method for determining the rate of air leakage throughexterior windows, curtain walls, and doors under specifiedpressure differences across the specimen




ASTM E 330 Test method for structural performance of exterior windows,curtain walls, and doors by uniform static air pressuredifference

ASTM E 331 Test method for water penetration of exterior windows, curtainwalls, and doors by uniform static air pressure difference

X Stone and Facings/ Linings

IS:1121-(Parts 1 to 4) Methods of test for determination of strength properties ofnatural building stones

IS:1121-(Parts 1 to 4) (Part-1 Compressive strength)

IS:1121-(Parts 1 to 4) (Part-2 Transverse strength)

IS:1121-(Parts 1 to 4) (Part-3 Tensile strength)

IS:1121-(Parts 1 to 4) (Part-4 Shear strength)

IS:1122 Method of test for determination of true specific gravity ofnatural building stones.

IS:1123 Method of identification of natural building stones.

IS:1124 Method of test for determination of water absorption,apparent specific gravity and porosity of natural buildingstones.

IS:1125 Method of test for determination of weathering of naturalbuilding stones.

IS:1126 Method of test for determination of durability of naturalbuilding stones.

IS:1127 Recommendations for dimensions and workmanship of naturalbuilding stones for masonry work.

IS:1128 Specification for Limestone (Slabs and Tiles)

IS:1129 Recommendation for dressing of natural building stones.

IS:1130 Specification for marble (blocks, slabs and tiles).

IS:1597 (Part 2) Code of practice for construction of stone masonry: Ashlarmasonry




IS:1706 Method for determination of resistance to wear by abrasion ofnatural building stones

IS:1805 Glossary of terms relating to stones, quarrying and dressing

IS:3620 Specification for laterite stone block for masonry

IS:3622 Specification for Sandstone (slab & tiles)

IS:4101 (Part 1) Code of practice for external facing and veneers: stone facing

IS:4101 (Part 2) Code of practice for external facing and veneers: Cementconcrete facing

IS:4101 (Part 3) Code of practice for external facing and veneers: Wall tiling andmosaics

IS:4121 Method of test for determination of water transmission rate bycapillary action through natural building stones

IS:4122 Method of test for surface softening of natural building stonesby exposure to acidic atmospheres

IS:4348 Method of test for determination of permeability of naturalbuilding stones

IS:5218 Method of test for toughness of natural building stones

IS:8381 Recommended practice for quarrying stones for constructionpurposes

IS:14223 (Part 1) Polished building stones: Granite

BS: 8298 Code of practice for design and installation of natural stonecladding and lining




2 Section

EARTHWORK

2.1 These specifications shall be read in conjunction with the CPWD specifications 1996/2002with upto date correction slips and other relevant specifications described in the section1.1 of these specifications.

2.2 Results of the sub-surface investigations conducted at the Project Site are enclosed withthe tender document. This information about the soil and sub-soil water conditions is beingmade available to the Contractor in good faith.

No claim whatsoever on account of any discrepancy between the sub-surface conditionsthat may be actually encountered at the time of execution of the work and those given inthese Tender Documents shall be admissible to the Contractor under any circumstanceswhatsoever.

2.3 Excavation of rock may be carried out by chiselling, jack hammers, crow bars, wedging andusing cutting machine or by any other method approved by the Engineer. Use of non-explosive demolition compounds shall also be permitted.

Open blasting is not permitted under scope of this contract but at discretion of the

Engineer, Controlled blasting may be permitted only in very special cases where all

alternative methods have failed to achieve the satisfactory results. Contractor shall take

all necessary precautions to prevent flying of blasted stones outside the excavation pit and

damage to adjacent structure etc by controlling spacing and quantity of explosive charge

and covering the sufficient area of blasting by steel plates loaded with adequate number

of sand bags. All operations of controlled blasting shall be carried out under the supervision

of a responsible authorised blasting agent. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage

arising out of blasting operation to workmen, public or any property. Contractor shall

obtain all necessary permission from Traffic Police and other concerned authorities for

blasting as required. Non-granting of permission for blasting by concerned authorities will

not be considered as reason for delay or any claim thereof.




2.4 Excavation for all works and of materials required for filling shall be to the exact width,length and depth shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Where the natureof soil or the depth of the trench and season of the year, do not permit vertical sides, thecontractor at his own expense shall put up the necessary shoring, strutting and plankingwith due regard to the safety of personnel and works and to the satisfaction of theEngineer. The construction barricading will have a width of 8.0m (outside to outside ofbarricading). This can be increased at specific locations with approval of Engineer. TheContractor shall submit method statements for approval of Engineer demonstrating howthis will be achieved at site. If required, driving of rolled section / sheet pile of suitable sizeshall be done into the soil to retain earth as directed by Engineer.

If excavation is carried out to greater depth than required beyond the level specified, for

any reason whatsoever, such volume shall be made good by filling with PCC M10 having

coarse aggregates 40 mm and downgraded and brought to level to receive the leveling

course below foundations. If excavation is carried out to greater width and length, such

extra width and length shall be filled in by Yamuna sand.

Propping shall be undertaken when any foundation or stressed zone from an adjoining

structure is within a line of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal from the bottom of the excavation.

All excavations shall be carried out in conformity with the directions laid hereunder and in

a manner approved by Engineer. The work shall be so done that the suitable materials

available from excavation are satisfactorily utilised as decided upon beforehand.

2.5 The last 200mm depth of excavation shall be done not earlier than 36 hours before layingthe levelling course below foundations.

2.6 The Contractor shall make provision for all shoring, dewatering, dredging, bailing out ordraining water whether subsoil or rain or other water and the excavation shall be kept freeof water while the masonry work or concrete work is in progress and until the Engineerconsiders the work well set (Refer IS: 3764 Safety Code for Excavation Work). The sides oftrenches shall be kept vertical and the bottom horizontal and shall be run level throughoutor properly stepped as directed by the Engineer.

Dewatering shall be carried out by suitable means with adequate stand-by arrangements as

may be approved by the Engineer. The level of ground water shall be maintained at least

300mm below the lowest level of excavation during the laying of foundations. The Contractor

shall be deemed to have satisfied himself with regard to feasibility of all aspects of

dewatering including site constraints due to existing structures. Though the method of

dewatering is left to the contractor, he shall be required to submit method statement of

dewatering scheme including requisite justifications to the Engineer and seek his prior

written approval. Approval of the Engineer, however shall not relieve the contractor of the

responsibility of adequacy and appropriateness of dewatering and protection arrangements

for the quality and safety of the work. The contractor shall satisfy the Engineer as to the

capacity of the drains or disposal site to take the required quantity and flow of water to be




pumped out at various stages of excavation. The Contractor shall obtain necessary approvals

of local bodies for discharging the pumped out water. All the dewatering pumps shall

therefore also have dedicated D.G. Power supply which shall come on automatically in case

of failure of electrical supply from the mains. Monitoring of water table shall be done using

electronic probes located at least one each of the four corner of excavation.

2.7 The Contractor shall erect and maintain during progress of works temporary fences withall safety measures around dangerous excavations at contractor’s cost.

Near habitations and traffic prone areas, trenches and foundation pits or any other

excavation work shall be fenced, provided with proper caution signs and marked with red

lights, reflectors at night to avoid accidents. The contractor shall take all adequate

protective measures to see that excavation operations do not affect or damage adjoining

structures.

2.8 Excavation material required for filling shall be stacked or dumped where indicated by theEngineer. Excavated material not required for filling and any surplus material shall beremoved or spread on the site as directed by the Engineer or carted away from the site asdirected by the Engineer. Dumping of this surplus material shall be in an orderlyenvironmental friendly manner using tarpaulin cover, dumper, placer etc. and according tothe levels/grades. The cost of such removal and spreading shall be borne by the Contractorand deemed to be included in the Contract Rates. Necessary approval from the localauthorities for carting and dumping surplus material is to be obtained by the contractor.

2.9 The Contractor shall notify to the Engineer when the excavation is completed and no baseor Concrete or Masonry shall be laid until the Engineer has inspected and approved of thesoil conditions obtained for each individual footing or the full raft area.

2.10 The Contractor shall ensure the stability of the excavation so that the surrounding groundand all adjoining structures and plants will be safe against settlement, subsidence anddamage and that there is no risk of injury to personnel.

2.11 In case any underground structures that need to be protected (like underground sewerlines etc.) are encountered, the Contractor shall bring the same to the notice of theEngineer immediately and shall take all such steps as the Engineer may instruct forprotection of such structures. Such protective measures shall be done at the Contractor’scost. If any damage occur to such items which were required to be protected duringexecution, the same shall be made good by contractor at his own cost otherwise client willarrange to make it good at the risk and cost of contractor.




2.12 The Contractor should dispose off the surplus earth at the designated dumping yard. Thetransportation of the surplus earth shall be done by mechanical means only. TheContractor shall at his own cost obtain necessary clearances/ permissions statutory orotherwise needed for the purpose. Dumpers may be used for transporting slushy, materialexcavated from pile boring / well boring / pile cap / Open Foundation with precautions fornon spillage of muck.

2.13 In the foundation the backfilling shall be done in layers not more than 200mm thick andshall be thoroughly watered and consolidated by approved method.

2.14 For open foundation resting on rock, if the sound rock is located at very shallow depth, thecontractor is required to cut the rock (of all type or strength) to a depth so that openfoundation with a minimum earth cushion of 500mm can be accommodated.

2.15 Suitable land for disposal of earth shall be identified within a radius of 32 Km from worksite, The contractor should price accordingly. The variation in the carting distance ofdisposal will be paid or deducted as per DSR-Chennai rates.




3 Section

CONCRETE: PLAIN & REINFORCED

These specifications shall be read in conjunction with the latest CPWD specifications with

up-to-date correction slips, MOST/MORTH Specifications and other relevant specifications

described in the Section 1.1 of these Specifications.

3.1 MATERIALS

Before bringing to the site, all materials for concrete shall be approved by the Engineer. All

approved samples shall be deposited in the office of the Engineer before placing orders for

the materials with suppliers. The materials brought on to the works shall conform in every

respect to their approved samples.

Fresh samples shall be deposited with Engineer whenever type or source of any material

changes. The contractor shall check fresh consignment of materials as it is brought on to

the works to ensure that they conform to the specifications and/or approved samples.

The Engineer shall have the option to have any of the materials tested to find whether they

are in accordance with specifications at the contractor's expense. All bills vouchers and test

certificates which in the opinion of the Engineer are necessary to convince him as to the

quality of materials or their suitability shall be produced for his inspection when required.

Any materials which have not been found to conform to the specifications and not

approved by the Engineer shall be rejected forthwith and shall be removed from the site

by the contractor at his own cost within the time stipulated by the Engineer. The Engineer

shall have the powers to cause the contractors to purchase and use materials from any

particular source, as may in his opinion be necessary for the proper execution of work.

Contractor shall also ensure that all constituents of exposed concrete shall be taken from

same sources to achieve a uniform colour and texture.

3.1.1 CEMENT

3.1.1.1 The cement used shall be of the following types :

a) 43 grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 8112.

b) 53 grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS:12269.

c) Blended cement as per IS 1489 or IRS-CBC on the specific approval by

engineer




For piling and foundation work, slab on grade, underground structures and all

structures in contact with earth, type of cement shall be as mentioned in section 6 on

pile foundations.

3.1.1.2 Whenever possible all cements of each type shall be obtained from one constantsource throughout the contract, cement of different types shall not be mixedtogether. Different brands of cement, or the same brand of cement from differentsources, shall not be used without prior approval of the Engineer.

3.1.1.3 Packaged cement shall be delivered to the site in original sealed bags which shall belabeled with the weight, name of manufacturer, brand and type. Cement received intorn bags shall not be used.

Contractor may obtain cement in bulk and store it in suitable silos of adequate

capacity. Each type of cement shall be stored in a separate silo and it shall be ensured,

that cements of different quality are not mixed up.

3.1.1.4 All cement shall be fresh when delivered and at ambient atmospheric temperature.

3.1.1.5 In fair faced elements, the cement used in the concrete for any complete elementshall be from a single consignment. All cement for exposed concrete shall be from thesame approved source and uniform in colour.

3.1.1.6 With each and every delivery of cement the contractor shall provide manufacturerscertificate that the cement conforms to the relevant Indian standard. The contractorshall provide complete facilities at site for carrying out the following tests :

a) Setting time by vicat's apparatus as per IS:4031 and IS:5513.

b) Compressive strength on cement as per IS: 4031, IS:650, IS:10080.

3.1.1.7 Total chloride content in cement shall in no case exceed 0.05 percent by mass ofcement. Also, total sulphur content calculated as sulphuric anhydride (SO3), shall inno case exceed 2.5 percent and 3.0 percent when tri-calcium aluminate per cent bymass is upto 5 or greater than 5 respectively.

3.1.2 AGGREGATE

Aggregates from natural sources shall be in accordance with IS:383. The contractor shall

submit to the Engineer certificates of grading and compliance for all consignments of

aggregate. In addition at site from time to time, the contractor shall allow for carrying out

such tests and for supplying test records to the Engineer. The aggregates shall be procured

from approved sources only as directed by the Engineer from time to time.




For fair faced concrete, the contractor shall ensure that aggregates are free from iron

pyrites and impurities, which may cause discoloration. Aggregates shall be stored on paved

areas in different compartments according to their nominal size.

The material specification for aggregates shall be in accordance with following IS codes:

IS:383

IS:460

IS:1607

IS:2386

3.2 BLENDING OF AGGREGATES:

In order to obtain optimum workability, individual aggregates of nominal size 20mm,

10mm, 4.75mm and 2.36mm will be blended in such a way that the grading curve for all

aggregates will be a smooth curve from size 0.15mm to 25mm falling within the established

envelop grading curve. Contractor shall establish envelop grading curve for each grade of

concrete for given maximum size of aggregates and get it approved by Engineer before

finalising the mix design.

3.3 ADMIXTURES:

1. Chemical admixtures are not to be used until permitted by the Engineer. In case

their use is permitted, the type, amount and method of use of any admixtures

proposed by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The

minimum cement content specified shall not be reduced on account of the use of

the Admixtures.

2. The contractor shall further provide the following information concerning each

admixture to the Engineer

a. Normal dosage and detrimental effects if any of under dosage and over

dosage.

b. The chemical names of the main ingredients in the admixtures.

c. The chloride content, if any, expressed as a percentage by weight of

admixture.

d. Whether or not the admixture leads to the entrainment of air when used

in the manufacturer's recommended dosage.

e. Where two or more admixtures are proposed to be used in any one mix,

the manufacturer's written confirmation of their compatibility.

3. In reinforced concrete, the chloride content of any admixture used shall not

exceed 2 percent by weight of the admixture as determined in accordance with




IS:6925 and the total chloride and sulphate contents in concrete mix shall not

exceed 0.15 and 4.0 percent respectively by weight of cement.

4. The admixtures when used shall conform to IS: 9103. The suitability of all

admixtures shall be verified by trial mixes.

5. The addition of calcium chloride to concrete containing embedded metal will not

be permitted under any circumstances.

6. Retarding admixtures when used shall be based on ligno-sulphonates with due

consideration to clause 5.2 and 5.3 of IS: 7861.

3.4 BATCHING PLANTS, MIXERS AND VIBRATORS:

1. Unless specified in the schedule of items, for all structural concreting work the

Contractor shall provide automatic weigh-batching plant of suitable capacity. The

plant used shall conform to IS: 4925.

2. The Contractor shall provide Concrete mixers (IS: 1791 – Batch type concrete

mixers, IS: 2438 – Roller Pan Mixer) and Vibrators (IS: 2505 – Concrete Vibrators

Immersion Type, IS: 2506 – Screed board concrete vibrators, IS: 4656 – Form

Vibrators for Concrete) supplied by recognised manufacturers.

3.5 GRADE OF CONCRETE:

The concrete is designated as follows:

Concrete M 25 / 20

The letter M refers to the mix

The number 25 represents the characteristic compressive strength of 15cm cubes

at 28 days in MPa (Mega Pascal: 1 MPa: 10 kg/cm2 approximately). .Other mix

design will also be denoted in same way.

The number 20 represents the nominal size of the aggregate in mm.

3.6 MIX DESIGN:

It is the complete responsibility of the Contractor to design the concrete mixes by approved

standard methods and to produce the required concrete conforming to the specifications

and the strength, workability requirements approved by the Engineer.

Mix Design Once approved must not be altered without prior approval of Engineer.

However, should the contractor anticipate any change in quality of future supply of

materials than that used for preliminary mix design, he should inform the Engineer quite




in advance and bring fresh samples sufficiently in advance, to carry out fresh trial mixes.

Design mix will indicate by means of graphs and curves etc., the extent of variation in the

grading of aggregates which can be allowed.

Limits of Water and Cement Contents

Maximum water/cement ratio

a) For RCC members including piles - 0.40

b) For PSC members - 0.40

For piling under water, water-cement ratio of 0.40 is applicable to cement concrete

including 10% extra cement above the design mix or minimum cement whichever is

greater.

Cement Content

Cement content in concrete shall not be less than 400 kg/ cum for RCC work and 400 kg/

cum for PSC work under normal exposure as per IRS-CBC Table 4(c), clause 5.4.5. In case of

piling work minimum cement content shall be as specified under Pile Foundations.

Ordinary portland cement (OPC) of 43 and 53 grade conforming to IS: 8112 and IS: 12269

respectively shall be used. For pre-stressed concrete, cement conforming to IRS – T – 40

specifications or OPC 53 grade cement shall be used. However for nominal mixes, CPWD

specification will be followed.

As regards trial mixes, acceptance criteria, acceptance specification, lot size, sampling and

testing and sampling size for piling work, PSC girders (cast-in-situ and precast post-

tensioned) and general work, the requirement of the relevant codes, standards and

directions of the Engineer shall be followed.

3.7 ADDITIONAL TESTS FOR CONCRETE:

As frequently as the Engineer may require, additional testing shall be carried out for

concreting in addition to mandatory test specified in CPWD specifications 1996/2002 /

relevant IS Code / MOST/MORTH Specifications.

Permeability test for Concrete:

The concrete will be verified for permeability test and shall confirm to IS: 3085-1965 –

‘Permeability of Cement Mortar & Concrete’, Section 1716.5 of MOST Specification and

DIN 1048.




Acceptability Criteria:

The concrete shall pass the permeability test if it is properly compacted and is not

considered permeable when tested as per DIN, and the water penetration in the broken

core is less than 25mm.

No extra payment shall be made for this test and cost of the same will be included in his

rate for concrete work.

3.8 BATCHING OF CONCRETE INGREDIENTS:

Unless permitted by the Engineer, all concreting shall be either produced in automatic

weigh batching plant installed at site or Ready Mix Concrete manufactured in automatic

weigh batching plant.

3.9 PLACING TEMPERATURES

During extreme hot or cold weather, the concreting shall be done as per procedures set

out in IS: 7861, Parts I & II.

Maximum placing temperature of the conceret shall not be more tha 27 degree C. In hot

weather with temperature exceeding 40 degree C, the stock piles of fine and coarse

aggregates for concreting shall be kept shaded from direct rays of sun and the concrete

aggregates sprinkled with water for a sufficient time before concreting in order to ensure

that the temperature of these ingredients is as low as possible prior to batching. The mixer

and batching equipment shall be also shaded and if necessary painted white in order to

keep their temperatures as low as possible. The placing temperature of concrete shall be

as low as possible in warm weather and care shall be taken to protect freshly placed

concrete from overheating by sunlight in the first few hours of its laying. The time of day

selected for concreting shall also be chosen so as to minimise placing temperatures. In case

of concreting in exceptionally hot weather the Engineer may in his discretion specify the

use of ice either flaked and used directly in the mix or blocks used for chilling the mixing

water. In either case, the Contractor shall not be paid extra for cost of ice, additional labour

involved in weighing and mixing etc. All salt and saw dust shall be removed from ice before

use. Quality of water used for making ice shall confirm to IS: 456.

3.10 TRANSPORTING, PLACING, COMPACTING AND CURING:

Transporting, placing, compacting and curing of concrete shall be in accordance with IS:456.

1. Transporting:

The mix after discharging from the mixer shall be transported by transit mixers,

buckets, pumps etc. or as approved by the engineer without causing segregation




and loss of cement slurry and without altering its desired properties with regard

to water cement ratio, slump, air content, cohesion and homogeneity. It should be

ensured that the concrete is moved to its final destination before it attains an

initial set.

The transportation is to be done by agitating transit mixers, pumps or other

approved methods.

2. Placing:

The method of placing shall be such as to prevent segregation by providing

windows in the formwork for pouring concrete or by Tremie pipe. The thickness of

horizontal layers shall not exceed 300mm. High velocity discharge of concrete

causing segregation of mix shall be avoided. The concrete shall be placed in the

forms gently and not dropped from a height exceeding 1.5m except in columns

where the maximum allowed will be 2.0m. Each layer of concrete shall be

compacted fully before the succeeding layer is placed and separate batches shall

follow each other so closely that the succeeding layer shall be placed and fully

compacted before the layer immediately below has taken initial set.

For piers and pier heads, portal columns the concreting is to be carried out in single

stage i.e. in first stage concreting will be from kicker to just below pier head bottom

and second stage of concreting will be pier head including shear key and cross

girder (in station zone stages as given in drawings for all heights by using tremie/

pumps at the rate not more than 1.5m / hr or as approved by the Engineer.

Concreting of any portion or section of the work shall be carried out in one

continuous operation and no interruption of concreting work will be allowed

without approval of the Engineer.

3. Compaction:

Internal (needle) and surface (screed board) vibrators of approved make shall be

used for compaction of concrete.

Internal vibrators shall be used for compaction of concrete in foundations,

columns, buttresses arch section, slabs etc, and if required surface vibrators shall

also be used. Depending on the thickness of layer to be compacted, 25 mm, 40

mm, 60 mm and 75 mm dia internal vibrators will be used. The concrete shall be

compacted by use of appropriate diameter vibrator by holding the vibrator in

position until:

i) Air bubbles cease to come to surface.

ii) Resumption of steady frequency of vibrator after the initial short period of

drop in the frequency, when the vibrator is first inserted.

iii) The tone of the vibrated concrete becomes uniform.




iv) Flattened, glistening surface, with coarse aggregates particles blended into it

appears on the surface.

v) Use of curing compounds may be permitted with specific approval of

Engineer.

After the compaction is completed, the vibrator should be withdrawn slowly

from the concrete so that concrete can flow in to the space previously

occupied by the vibrator. To avoid segregation during vibration the vibrator

shall not be dragged through the concrete nor used to spread the concrete.

The vibrator shall be made to penetrate, into the layer of fresh concrete

below if any for a depth of about 150mm. The vibrator shall be made to

operate at a regular pattern of spacing. The effective radii of action will

overlap approximately half a radius to ensure complete compaction.

vi) To secure even and dense surfaces free from aggregate pockets, vibration

shall be supplemented by tamping or rodding by hand in the corners of forms

and along the form surfaces while the concrete is plastic.

vii) A sufficient number of spare vibrators shall be kept readily accessible to the

place of deposition of concrete to assure adequate vibration in case of

breakdown of those in use.

viii) Form vibrators whenever used shall be clamped to the sides of formwork and

shall not be fixed more than 450 mm above the base of the new formwork

and concrete shall be filled not higher than 230mm above the vibrator. The

formwork must be made specially strong and watertight where this type of

vibrator is used.

Care must be taken to guard against over vibration especially where the

workability of the concrete mix is high since this will encourage segregation

of the concrete.

viii. Plain concrete in foundations shall be placed in direct contact with the

bottom of the excavation, the concrete being deposited in such a manner as

not to be mixed with the earth. Plain concrete also shall be vibrated to

achieve full compaction.

4. Concrete placed below the ground shall be protected from falling earth during and

after placing. Concrete placed in ground containing deleterious substances shall

be kept free from contact with such ground and with water draining there from

during placing and for a period of seven days or as otherwise instructed thereafter.

Approved means shall be taken to protect immature concrete from damage by

debris, excessive loading, abrasion, vibrations, deleterious ground water, mixing

with earth or other materials, and other influences that may impair the strength

and durability of the concrete.

5. Curing:




i) Curing of concrete shall be complete and continuous using potable water free

from chlorides and sulphates water that is free of harmful amounts of

deleterious materials that may attach, stain or discolor the concrete as per IS

456. Minimum wet curing will be for seven days by ponding water followed

by moist curing by spraying water which shall be maintained up to a total

period for at least 21 days from the date of casting.

ii) Immediately after compaction and completion of any surface finishes the

concrete shall be protected from the evaporation of moisture by means of

polythene sheathing, wet Hessian or other material kept soaked by spraying.

As soon as the concrete has attained a degree of hardening sufficient to

withstand surface damage moist curing shall be implemented and maintained

for a period of at least 15 days after casting.

iii) Method of curing and their duration shall be such that the concrete will have

satisfactory durability and strength and members will suffer a minimum

distortion, be free from excessive efflorescence and will not cause undue

cracking in the works by shrinkage.

iv) Steam curing with approved methodology can be adopted if required, for

precast units. No extra payment will be made for adopting steam curing.

v) “Curing Compound shall be used. Clear, water based, non toxic, non film

forming, reactive silicate treatment with indefinite shelf life suitable as a

complete replacement to any water curing procedures such as water soak,

ponding, blankets and plastic sheets for all horizontal and vertical surfaces.

Manufacturer shall supply written proof of completed, successful projects for

upto 30 years. After completion of curing process, there should not be any

requirement of removal or special preparation for surface applied adhesives,

flooring, coatings, patching, concrete stains, etc. Curing compound should

have been successfully tested by CRRI as a replacement for water curing and

accredited by IRC also. Material test result should be in compliance with

ASTM C 309 and ASTM 1315”.

3.11 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS:

Construction joints in all concrete work shall be made as directed by the Engineer. Where

vertical joints are required, these shall be shuttered as directed and not allowed to take

the natural slope of the concrete.

Before fresh concrete is placed against a vertical joint, the old concrete shall be chipped,

cleaned and moistened.




No separate payment shall be allowed to the Contractor for forming joints or chipping and

cleaning them. When a horizontal construction joint is formed, provision shall be made for

interlocking with the succeeding layer by the embedment of saturated wooden blocks or

wooden strips bevelled on four sides to facilitate their removal. Prior to the next pour the

wooden pieces shall be loosened and removed in such a manner as to avoid injury to the

concrete.

Construction joints in concrete walls and slabs for liquid retaining structures shall be

prepared in a similar manner to normal construction joints. If use of metal, rubber or plastic

water stops is specified, this shall be cast into joints. Measures shall be taken by the

Contractor to ensure that no displacement or distortion of water stops takes place during

placing of concrete. The construction joints shall ensure proper bond and leak proof joint.

3.12 CRACKS:

If cracks, which in the opinion of the Engineer may be detrimental to the strength of the

construction, develop in concrete construction, the Contractor at his own expense shall

test the structure as specified in clause 1.1.16 of ‘Loading Tests’ of these Specifications. If

under such test loads the cracks develop further, the Contractor shall dismantle the

construction, carry away the debris, replace the construction and carry out all

consequential work thereto.

If any cracks develop in the concrete construction, which in the opinion of the Engineer,

are not detrimental to the stability of the construction, the Contractor at his own expense

shall grout the cracks with neat cement grout or with other composition as directed by

Engineer and also at his own expense and risk shall make good to the satisfaction of the

Engineer all other works such as plaster, moulding, surface finish, which in the opinion of

the Engineer have suffered damage either in appearance or stability owing to such cracks.

The Engineer's decision as to the extent of the liability of the Contractor in the above

matter shall be final and binding.

External crack width shall be restricted to 0.2mm on all viaduct structures. If cracks width

is more than 0.2mm or in the opinion of Engineer may be detrimental to structure, the

contractor at his own expenses should test and carry out required repairs so that the

structure is rendered fit for intended use during its design life.

3.13 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE:

Should any concrete be found honeycombed or in any way defective, such concrete shall

be cut out partially or wholly by the Contractor and made good at his own expense. If

Engineer feels that repaired structure will not be having same strength or shape or

uniformity with other exposed surface as original desired structure / original structure, the

same shall be rejected by Engineer and required to be dismantled and disposed by




contractor at his own cost as instructed by Engineer. Decision of the Engineer shall be final

and binding in this regard.

3.14 EXPOSED FACES, HOLES AND FIXTURES:

On no account shall concrete surfaces be patched or covered up or damaged concrete

rectified or replaced until the Engineer or his representative has inspected the works and

issued written instructions for rectification. Failure to observe this procedure will render

that portion of the works liable to rejection.

Holes for foundation or other bolts or for any other purposes shall be moulded, and steel

angles, holdfasts or other fixtures shall be embedded, according to the drawing or as

instructed by the Engineer.

3.15 FINISHES:

Unless otherwise instructed the face of exposed concrete placed against formwork shall

be rubbed down immediately on removal of the formwork to remove irregularities. The

face of concrete for which formwork is not provided other than slabs shall be smoothed

with a float to give a finish equal to that of the rubbed down face, where formwork is

provided. The top face of a slab which is not intended to be covered with other materials

shall be levelled and floated to a smooth finish at the levels or falls shown on the drawings

or as directed. The floating shall be done so as not to bring an excess of mortar to the

surface of the concrete. The top face of a slab intended to be surfaced with other material

shall be left with a spaded finish. Faces of concrete intended to be plastered shall be

roughened by approved means to form key.

3.16 READY MIX CONCRETE AND PUMPING:

1. Ready-mixed concrete may be manufactured in a central automatic weigh

Batching plant and transported to the place of work in agitating transit mixers.

The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be limited to one-third of the smallest

inside diameter of the hose or pipe used for pumping. Provision shall be made for

elimination of over-sized particles by screening or by careful selection of

aggregates. To obtain proper gradation it may be necessary to combine and blend

certain fractional sizes of aggregates. Uniformity of gradation throughout the

entire job shall be maintained.

The quantity of coarse aggregate shall be such that the concrete can be pumped,

compacted and finished without difficulty.




2. Fine aggregates:

The gradation of fine aggregate shall be such that 15 to 30 percent should pass the

0.30 mm screen and 5 to 10 percent should pass 0.15 mm screen so as to obtain

pumpable concrete. Sands, which are deficient in either of these two sizes, should

be blended with selected finer sands to produce these desired percentages. With

this gradation, sands having a fineness modulus between 2.4 and 2.8 are generally

satisfactory. However, for uniformity, the fineness modulus of the sand should not

vary more than 0.2 from the average value used in proportioning.

3. Water, Admixtures and Slump:

The amount of water required for proper concrete consistency shall take into

account the rate of mixing, length of haul, time of unloading, and ambient

temperature conditions.

Additions of water to compensate for slump loss should not be resorted to nor

should the design maximum water-cement ratio be exceeded. Additional dose of

retarder be used to compensate the loss of slump at contractor’s cost, when

permitted by Engineer. Retempering water shall not be allowed to be added to

mixed batches to obtain desired slump.

4. Transportation:

The method of transportation used should efficiently deliver the concrete to the

point of placement without significantly altering its desired properties with regard

to water-cement ratio, slump, and homogeneity.

The revolving-drum truck bodies of approved make shall be used for transporting

the concrete. The numbers of revolutions at mixing speed, during transportation,

and prior to discharge shall be specified and agreed upon. Reliable counters shall

be used on revolving-drum truck units. Standard mixer uniformity tests,

conforming to ASTM standards C 94-69 “Standard Specifications for Ready Mix

Concrete”, shall be carried out to determine whether mixing is being accomplished

satisfactorily.

5. Pumping of concrete:

Only approved pumping equipment, in good working condition, shall be used for

pumping of concrete. Concrete shall be pumped through a combination of rigid

pipe and heavy-duty flexible hose of approved size and make. The couplings used

to connect both rigid and flexible pipe sections shall be adequate in strength to

withstand handling loads during erection of pipe system, misalignment, and poor

support along the lines. They should be nominally rated for at least 3.5 MPa

pressure and greater for rising runs over 30 m. Couplings should be designed to

allow replacement of any section without moving other pipe sections, and should




provide full cross section with no construction or crevices to disrupt the smooth

flow of concrete.

All necessary accessories such as curved sections of rigid pipe, swivel joints and

rotary distributors, pin and gate valves to prevent backflow in the pipe line, switch

valves to direct the flow into another pipe line, connection devices to fill forms

from the bottom up, extra strong couplings for vertical runs, transitions for

connecting different sizes of pipe, air vents for downhill pumping, clean-out

equipment etc, shall be provided as and where required. Suitable power controlled

booms or specialized crane shall be used for supporting the pipe line.

6 Field control:

Sampling at both truck discharge and point of final placement shall be employed

to determine if any changes in the slump and other significant mix characteristics

occur. However, for determining strength of concrete, cubes shall be taken from

the placement end of line.

7 Planning:

Proper planning of concrete supply, pump locations, line layout, placing sequence,

and the entire pumping operation shall be made and got approved. The pump

should be as near the placing area as practicable, and the entire surrounding area

shall have adequate bearing strength to support concrete delivery pipes. Lines

from pump to the placing area should be laid out with a minimum of bends. For

large placing areas, alternate lines should be installed for rapid connection when

required. Standby power and pumping equipment should be provided to replace

initial equipment, should breakdown occur.

The placing rate should be estimated so that concrete can be ordered at an

appropriate delivery rate.

As a final check, the pump should be started and operated without concrete to be

certain that all moving parts are operating properly. A grout mortar should be

pumped into the lines to provide lubrication for the concrete, but this mortar shall

not be used in the placement. When the form is nearly full, and there is enough

concrete in the line to complete the placement the pump shall be stopped and a

go-devil inserted and shall be forced through the line by water under pressure to

clean it out. The go-devil should be stopped at a safe distance from the end of the

line so that the water in the line will not spill into the placement area. At the end

of placing operation, the line shall be cleaned in the reverse direction.

3.17 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE M60

(a) Mineral admixture in the form of micro silica or condensed silica fume shall be

permitted in the design mix. It shall comply with ASTM C 1240 “Specifications for

Silica Fume for use in Hydraulic Cement Concrete and Mortar”. It shall be obtained




from proven and reliable manufacturer/supplier to the satisfaction of the

Engineer.

(b) Adequate and complete dispersal of the micro silica during the concrete mixing

shall be ensured.

(c) When micro silica is used in powder form the contractor shall take all precautions

against potential health hazards during handling of the material.

(d) Chilled water and/ or ice shall be used in the concrete mix depending on the

ambient temperature, dimensions of the concrete element, rate of pouring and

design mix constituents.

(e) Special profuse curing arrangements shall be made for dissipation of the heat of

hydration. The water curing shall be continued for a period of 21 days.

(f) The concrete design mix and arrangement for mixing, transportation, and curing

of concrete shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

The concrete design mix and arrangement for mixing, transportation, and curing of

concrete shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

3.18 TESTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES FOR WATER TIGHTNESS & ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

1. Underground Tanks, Pump Rooms and Sumps In the case of structures whose external

faces are submerged and are not accessible for inspection, such as underground tanks,

the structures shall be filled with water and after the expiry of seven days after the

filling, the level of the surface of the water shall be recorded. The level of water shall

be recorded again at subsequent intervals of 24 hours over a period of seven days.

Backfilling shall be withheld till the tanks are tested. The total drop in surface level over

a period for seven days shall be taken as an indication of the water tightness of the

structure.

A structure shall be deemed to be water tight if the total drop in the surface level over

a period of seven days does not exceed 40 mm.

2. Roofs

The roofs of liquid-retaining structures shall be water-tight and shall be tested on

completion by flooding the roof with water to a minimum depth of 25 mm for 24 hrs.

Where it is impracticable, because of roof falls or otherwise, to contain a 25 mm depth

of water, the roof shall have water applied by a continuous hose of sprinkler system to

provide a sheet flow of water over the entire area of the roof for not less than 6 hrs. In

either case the roof shall be considered satisfactory if no leaks or damp patches show

on the soffit. Should the structure not satisfy either of these tests, then after

completion of the remedial work it should be re-tested in accordance with this clause.




The roof insulation and covering should be completed as soon as possible after

satisfactory testing.

3. Contractor shall give warranty for leak tightness of joints for 10 years.




4 Section

FORM WORK

4.1 These specifications shall be read in conjunction with the CPWD specifications 1996/2002with upto date correction slips, MOST/MORTH Specifications and other relevantspecifications described in the section 1.1 of these specifications.

4.2 MATERIALS:

Formwork shall be of steel capable of resisting damage to the contact faces under normal

conditions of erecting forms, fixing steel and placing concrete. The selection of materials

suitable for formwork shall be made by the Contractor based on the quality consistent with

the specified finishes and safety. Special finishes like grooves, logos, floral designs,

engraving in inset and outset shall be provided by fixing monolithic rubber forms fixed on

entire surface of the formwork. The minimum shore hardness of rubber shall be A-55 to

ensure strength, flexibility & elasticity. The contours, design and edges of rubber form

should be smooth to ensure minimal deposition of grime or dust. The material shall be

approved by the Engineer before erected at site. However, the entire responsibility of

planning, designing, erection, dismantling, shifting and safety of false work lies with the

contractor.

All formwork and formwork supports (centering, props, scaffolds etc.) shall only be in

structural steel and preferably of pipes conforming to IS:806, IS:1161, IS:1239, IS:2750.

Wooden ballies shall not be permitted as props/formwork supports. All props shall be

properly braced using x & k bracings.

Steel:

Steel formwork shall be made of minimum 4 mm thick black sheets stiffened with angle

iron frame made out of M.S. angles 40 mm x 40 mm x 6 mm supported at suitable spacing.

4.3 Design & Drawings:

All temporary works such as formwork, false work, staging, launching girder, cantilever

form traveller scheme etc. shall be designed by the Contractor. The permissible stresses in

materials of formwork, false work, staging, launching girder & cantilever form traveller

shall be limited as same as for permanent structure. All calculations and drawings of the

same including construction sequence shall be checked and verified by independent

agency appointed by contractor. Only after the checking of the same, the calculations and

drawings (along with soft copy in CD ROM) shall be submitted to Engineer for approval well

in advance of work. All temporary works shall be also inspected by the independent agency

and independent report shall be submitted to Engineer. All temporary works shall be

constructed so that the concrete can be properly placed and thoroughly compacted to




obtain the required shape, position and level subject to specified tolerances. It is the

responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the results required by the Engineer, whether or

not some of the work is sub-contracted. Approval of the temporary works by the Engineer

shall not diminish the Contractor's responsibility for the satisfactory performance of the

same, nor for the safety and co-ordination of all operations.

For pier formwork, it shall be ensured that total deflection (taking account of combined

deflection of plate, stiffeners, walers or any other supporting arrangement) shall not be

more than 3mm.All the formwork, launching truss and cantilever form traveller and other

selected temporary works shall be tested for the load including factor of safety for which

the truss/formwork is designed before use in works.

The design of false work should be such as to facilitate easy and safe access to all parts for

proper inspection.

Methodology for removal of form should be planned as a part of total form work design.

In case of pre-stressing concrete, careful consideration shall be given to re-distribution of

loads due to pre-stressing.

4.4 Formwork for Exposed Concrete SURFACES:

The facing formwork, unless indicated otherwise on drawings, or specifically approved by

the Engineer in writing, shall generally be made with materials not less than the thickness

mentioned below for different elements of the structure:

1. Plain slab soffit and sides of beams, girders, joists and ribs and side of walls, fins,

parapets, pardis, sun-breakers, etc shall be made with:

a. Steel plates not less than 4mm thick of specified sizes stiffened with a suitable

structural framework, fabricated true to plane

2. Bottoms of beams, girders and ribs, sides of columns shall be made with:

a. Steel plates not less than 5mm thick of specified sizes stiffened with a suitable

structural framework, fabricated true to plane

3. For precast full spans, precast pier cap, piers, portals etc. suitable steel form work is

to be used unless as specified by Engineer.

4.5 Formwork for Sloped Surfaces:

1. Forms for sloped surfaces shall be built so that the formwork can be placed board-

by-board immediately ahead of concrete placement so as to enable ready access for

placement, vibration inspection and finishing of the concrete.




2. The formwork shall also be built so that the boards can be removed one by one from

the bottom up as soon as the concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent

sagging. Surfaces of construction joints and finished surfaces with slopes steeper

than 2 horizontal: 1 vertical shall be formed as required herein.

4.6 Formwork for Curved Surfaces:

1. The contractor shall interpolate intermediate sections as necessary and shall

construct the forms so that the curvature will be continuous between sections.

Where necessary to meet requirements for curvature, the form lumber shall be built

up of laminated splices cut to make tight, smooth form surfaces.

2. After the forms have been constructed, all surface imperfections shall be corrected

and all surface irregularities at matching faces of form material shall be dressed to

the specified curvature.

4.7 Erection of Formwork:

The following shall apply to all formwork:

1. To avoid delay and unnecessary rejection, the Contractor shall obtain the approval

of the Engineer for the design of forms and the type of material used before

fabricating the forms. (Ref. ACI 347 Formwork for Concrete or equivalent I.S.

Code).

2. All shuttering planks and plates shall be adequately backed to the satisfaction of

the Engineer by sufficient number and size of walers or framework to ensure

rigidity during concreting. All shutters shall be adequately strutted, braced and

propped to the satisfaction of the Engineer to prevent deflection under

deadweight of concrete and superimposed live load of workmen, materials and

plant, and to withstand vibration.

3. Vertical props shall be supported on wedges or other measures shall be taken

where the props can be gently lowered vertically during removal of the formwork.

Props for an upper level shall be placed directly over those in the level immediately

below, and the lowest props shall bear on a sufficiently strong area. Care shall be

taken that all formwork is set plumb and true to line and level or camber or better

where required and as specified by the Engineer.

4. Provision shall be made for adjustment of supporting struts where necessary.

When reinforcement passes through the formwork care should be taken to ensure

close fitting joints against the steel bars so as to avoid loss of fines during the

compaction of concrete.




5. If the formwork is held together by bolts, these shall be so fixed that no iron will

be exposed on surfaces against which concrete is to be laid. In any case wires shall

not be used with exposed concrete formwork. The Engineer may at his discretion

allow the Contractor to use tie-bolts running through the concrete and the

Contractor shall decide the location and size of such tie-bolts in consultation with

the Engineer. Holes left in the concrete by these tie-bolts shall be filled as specified

by the Engineer at no extra cost. These tie-bolts are not to be provided in

structures with exposed surfaces.

6. Provision shall be made in the shuttering for beams, columns, and walls for a port

hole of convenient size so that all extraneous materials that may be collected could

be removed just prior to concreting.

7. Formwork shall be so arranged as to permit removal of forms without jarring the

concrete. Wedges, clamps and bolts shall be used wherever practicable instead of

nails.

The formwork for beams and slabs shall be so erected so that forms on the sides

of the beams and the soffit of slabs can be removed without disturbing the beam

bottoms or props under beams.

8. Surfaces of forms in contact with concrete shall be oiled with a mould oil of

approved quality, form releasing agent or clean diesel oil. If required by the

Engineer the contractor shall execute different parts of the work with different

mould oils to enable the Engineer to select the most suitable. The use of oil which

results in blemishes on the surface of the concrete shall not be allowed. Oil shall

be applied before reinforcement has been placed and care shall be taken that no

oil comes in contact with the reinforcement while it is being placed in position. The

formwork shall be kept thoroughly wet during concreting and the whole time that

is left in place. Nothing extra shall be paid to contractor for oiling.

9. Immediately before concreting is commenced, the formwork shall be carefully

examined to ensure the following:

a. Removal of all dirt, shavings, sawdust and other refuse by brushing and

washing.

b. The tightness of joints between panels of sheathing and between these and

any hardened core.

c. The correct location of tie bars, bracing and spacers, and especially

connections of bracing.

d. That all wedges are secured and firm in position.

e. That provision is made for traffic on formwork not to bear directly on

reinforcing steel.




10. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval for dimensional accuracies of

the work and for the general arrangement of propping and bracing. (IS: 3696 -

Safety Code of Scaffolds and Ladders, IS: 4014 Steel Tubular Scaffolding I & II). All

scaffolding and staging shall be either of steel tubes or built up section of rolled

steel with adequate bracing at several levels in each perpendicular direction

connecting each prop. In addition to this diagonal bracing should be provided in

elevation ideally at 45 degrees or between 30 and 60 degree. The Contractor shall

be entirely responsible for the adequacy of propping, and for keeping the wedges

and other locking arrangements undisturbed through the decentering period. (IS:

8989 Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures)

11. Formwork shall be continuously watched during the process of concreting. If

during concreting any weakness develops and formwork shows any distress the

work shall be stopped and remedial action as directed by the engineer shall be

taken.

12. Staging for portal girder and cross girder (in station zone) shall be in the form of

portal frame. It shall be ensured that minimum two lanes of traffic with a restricted

height of 4.5m can ply underneath it with adequate protection to portal legs.

13. For concourse floor over road, the contractor shall design and fabricate

prefabricated type of staging and shuttering which can be erected in very short

duration. Such erection will be only permitted in the night. In such case staging has

to span the full width of the road in a portal shaped profile as shown in tender

drawings. The portal frame shall have 4.5m (min) traffic clearance from the road

for allowing safe movement of traffic below. In case no road runs beneath the

concourse zone of station, the bidder may decide whether to use the above form

of staging or any normal staging arrangement from the ground itself.

4.8 Concrete Finishes:

This section deals with the surface of concrete on which forms had been fixed while

concreting.

1. Formed Surface:

Allowable deviation from plumb or level and from the alignment profile, grades

and dimensions shown on the drawings is defined as "tolerance" and is to be

distinguished from irregularities in finishes as described herein. Tolerances in

concrete construction are specified elsewhere.

The classes of finish and requirements for finishing of concrete surface shall be as

shown on the drawings or as hereinafter specified. In the event of finishing not

being definitely specified herein or in the drawings, finishes to be adopted shall be

as directed by the Engineer.




Completed concrete surface shall be tested, where necessary to determine

whether surface irregularities are within the limits specified hereinafter.

Surface irregularities are classified as "Abrupt" or "Gradual". Offsets caused by

displaced or misplaced form sheathing, or form sections or by loose knots or

otherwise defective timber form will be considered as abrupt irregularities, and

shall be tested by direct measurements. All other irregularities shall be considered

as gradual irregularities and will be tested by use of template, consisting of a

straight edge or the equivalent thereof for curved surfaces. The length of the

template shall be 150 cm for testing of formed surfaces and 300 cm for testing of

unformed surfaces.

The classes of finish for formed concrete surfaces are designated by one of the

symbols F1, F2, F3 and F4. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on drawings,

these classes of finish shall apply as follows:

Finish F1: This finish applies to surfaces where roughness is not objectionable, or

surface that will otherwise be permanently concealed. Surface treatment shall be

the repair of defective concrete, correction of surface depressions deeper than 25

mm and filling of tie rod holes. Form sheathing will not leak mortar when concrete

is vibrated. Forms may be manufactured with a minimum of refinement.

Finish F2: This finish is required on surfaces permanently but not prominently

exposed to public view for which other finishes are not specified except F1. Forms

shall be manufactured in a workmanlike manner to the required offsets or bulges.

Surface irregularities shall not exceed 5mm for abrupt and 8mm for gradual

irregularities measured with a 1.5 m template.

Finish F3: This finish is required for coarse textured concrete surfaces intended to

receive plaster, stucco or wainscoting. Surface irregularities shall not exceed 5mm

for both abrupt and gradual irregularities.

Finish F4: This finish is designated for surfaces prominently exposed to public view

where appearance is also of special importance. This shall include piers of bridges,

viaducts, beams, railings if required and decorative features on the structure and

on the bridges. To meet with requirements for F4 finish, forms shall be

manufactured in a skilful, workmanlike manner, accurately to dimensions. There

should be no visible offsets, bulges or misalignment of concrete. At construction

joints, the forms shall be rightly set and securely anchored close to the joint.

Abrupt and gradual irregularities shall not exceed 3mm. Irregularities exceeding

this limit shall be reduced by grinding to a level of 1:20 ratio of height to length.

Jute bag subbing or sand blasting shall not be used.

2. Unformed Surfaces :

The classes of finish for unformed surfaces are designated by symbols U1, U2, U3

and U4. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on drawings, these classes of finish

shall apply as follows:




Finish U1: This finish applies to unformed surfaces that will be concealed

permanently or otherwise where a screeded surface finish meets the functional

requirements. Finish U1 is also used as the stage of finishes for U2 and U3.

Finishing operations shall consist of sufficient levelling and screeding to produce

an even uniform surface. Surface irregularities shall not exceed 10mm.

Finish U2: This is floated finish, and used on all outdoor, unformed surfaces. Finish

U2 is also used as the second stage of finish for U3. Floating to be performed

manually or mechanically on stiffened screed surface shall be minimum to produce

textured surface. If finish U3 is to be applied, floating shall be continued till a small

amount of mortar without excess water is brought to the surfaces so as to permit

effective trowelling. Surface irregularities shall be removed as directed by the

Engineer.

Finish U3: This is a trowelled finish and shall be used for tops of parapets, etc

prominently exposed to view. When the floated surface has hardened sufficiently,

steel trowelling shall be started. Steel trowelling on hardened, floated surface shall

be performed with firm pressure to produce a dense uniform surface free from

blemishes and trowel marks and having slightly glossy appearance. Surface

irregularities shall not exceed 5mm.

Finish U4: This is a steel-trowelled finish, similar to finish U3, except that light

surface pitting and light trowel marks such as obtained from the use of machine

trowelling will be acceptable, provided that surface irregularities do not exceed

the limits specified for finish U3.

Unformed surfaces which are nominally level shall be sloped for drainage as shown

on drawings or as directed by Engineer unless the use of other slopes or level

surface is indicated on drawings. Narrow surface such as tops of parapets, walls

and kerbs shall be sloped approximately 1cm per 30cm of width. Broader surface

such as roadways, platform and decks, shall be sloped approximately half

centimeter per 30cm of width. Finishes of floor and roof slabs shall be sloped, if

required, by the Engineer.

4.9 Exposed Concrete Work:

Exposed concrete surfaces shall be smooth and even originally as stripped without any

finishing or rendering. Where directed by the Engineer, the surface shall be rubbed with

Carborundum stone immediately on striking the forms. The Contractor shall exercise

special care and supervision of formwork and concreting to ensure that the cast members

are made true to their sizes, shapes and positions and to produce the surface patterns

desired. No honeycombing shall be allowed. Honeycombed parts of the concrete shall be

removed by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer and fresh concrete placed without

extra cost, as instructed by the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure that no air bubbles are

formed on the exposed surface. Concrete pouring sequence, vibration methodology etc




shall be planned to avoid air bubbles. All materials, sizes and layouts of formwork including

the locations for their joints shall have prior approval of the Engineer.

4.10 Age of Concrete at Removal of Formwork:

Age of Concrete at Removal of Formworks shall be in accordance with latest CPWD

Specifications or IS: 456. The Engineer may vary the periods specified if he considers it

necessary. Immediately after the forms are removed, they shall be cleaned with a jet of

water and a soft brush.

4.11 Stripping of Formwork:

The work of form work removal should be planned and a definite scheme of operation

worked out. Formwork shall be removed carefully without jarring the concrete, and curing

of the concrete shall be commenced immediately. Concrete surfaces to be exposed shall,

where required by the Engineer, be rubbed down with Carborundum stone or bush-

hammer to obtain a smooth and even finish. Where the concrete requires plastering or

other finish later the concrete surface shall be immediately hacked lightly all over as

directed by the Engineer. No extra charge will be allowed to the Contractor for such work

on concrete surfaces after removal of forms.

4.12 Reuse of Forms:

The Contractor shall not be permitted formwork brought new on the works more than 5

times for exposed concrete formwork and 8 times for ordinary formwork. 5 or 8 uses shall

be permitted only if forms are properly cared for, stored and repaired after each use. The

Engineer may in his absolute discretion order rejection of any forms he considers unfit for

use for a particular item irrespective of no of items the shuttering has been used and order

removal from the site of any forms he considers unfit for use in the Works. Used forms

brought on the site will be allowed proportionately fewer uses as decided by the Engineer.

Use of different quality boards or the use of old and new boards in the same formwork

shall not be allowed. If any other type of special or proprietary form work is used, the no.

of times they can be used will be determined by the Engineer.

4.13 If proprietary system of form work is used, detailed information as given in Annexure 4.1shall be furnished to Engineer for approval before use.




ANNEXURE 4.1

INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED BY MANUFACTURERS OF PROPRIETARY SYSTEMS OF FORM

WORK

1. GENERAL

1.1 The information which the manufacturer is required to supply shall be in such detail as to

obviate unsafe erection and use of equipment due to the intention of the manufacturer

not having been made clear or due to wrong assumptions on the part of the user.

1.2 The user shall refer unusual problems of erection/assembly not in keeping with intended

use of equipment, to the manufacturer of the equipment.

2. INFORMATION REQUIRED

2.1 The manufacturers of proprietary systems shall supply the following information;

a) Description of basic functions of equipment.

b) List of items of equipment available, giving range of sizes, spans and such like, with

manufacturer’s identification number or other references.

c) The basis on which safe working loads have been determined and whether the

factor of safety given applies to collapse or yield.

d) Whether the supplier’s data are based on calculations or tests. This shall be clearly

stated as there may be wide variations between results obtained by either

method.

e) Instructions for use and maintenance, including any points which require special

attention during erection, especially where safety is concerned.

f) Detailed dimensional information, as follows :

i. Overall dimensions, depths and widths of members.

ii. Line drawings including perspectives and photographs showing normal

uses.

iii. Self weight.

iv. Full dimensions of connections and any special positioning and supporting

arrangements.

v. Sizes of members, including tube diameters and thicknesses of material.

vi. Any permanent camber built into the equipment.




vii. Sizes of holes and dimensions giving their positions.

viii. Manner of fixing including arrangements for sealing joints.

g. Data relating to strength of equipment as follows:

i. Average failure loads as determined by tests.

ii. Recommended maximum working loads for various conditions of use.

iii. Working resistance moments derived from tests.

iv. Working shear capacities derived from tests.

v. Recommended factors of safety used in assessing recommended loads and

deflections based on test results.

vi. Deflections under load together with recommended pre-camber and

limiting deflections.

vii. If working loads depend on calculations, working stresses should be

tested. If deflections depend on theoretical moments of inertia or

equivalent moments of inertia rather than tests, this should be noted.

viii. Information on the design of sway bracing against wind and other

horizontal loadings.

ix. Allowable loading relating maximum extension of bases and/or heads.

x. Any restrictions regarding usage of any component or full assembly with

regard to spans, heights and loading conditions.




5 Section

REINFORCEMENT

5.1 These specifications shall be read in conjunction with the latest CPWD specifications withupto date correction slips, MOST/MORTH Specifications and other relevant specificationsdescribed in the section 1.8 of these specifications.

Any steel specified for reinforcement shall conform in every respect to the latest relevant

Indian Standard Specifications and shall be of tested quality under the ISI Certification

Scheme.

All reinforcement work shall be executed in conformity with the drawings supplied and

instructions given by the Engineer and shall generally be carried out in accordance with the

relevant Indian Standard Specifications IS: 2502- Bending and Fixing of Bars for Concrete

Reinforcement.

The reinforcement steel shall be from primary producers and no re-rolled steel shall be

supplied.

5.1.1 Mechanical couplers of threaded type with enlargement at connection by cold forging maybe used at appropriate locations after prior approval of engineer.

5.2 Inspection & Testing:

Every bar shall be inspected before assembling on the works and any defective, brittle,

excessively rusted or burnt bars shall be removed. Cracked ends of bars shall be cut out.

No work shall be commenced without the Engineer’s approval of the bar bending schedule.

Manufacturer's Certificate shall be supplied for each lot of supply.

Specimens sufficient for three Tensile Tests for each different size of bar for each

consignment delivered, or for 10 tonnes of supply of that size, whichever is less shall be

sampled and tested by the Contractor. Batches shall be rejected if the average results of

each batch are not in accordance with the specifications.

5.3 Bar bending and Bar Bending Schedule:

All bars will be carefully and accurately bent by approved means in accordance with IS:

2502, and relevant drawings. It shall be ensured that depth of crank is correct as per the

bar cutting and bending schedule and bent bars are not straightened for use in any manner

that will injure the material.




Prior to starting bar bending work, the Contractor shall prepare bar bending schedule from

the structural drawings supplied to him and get the same approved by Engineer. Any

discrepancies and inaccuracies found by the Contractor in the drawings shall be

immediately reported to the Engineer whose interpretation and decision there to, shall be

accepted.

5.4 Lapping & Welding/Mechanical Splicing:

1. As far as possible bars of the maximum length available shall be used. Laps shown

on drawings or otherwise specified by the Engineer will be based on the use by the

Contractor of bars of maximum length. In case the Contractor wishes to use

shorter bars, laps/couplers (approved make with permission of CMRL) shall be

provided in the manner and at the locations approved by the Engineer.

2. Bars having butt or lap welds shall be provided as specified in the drawings or as

instructed by the Engineer.

5.5 Spacing, Supporting and Cleaning:

1. All reinforcement shall be placed and maintained in the positions shown on the

drawings to be prepared by contractor.

2. The Contractor shall provide approved types of supports for maintaining the bars

in position and ensuring required spacing and correct cover of concrete to the

reinforcement as specified on the drawings. Cover blocks of required shape and

size, M.S. Chairs and spacer bars shall be used to ensure accurate positioning of

reinforcement. Cover blocks shall be cast well in advance and shall consist of

approved proprietary pre-packaged free flowing mortars (Conbextra HF of Fosroc

or equivalent). They shall be circular in shape for side cover and square for bottom

cover. The cost of cover block shall be deemed to have been included in the rates.

3. Bars must be cleaned, before concreting commences, of all scale, rust or partially

set concrete which may have been deposited there during placing of previous lift

of concrete.

4. Only TMT bars shall be provided.

5. G.I. wire shall be used for binding reinforcement.

5.6 Welding:

1 Wherever specified all lap and butt welding of bars shall be carried in accordance

with IS: 2571. Only qualified welders shall be permitted to carry out such welding.




2 For cold twisted reinforcement welding operations must be controlled to prevent

a supply of large amounts of heat larger than that can be dissipated. The extreme

non twisted end portion shall be cut off before welding. Electrodes with rutile

coating should be used.

3 Bars shall be free from rust at the joints to be welded.

4 Slag produced in welding after alternative run should be chipped and removed by

brush.

5 Electrode should not be lighted by touching the hot bar.

6 The welding procedure shall be approved by the Engineer and tests shall be made

to prove the soundness of the welded connection.

5.7 Specifications of Inhibited and Sealed Cement Slurry Coating on Steel Reinforcement

Steel reinforcements which are embedded in concrete are surrounded by an alkaline

medium. A cement coating of passivating type shall have higher tolerance towards the

defects. Galvanic effect is likely to be less pronounced because the surrounding concrete

is alkaline in nature. A coating based on Portland cement slurry admixed with special

corrosion inhibitors (developed by Central Electrochemical Research Institute (CECRI),

Karaikudi, India or equivalent product of other pre-approved manufacturer) is preferred.

The coating shall need to be made

impermeable to salts by sealing

treatment. The sequence of

inhibited and sealed cement slurry

coating process is briefed below:




6 Section

PILE FOUNDATIONS

6.1 General

6.1.1 Piling plant and Methods

Suggested method for piling is cast in situ-bored piles with hydraulic drilling rigs using partial

depth casing with bentonite and oscillator arrangement.

1 Not less than 2 weeks before any piling work is commenced the Contractor shall submit to

the Engineer for approval full details of his proposed piling plant and detailed method

statements for carrying out the Works.

Details of casings and concreting methods in respect of bored cast in place concrete piles

are to be provided.

2 The Contractor shall not commence any piling until the plant and methods which he

proposes to use have been approved by the Engineer but such approval shall not relieve the

Contractor from any of his obligations and responsibilities under the Contract. If for any

reason the Contractor wishes to make any change in the plant and methods of working

which have been approved by the Engineer, he shall not make any such change without

having first obtained the Engineer approval thereof.

3 List and nos. of equipments & accessories proposed to be used for the present job shall be

submitted along with the technical bid.

6.1.2 Records:

The Contractor shall keep complete records of all data required by the Engineer covering the

fabrication, driving and installation of each pile and shall submit two signed copies of these

records to the Engineer not later than noon of the next working day after installation of the piles.

6.1.3 Programme and Progress Report

1 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer each day of the programme of piling for the

following day and shall give adequate notice of his intention to work outside normal hours

and at weekends, where approved.

2 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer on the first day of each week, or on such other

date as the Engineer may decide, a progress report showing the rate of progress to that

date and progress during the previous week or period of all main items of piling works, as

required by the Engineer.




6.1.4 Setting Out

The Contractor shall establish and maintain permanent datum level points, base lines and grid

lines to the satisfaction of the Engineer and shall set out with a suitable identifiable pin or marker

the position of each pile. The setting out of each pile shall be agreed with the Engineer at least 8

working hours prior to commencing work on a pile and adequate notice for checking shall be

given by the Contractor.

Before piling, contractor shall carry out the Cross trench survey to identify the utilities.

Notwithstanding such checking and agreement, the Contractor shall be responsible for the

correct and proper setting out of the piles and for the correctness of the positions, levels,

6.1.5 After all piles are cast and weak concrete is chipped out the Contractor shall submit the drawing

showing the exact location of piles with respect to the column centre line.

6.1.6 Disturbances and Noise

1. The Contractor shall carry out the piling work in such a manner and at such times as to

minimise noise and disturbance.

2. The Contractor shall take precautions adequate enough to avoid damage to existing services

and adjacent structures. Fig.1 of IS: 2974 (Part 1) - 1969 may be used as a guide for studying

qualitatively the effect of vibration of persons and structures. In case of deep excavation

adjacent to piles, proper shoring or other suitable arrangement shall be done to guard

against the lateral movement of soil stratum or releasing the confining soil stress. Reference

may be made to BS:5573 for safety precautions in the construction of large diameter bored

piles. Any such damage shall be repaired by the contractor to the satisfaction of the

Engineer.

3. The Contractor shall ensure that damage does not occur to complete piling works and shall

submit to the Engineer for approval his proposed sequence and timing for driving or boring

piles having regard to the avoidance of damage to adjacent piles.

6.1.7 Obstructions

If during the execution of the Works the Contractor encounters obstructions in the ground, he

shall forthwith notify the Engineer accordingly, submit to him details of proposed methods for

overcoming the obstruction and proceed according to the Engineer instructions.

6.2 Scope of Work




1. These specifications cover the works of providing pile foundations. Work included consists

of all necessary services and furnishing of all labour material, tools, equipment and related

items for the full and satisfactory performance of the contract, conforming to these

specifications and as shown in the Contract Drawings or reasonably implied therein or any

authorised conditions or alterations thereof.

2 The tenderer is advised to visit the site and familiarise himself with the conditions at site.

The Engineer shall not be held responsible for the accuracy of the soil data, furnished in

good faith with the tender.

3 The construction of piles shall be in accordance with the following Indian Standard Codes of

Practice for Design and Construction of Pile Foundations:

IS: 2911 Part I Section 2 Bored Cast in-situ Concrete Piles Or IRC:78 Standard specifications

and code of practice for road bridges Foundation And Substructure

4 With the tender the Contractor shall submit the detailed method of construction to be used.

For cast-in-situ concrete piles the Contractor shall indicate the methods he proposes to

concrete the piles in order to prevent necking of piles.

5 The Contractor shall quote rates as detailed in the Schedule of Quantities and Rates. In

particular:

a) For piles, the rate quoted shall be for per meter of pile .The actual length of piles will

be determined from site conditions and load test results after work begins.

b) In case the load tests and actual site conditions reveal that the piles proposed do not,

in the opinion of the Engineer provide a satisfactory and economical foundation the

Engineer in his sole and absolute discretion shall have power to revise the pile layout,

pile diameter, pile location etc.

6) The items of work will generally be as follows:

a) Boring/drilling including provision of temporary casing.

b) Supplying, fabrication, and placement of all reinforcing bars.

c) Casting of concrete piles as per specifications.

d) Load testing of piles.

6.3 Materials

6.3.1 General:

Unless otherwise specified in this section all materials shall conform to the requirements

specified in separate sections for Concrete, Formwork and Reinforcement.




6.3.2 Cement:

The cement to be used for piling and all foundation work shall be conforming to Indian Standard

Specifications “IS: 455 Specification for Portland Slag Cement”. The Cement shall be free from

lumps and caking.

6.3.3 Concrete Mix Design:

The concrete grade shall be as per GFC drawings. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not

exceed 20mm. For cast-in-situ piles concrete with a slump of 150 to 175mm (consistent with the

method of concreting) will be required. For slumps more than 150mm the workability should be

tested by “determination of flow” as per IS:9103. Minimum cement contents for design mix shall

not be less than 400 kg/m3 of concrete in piling. For piling , qty of cement shall be as per the design

mix or the minimum cement content whichever is greater shall be used.

The contractor shall submit mix design calculations and get the same approved by the engineer

well before the starting of installation of piles and carry out adequate numbers of tests to ensure

the minimum specified strength as indicated in drawings.

6.3.4 Concrete Cube Tests

Concrete cubes shall be cast, tested and evaluated as specified in section 3.

6.3.5 Reinforcement

a) The reinforcement shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 5 extending for

the full length of the pile and shall project 60 times bar diameters above the cut off level

or as specified in the drawing. Only circular concrete cover blocks threaded on to the

helix shall be used for ensuring the specified cover. Reinforcement shall be treated with

anti-corrosive treatment as specified in the section-5 of the specifications.

b) Joints in main longitudinal bars will be permitted only where, in the opinion of the

Engineer, each bar cannot be supplied in one complete length. Where permitted, joints

shall be provided at agreed centres, designed to develop the full strength of the bar

across the joint, provided with adequate extra links or stirrups and staggered in position

from those of adjacent longitudinal bars, all to the approval of the Engineer.

c) All main longitudinal bars shall be tack weld at lapping if any and to the pile cap

reinforcement. The last one circle of helical stirrups at each end shall be welded to main

longitudinal bars. Any extra tack welding required for handling and lowering of cage in

borehole shall be done by the contractor at no extra cost.

6.3.6 Casings and Tremie Pipes

The casings and tremie pipes shall be in mild steel. The temporary casing plates and permanent

liners shall have adequate wall thickness and strength to withstand driving stresses, stresses due




to soil pressure, etc. Without damage or distortion all joints shall be water tight. The internal

diameter of the casing shall not be less than the nominal diameter of pile.

6.4 Cast In-Situ Bored Piles

6.4.1 General

a) Diameters of the piles shall be the concrete shaft diameters and shall not be less than

the diameters specified in the drawing.

b) These shall be formed by boring to the founding strata specified on the drawings or as

directed at site. The sides of the boring shall be prevented from collapsing by one of the

following:

permanent mild steel liner (cased pile)

removable mild steel casing (uncased pile)

c) Piles shall be constructed in a sequence approved by the Engineer. During boring, the

Contractor shall, where required by the Engineer, take soil, rock or ground water samples

and transport them to an approved testing laboratory or carry out soil tests as directed.

d) The method adopted shall be chosen giving due consideration to the subsoil data, ground

water conditions and to the other relevant conditions at site as well as to the presence

of adjacent structures.

e) The bottom of the steel lining shall be sufficiently in advance of the boring tool so as to

prevent settlement of outside soil and formation of cavities.

f) Removable mild steel casings shall be used only with extreme caution. Individual casings

shall be joined together by welding or any other approved method and not by direct

butting with external lug connections. The inner surface of casings shall be smooth and

free of all internal projections.

6.4.2 Boring

a) Boring shall be done using hydraulic drilling rigs with oscillator arrangement uiting to

different kinds of strata encountered.

b) As a general guideline, size of cutting tool shall in no case be less than the diameter of

the pile minus 75mm. However the size of cutting tool shall be chosen by contractor

depending on the type of substrata and equipment employed by contractor so that

executable pile shall not have diameter less than nominal diameter of pile as specified in

drawing. The contractor shall also ensure that there is no reduction in poured concrete

quantities. These calculations shall be based on consumption of concrete poured in bore

(as recorded in pour log) and actual concrete required in bore on theoretical basis i.e.




based on nominal diameter of pile and actual bore hole length (based on actual sounding

of founding level). Above 5% reduction in consumption of poured concrete quantities in

pile may be rejected. In general piling shall be done by using hydraulic rig with temporary

liner. Use of liner for top 4 to 6 metres from ground level or more depth, to protect loose

soil falling in bore hole) as directed by engineer, is essential. No extra payment shall be

made to the contractor for using temporary liner, over the item of piling as in BOQ.

c) Use of drilling mud in stabilizing sides of the pile borehole may also be necessary together

with temporary or permanent casing wherever sub soil and ground water conditions are

likely to cause mud flows or instability of pile bore or sand boiling. However, this will be

permitted only when deemed necessary by the Engineer. In such situations the

properties of bentonite used & quality control shall be as per requirement given below.

Bentonite slurry shall satisfy the following properties at all times:

Mud density shall not exceed 1.05 g/cc

Marsh Cone viscosity 30-40 seconds

The sand content of Size > 0.075mm shall not be more than 1 Percent.

Liquid limit of bentonite shall not be less than 400 percent.

Bentonite shall be saturated for 24 hours and then used.

When using bentonite mud, flushing shall be done after lowering of inserting

reinforcement cage and tremie before starting of concreting with fresh bentonite slurry.

No extra payment will be given for the bentonite.

When borehole is stabilised by casing and drilling mud or by maintaining water head

using temporary/permanent casing, the bottom of the hole shall be cleaned very

carefully before concreting work is taken up. Cleaning / flushing methodology shall be

submitted and got approved by the engineer prior to commencement of piling.

Where mud flow conditions exist or the aggressive action of ground water is to be

avoided, or in the case of piles built in water or in cases where significant length of piles

could be exposed due to scour – the casing should be left permanently in the ground with

8 mm thick permanent liners as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

The quantum of steel required in liners up to depth of cut off level shall be measured as

per drawing though the liner might have been provided right from the level of the

working platform on practical considerations, since the length of the permanent liner

above the cut-off level has to be necessarily removed by gas-cutting for facilitating

peeling of the top portion of the pile and for interlacing its reinforcement bars into the

capping slab. There is however, no objection if the surplus pieces (if cut and removed

carefully and then found reusable) are joined and are re-welded to required length for

reuse in the same contract on some of the other piles. No claim shall be entertained for

such pieces if the cut pieces cannot be reused by the Contractor in the aforesaid manner.




d) Pumping from bore hole shall not be permitted unless a casing has been driven into a

stable stratum which prevents flow of external ground water from other strata in

significant quantities.

e) In case of end bearing piles founded on rock, cutting of rock by hydraulic rig using

diamond bits will be resorted to. Scheme adopted shall be such that noise and vibration

parameters specified in tender document /Environment manual are not violated. Drilling

in rock shall be carried out by hydraulic rig using diamond bits. No extra payment shall

be entertained for socketing in rock except as specified in BOQ.

f) On completion of boring, loose disturbed or remoulded soil shall be removed from the

base of bore.

Penalty on mishandling of bentonite

Mishandling of bentonite (like splashing of bentonite outside specified width of barricading or

non cleaning of tyres of dumpers and transit mixers before leaving the piling site thereby making

the road dirty etc.) is strictly prohibited . Noncompliance of same shall attract a penalty as

follows:

i) On first observation – Rs. one lac

ii) On Second observation – Rs. two lacs

iii) On third and each subsequent observation – Rs. three lacs

6.4.3 Concreting

a) Prolonged delays in the commencement of concreting after the completion of the boring

shall not be permitted. The time interval between the completion of boring and placing

of concrete shall not exceed 6 hour.

b) The concrete shall have a minimum slump of 150mm in case of concreting in a water-

free bore. Suitable precautions shall be taken for prevention of segregation. Internal

vibrators shall not be used unless the Contractor is satisfied that segregation will not

result because of vibration and unless the method of use has been approved by the

Engineer.

c) The concrete for piles underwater or in drilling mud shall be placed with a tremie pipe.

The tremie pipe shall not be less than 200mm diameter for 20mm aggregate. The joint

between the hopper and tremie pipe as well as the joints in the tremie pipe shall be water

tight and the tremie pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use. The concrete shall

have a minimum slump of 150mm.

It is essential that the water level within the pile bore be in equilibrium before

commencement of concreting.




d) The Contractor shall ensure that heavily contaminated drilling mud has not accumulated

at the base of boring since this could impair free flow of concrete from the tremie pipe.

e) If the specific gravity of the drilling mud at the base of the bore exceeds 1.20 the placing

of concrete shall not proceed.

f) The first charge of concrete shall be placed in the hopper over a sliding plate of the

bottom of the hopper. The charge should be adequate in volume to ensure flushing

action to prevent mixing of water or drilling mud and concrete. Alternatively floating

plugs of approved specification may be used before the first charge of concrete.

g) The tremie pipe shall at all times penetrate the previously placed concrete with adequate

margin against accidental withdrawal. The tremie pipe shall not be withdrawn until the

completion of concreting. At all times a sufficient quantity of concrete shall be

maintained within the pipe to ensure that the pressure from it exceeds that from the

seepage water.

h) Spot measurements shall be taken at suitable intervals to check that the tremie pipe has

an adequate penetration into previous concrete.

i) Concreting of the pile shall be in one single and continuous operation. In case of long

piles of large diameter, large size mixers or more mixers shall be used so that the entire

concreting operation is completed in not more than two hours.

j) The top of concrete in a pile shall be brought above the cut-off level since the top

concrete is loose and is weak because of contamination with water/drilling mud. This

ensures good concrete at the cut-off level.

k) Cut off level ( COL)

Cut off level of piles shall be indicated in working drawings or as indicated by Engineer.

The top of concrete in pile shall be brought above the cut off level to remove all laitance

& weak concrete and to ensure good concrete at cut off level.

In case of concrete being placed by tremie method and pile cut off level less than

1.0meter below the ground level, concrete shall be cast to the piling platform level to

permit overflow of concrete for visual inspection. In case COL of pile is more than 1.0

meter below working level then concrete shall be cast to a minimum of one meter above

COL. Before concreting contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer of the height

above COL up to which the concrete is to cast.

Any defective concrete in the head of the completed pile shall be cut away and made

good with new concrete.




l) When a casing is being extracted a sufficient quantity of concrete shall be maintained

within the bore to ensure the pressure from external ground water and soil is adequately

exceeded by the pressure of concrete. Otherwise necking of the pile may result. A

minimum embedment of 1.5 to 1.8m is required.

m) No concreting shall be placed in the bore once the bottom of the casing has been lifted

above the top of concrete.

n) After each pile has been cast any empty bore shall be protected and carefully backfilled

as soon as possible with approved materials.

o) Complete boring and concreting records shall be submitted to the Engineer for each pile.

The records shall include the duration of concreting, tremie lengths (individual and

cumulative), tremie pipe lengths removed, theoretical sounding, actual sounding ,actual

lengths of pile concreted and the volume of concrete placed, cut off level , founding levels

etc. For piles with temporary casings records of sequence of casing withdrawal and levels

of concrete before and after withdrawal shall also be included in the reports.

6.5 Alignment of Piles

1) Piles shall be installed as accurately as possible according to the drawings either vertically

or to the specified batter. All deviations will be measured at the cut off level of the piles.

The deviation from the true axis shall not be more than 1.5% for vertical piles and 4% for

rake piles. Piles should not deviate in location by more than 75mm when used in groups.

For single or 2 piles used under columns, deviation shall not be more than 50mm.

Particular precautions during construction shall be taken by the Contractor in the case of

monopile to comply with the alignment criteria.

2) The Contractor shall maintain a record of actual pile locations in the form of drawing and

submit the information to the Engineer at suitable intervals.

6.6 Pile Cap

Pile caps shall be of reinforced concrete. A minimum offset of 150 mm shall be provided beyond

the outer faces of the outer most piles in the group. If the pile cap is in contact with earth at the

bottom, a leveling course of minimum 75 mm thickness of PCC of grade M15 shall be provided or

as shown in the drawings.

The attachment of the pile head to the cap shall be adequate for the transmission of loads and

forces. A portion of pile top may be stripped of concrete and the reinforcement anchored into

the cap. Manual chipping may be permitted after three days of pile casting while pneumatic tools

for chipping shall not be used before seven days after pile casting. The top of pile after stripping

shall project at least 50mm into the pile cap. Concreting of the pile cap shall be carried out in dry

conditions. All the operations and tools required for making the pile in dry condition is included

in the item.




The road surface after casting of pile cap & pier kicker shall be repaired.

6.7 Testing of Piles

1) The load tests shall be in accordance with the Indian Standard Code of Practice for Design

and Construction of Pile Foundations IS 2911 (Part IV) For initial load test, test load will

be 2.5 times the theoretical designed capacity of pile. For initial load, test arrangement

to be designed shall also cater for additional 25% above test load and nothing extra will

be paid on this account. Permissible stresses in test arrangement (steel truss or plate

girder) to cater for test load plus additional 25% load shall be within permissible stresses

as per IS: 800 (as for permanent structure). For test frame, steel of Grade –B conforming

to IS: 2062 shall be used.

2) Engineer will decide the locations of initial and routine horizontal and vertical load tests

to be performed in different zones depending on variation in substrata. Number of initial

pile load tests shall be as indicated in BOQ item. For each station 1 no. of initial load test

for each dia of pile is to be performed by the contractor. The contractor shall undertake

test piles required for initial pile load test in the initial stages of work using the same

methodology and equipment’s which will be subsequently used for working piles. These

tests shall be undertaken well in advance of working pile. No working pile would be

allowed to undertaken till initial satisfactory initial pile load tests have been completed.

Non-granting of permission for pile/ pile cap by Engineer in such respect will not be

considered as reason for delay or any claim thereof. The test arrangement to be

employed shall be of nature which is quick to install and remove and easily transferable.

Number of tests will be as indicated in BOQ.

3) Routine horizontal & vertical load tests are performed as a check on the load carrying

capacity and settlements of the pile foundations.

4) The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least 48 hours notice of the commencement of

construction of these piles which are to be subjected to Initial Tests.

5) The load tests shall not normally be conducted unless the concrete is at least 28 days old.

However in special circumstances, permission can be given by Engineer for prior testing.

6) All testing shall be done under the direction of experienced personnel conversant with

the equipment and the testing procedure.

7) Before the commencement of the tests all the particulars regarding the test pile including

boring data and concrete cube strengths shall be made available at site and shall form a

part of the test report.

8) On completion of each load test the Contractor shall submit a report of the load test

which shall include the following information.

a) Description of soil conditions, ground water table, actual boring and installation

records, concrete cube test results.




b) Method of load application

c) Load settlement readings during loading and unloading

d) Time load-settlement curve

e) All other observation relevant to the test being conducted.

9) Dynamic Integrity test

The Dynamic Integrity test using pile driving analyser or approved equivalent for pileintegrity shall be performed on all the piles as indicated in BOQ. The top of the pile shallbe made accessible, chipped off up to hard concrete, levelled by trimming it back as faras practicable. The reinforcing bars of the piles tested shall be bent sideways. The testshall be performed after removal of bad/ weak concrete at top so that the wavepropagation is steady through hard concrete. The test shall be carried out at minimum 3Locations on each pile in such a way that the entire cross section of the pile is evenlycovered. The test shall be conducted with a minimum age of concrete of 15 days. Aspecialist approved agency shall be employed for the test and the tests shall generally beas per recommendations of the agency unless directed by the Engineer. A completereport indicating the graphical display of wave propagation under each flow shall besubmitted along with interpretation of results showing discontinuities, cross-sectionalchanges or material changes if any are to be co-related with Site data.

(a) Reporting

1) The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative the test results,associated interpretive report and certificate for each tested pile within 10 daysof the completion of each test.

2) The interpretation of test results shall be carried out by competent specialistengineers.

(b) Anomalies

1) If any anomalies, which indicate unacceptable weaknesses in the concrete, arereported as a result of integrity testing, the Contractor shall perform coredrilling for sampling and laboratory testing to prove if the quality and bearingcapacity of the concrete are adequate. The program for necessary core drillingand testing shall be consented by the Employer’s Representative.

2) If such anomalies are shown to be detrimental to the performance of the pile,remedial measures shall be consented by the Employer's Representative andundertaken by the Contractor to rectify this.

3) No covering over of the piles shall occur until the Employer's Representative issatisfied with the results of the testing and any remedial works.




10) The contractor shall carryout trial probes and trial pits down to depths decided by the

Engineer with the objective of locating underground utilities well in advance of the piling.

The locations shall be decided by the Engineer after consultation with the contractor.

6.8 Defective Piles

1) The Engineer reserves the right to reject any pile which in his opinion has not been

constructed in accordance with the specifications.

2) The Contractor will not be paid for rejected piles. The increase in cost of the pile caps, tie

beams and other measures adopted for strengthening as a result of rejection of defective

piles shall be borne by the Contractor.

6.9 Mode of Measurement

1) The Contractor shall be paid for the length of each pile as measured from the theoretical

founding level (as per drawing) to the point of the vertical cut-off level. The Contractor's

rate shall include all items of work including all temporary/permanent arrangements for

boring, in soil as specified, concreting, handling, form-work and grouting for precast piles,

including chipping of top weak concrete, removal of excavated earth away from site and

bentonite slurry, chipped concrete etc. and all other items of work for the satisfactory

completion of the pile foundations. Boring in hard rock will be measured and paid

separately. Reinforcement shall be measured and paid separately.

2) Pile load tests initial and routine shall be measured separately and paid for separately.

3) Each pile integrity test shall be measured and paid for separately.

4) The quantity of permanent steel liners required for the job shall be measured as per

specifications and paid for separately. The rate includes costs of tools and plants, cutting,

welding/riveting, cutting shoe etc. complete.

6.10 As - Built Drawings

On completion of the work, the Contractor will submit a plan showing the exact location and

length of each pile as constructed at site, as well as dates of concreting, cube test results etc. The

original tracing of this drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer.




7 Section

SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS

9.1 General

This section specifies basic and minimum requirements for materials and construction of

shallow foundations for viaduct.

9.2 Stability, capacity and settlements

Shallow foundations shall be used where a suitable bearing stratum is founded near the

surface without any highly compressible layers below, and calculated settlements are

within acceptable limits.

9.3 Ground conditions

Where the anticipated foundation level does not have enough bearing characteristics and

stability, consideration may be given to general or local improvement of the bearing

characteristics or to replacement of the ground by appropriate material.

The allowable range of bearing pressures for spread footing shall be checked according to

the character of material.

9.4 Foundation excavation and backfill

Foundation excavation and backfill shall be carried out as specified in section 3

Excavation for shallow foundations shall conform to the dimensions and elevations

indicated in the Construction drawings within a tolerance of plus or minus 30mm and shall

extend a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal

of formwork, installation of services and other construction and for inspection.

Blinding concrete shall be poured at the final foundation level approved by the Engineer.




Annexure I

SITE ACCOMMODATION FOR THE ENGINEER

1. One Site Accommodation (total plinth area 200 sqm) for the Engineer’s Staff shall allow forthe following:

Type No. of Staff Area Sq.m Total Area Sq m

Project Manager 1

Resident Engineer (Civil) 1

Site Engineer (Civil) 2

Site Inspectors 2

Additional Office -

Rest Rooms 1

Parking 30

Total 200

2. Offices shall be accessible only from a corridor within the building. The corridor and

reception area shall be provided with an external double door.

3. Materials for the construction shall be new, robust and durable. The building shall be

weatherproof, verminproof, well insulated thermally and acoustically. Internal walls shall be

soundproofed. Electrical power/lighting, shall be provided to each room, including

airconditionjng and heating to maintain the internal temperature within the range of 20 to

24 degrees Celcius at all times.

4. Internal doors shall be flush, fitted with door closers, mortice locks with keys and lever

handles.

5. External doors shall be a pair of solid core doors, external quality, hung on heavy duty

hinges, one leaf fitted with barrel bolts top and bottom and the other leaf fitted with a Yale

or similar lock.

6. Windows, of area not less than 10% of the floor area, shall be provided to all rooms,

securely barred, fitted with blinds and having opening sections fitted with locks and

mosquito screens.

7. The building shall be provided with a continuous water supply and drainage to Kitchen,

Washroom and Toilets. The Toilets shall be equipped with low level suites and be

adequately ventilated through the ceiling.




8. The Kitchen shall be fitted out with a 2 drainer stainless steel double sink unit, worktop

with cupboards under, tiling above the sink and worktop and wall mounted cupboards.

9. Fire and Safety regulations shall be complied with and firefighting equipment shall be

provided in accordance with the recommendations of Haryana Fire Brigade.

10. The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain appropriate name boards as specified, for

each of the offices. The wording shall be agreed with the Engineer.

11. The Contractor shall provide the following new furniture and equipment for the exclusive

use of the Engineer’s Staff:

No. Item Nos

Furniture:

1 Sofa set 1

2 Desk 1 - 1500mm x 900mm with side drawers. 2

3 Desk 2 - 1200mm x 900mm with side drawers. 4

4 Swivel Office Chair with arm rests. 2

5 Swivel Office Chair without arm rests. 4

6 Visitor’s Chair. 5

7 3-shelf Bookcase. 2

8 4-Drawer Lockable Filing Cabinet. 4

9 1500mm x 900mm Table. 4

10 Photocopier A4/A3 capable of reduction. 1

11 Waste paper baskets. 4

12 Potable Water-cooler/dispenser, 1

13 Cups, glasses, plates, cutlery for 12 persons, Set

14 Electric kettle, coffee and tea pots. 1




Annexure 2

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION INTERFACE MANAGEMENT

The designs would mostly be supplied by the employer. However the contractor has also to

develop certain designs like temporary structures, scaffolding, etc. Therefore the design word

referred here is indicating the designs in the scope of the contractor.

1. INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Contractor shall produce an Interface Management Plan covering the design and

construction of the Works with that of other contractors, principally CMRL and the Designated

Contracts as defined in the General Conditions of Contract. The Contractor shall keep

the Engineer fully informed in respect of such interfaces, such information being given to the

Engineer in a manner and form and at such intervals as stated in the Contract or as required

by the Engineer.

2. GENERAL

(1) The Contractor is responsible for detailed co-ordination of his design and construction

activities with those of the CMRL, Designated Contractors, Civil Contractors, Utility

Agencies, Statutory Authorities, Private Service Providers, Developers, Consultants and

other Contractors whether or not specifically mentioned in the contract, that may be

working on or adjacent to the site for the purpose of the Project. For the purpose of this

Specification, all of the above parties shall be referred to as Interfacing Contractors. The

Contractor shall note that there are other contractors, consultants, etc. which the

Employer will engage from time to time with whom the Contractor shall have to similarly

co-ordinate. Such co-ordination responsibilities of the Contractor shall include the

following:

(a) To provide all information reasonably required by the Interfacing Contractors in

a timely and professional manner to allow them to proceed with their design or

construction activities, and specifically to meet their contractual obligations.

(b) To ensure that the Contractor’s requirements are provided to all other Interfacing

Contractors before the cut-off dates to be identified in the Interface Management Plan

(IMP).

(c) To obtain from CMRL/ other interfacing Contractors information reasonably required

to enable the Contractor to meet the key dates as identified in Table 1, Clause 1.3.

(d) Where the execution of the work of the CMRL/ other interfacing Contractors depends

upon the site management or information to be given by the Contractor, the

Contractor shall provide to such CMRL/ other interfacing Contractors the services




or correct and accurate information required to enable them to meet their own

programme or construct their work.

(e) To co-ordinate access and delivery routes, and to ensure that all provisions for

access and delivery of Plant is co-ordinated with and reflected in the Interfacing

Contractor’s Delivery Route Drawings. The Interfacing Contractors shall ensure that all

Plants are delivered at the time agreed to allow openings left in the structure for such

delivery to be sealed in accordance with the Contractor’s programme.

(f) To co-ordinate with the Interfacing Contractors on attendance.

(g) To attend regular co-ordination meetings convened by the Engineer with the

Interfacing Contractors. The Contractor shall conduct separate meetings with the

Interfacing Contractors as necessary to clarify particular aspects of the interfacing

requirements of the Works. The party which convenes the meeting shall prepare

minutes recording all matters discussed and agreed at the meeting.

(h) To ensure that copies of all correspondence, drawings, meeting minutes,

programmes, etc. relating to the Contractor’s co-ordination with the Interfacing

Contractors are issued to all concerned parties and four (4) copies issued to the

Engineer no later than two (2) calendar days from the date of such correspondence and

meetings.

(2) The Contractor, shall in carrying out his co-ordination responsibilities, raise in good time

and provide sufficient information for the Engineer to decide on any

disagreement between the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractors as to the extent of

services or information required to pass between them. If such disagreement cannot

be resolved by the Contractor despite having taken all reasonable efforts, then the

decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

(3) Where other interfacing Contractors has yet to be awarded the Contractor shall proceed

with the co-ordination activities with the Engineer until such time when the other

interfacing Contractor is available. The Contractor shall provide the CMRL/ other

interfacing Contractors with all information necessary to enable the CMRL/ other

interfacing Contractors to follow-on and proceed with their co-ordination.

(4) The cut-off dates to be identified in the IMP are the latest dates. Any claim of additional

costs by the CMRL/ other interfacing Contractors as a result of the Contractor’s failure in

adhering to these dates shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall note

that the information exchange is an iterative process requiring the exchange and update

of information at the earliest opportunity and shall be carried out on a regular and

progressive basis so that the process is completed for each design stage by the cut-off

dates.




(5) The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Engineer on all matters relating to works that

may affect Operation of Airport Express Metro.

3. DEDICATED CO-ORDINATION TEAM

(1) The Contractor shall establish a dedicated co-ordination team, led by a Chief Co-ordinator

reporting to the Contractor’s Site Agent. The primary function of the team is to provide a

vital link between the Contractor’s design and construction teams and the CMRL/ other

interfacing Contractors till KD-8 and Chief Coordinator roll will be taken over by the CMRL

after KD-8 and the Contractor will be as interfacing Contractor for the other agencies as

indicated in Fig. 1(b) of Employer’s Requirements - General (Section A).

(2) The Chief Co-ordinator shall assess the progress of the co-ordination with CMRL/other

interfacing Contractors by establishing lines of communications as suggested in the

co-ordination model to be developed by the agency.

(3) The complexity of the Project and the importance of ensuring that work is executed within

time limitations, require detailed programming and monitoring of progress, so that early

programme adjustments can be made in order to minimise the effects of potential delays.

(4) The Chief Co-ordinator in conjunction with the CMRL/ other interfacing Contractors shall

identify necessary provisions in the Works for plant, equipment and facilities of the CMRL/

other interfacing Contractors. These provisions shall be allowed by the Contractor in the

Works.

(5) During the course of the contract, information will be obtained in a number of ways. These

may include direct inspection, regular site meetings, the obtaining of progress reports and

the use of turn-round document to obtain design and programme data. Turn-round

document shall be issued to the CMRL/ other interfacing Contractors to be returned

giving the current positions on their programme.

4. DESIGN INTERFACE

(1) The Contractor shall co-ordinate all design and installation work with the various

Designated Contractors, including the CMRL and establish the Co-

ordinated Installation Plan (CIP). The CIP shall be developed by the contractor in a format

acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with all

interfacing Designated Contractors to produce a detailed programme of access dates. The

CIP shall be signed off by each Designated Contractor and submitted to the Engineer not

later than 3 (Three) months before basic structure is completed as described in Table

1, Clause 1.3.

(2) The dates shown in Table 1, Clause 1.3 are critical to the timely completion of the project.

The Contractor shall commence design interface with the CMRL/ other interfacing




Contractors as soon as he has been notified by the Engineer that such Interfacing Contract

has been awarded. In the case of utility agencies and other statutory boards, interface shall

commence as soon as it is practicable. Where no design interface date has been

established whether because the other interfacing Contractor/s have not been

identified or for whatever reason, the Contractor shall liaise with such Interfacing

Contractor/s as soon as they have been awarded.

(3) The Contractor shall immediately upon award of the Contract gather all necessary

Information to a level where meaningful interaction can take place as soon as the

Interfacing Contracts are available. The Contractor shall submit together with each of

Submissions a joint statement from the Contractor and the relevant Interfacing Contractor

confirming that design coordination has been completed and that they have jointly

reviewed the appropriate document to ensure that a consistent design is being presented.

(4) The design interface is an iterative process requiring regular exchange and update of

interfacing information. The Contractor shall ensure that the information he requires from

the Interfacing Contractors is made known at the outset of each design interface and vice

versa so that the information can be provided in time for the Contractor and the

Interfacing Contractors.

5. CONSTRUCTION INTERFACE

(1) Construction interface will be necessary throughout the duration of the Works

commencing from the time the Contractor mobilises to the Site to the completion of the

Works. Construction interface will overlap design interface, involving cast-in and buried

items such as pipes for electrical and mechanical services, supports, brackets, plinths,

ducts, service buildings, openings, cableways, trenches etc. that are to be incorporated at

the early stage of the construction up to provision of attendance during the testing and

commissioning stage.

(2) The Contractor shall ensure that there is no interference with the Works of the Interfacing

Contractors and shall maintain close co-ordination with them to ensure that his work

progresses in a smooth and orderly manner. The Contractor shall carry out and complete

the Works, or any part thereof, in such order as may be agreed by the Engineer or in such

revised order as may be requested by the Engineer from time to time. The Contractor

shall, unless otherwise rovided, be liable for and shall indemnify the Employer against all

costs, charges, expenses and the like resulting from failure of the Contractor to co-

ordinate the Works as specified.

6. INTERFACE ISSUES BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND CMRL/ OTHER CONTRACTORS

(1) The Contractor shall not finalise his alignment design until any revision to the preliminary

alignment, contained in the Tender Drawings, is agreed between the Engineer, Contractor

and approved by the Employer.




(2) The Contractor shall coordinate for keeping provisions and construction for the

requirements of the works to be carried out by the other interfacing contractor.

(3) The Contractor shall interface with the CMRL and as per requirement, provide opening in

walls for passage of cables.

(4) The Contractor shall coordinate with the CMRL in order to ensure obligatory Static and

Dynamic Clearances between OCS/Pantograph and structure as per standards IEC

followed to the extent of the works executed by them.

(5) The Contractor shall also be responsible for exposing reinforcement bar of Tunnel area as

per the location indicated by the CMRL for earthing requirements.

(6) Inserts for installation of Emergency Tripping System (ETS) in walls at platform level, SCR

and viaduct, shall be the responsibility of the interface contractor and work shall be carried

out by the interface contractor in consultation with the Contractor.

(7) The interface contractor shall provide for fixings for the OCS Warning/Caution/Indicator

boards.

(8) The Contractor shall ensure that entire roof is free from unwanted/unwarrantedmaterial

like plywood or any other material etc.

7. INTERFACE FOR E & M WORKS

E & M construction works of station are to be executed by the other contractors. The

Contractor shall ensure efficient Interface with the E & M Contractor for the provisions to the

works concerning Electrical, Fire Fighting, and Hydraulics, etc on site. Such coordination

responsibility of the Contractor shall include the following:

(1) To seek reasonable information from the E&M Contractor in order to meet the target

dates.

(2) The Civil Contractor will play a major role in the interface with the E&M Contractor till KD-

7 and the major role will be played by the CMRL after that.

(3) The CMRL will make sure that he provides the updated valid documents, for the reference

of the Civil Contractor in time, where the CMRL requires the Civil Contractor to execute

work as his requirements. These documents will be the reference documents for the

Interface Management being carried out by the Civil Contractor.

(4) Where the execution of the Civil Contractor depends upon the Site Management or

information to be given by the CMRL, the concerened agency shall provide correct and

accurate information in time so as to enable them to meet their respective programs.

(5) It is to be ensured that all provisions for access and delivery of plant is Co-coordinated




with and reflected in the Co-coordinated drawings for Delivery Routes. The Contractor

shall also ensure that all plants and equipments are delivered at mutually agreed time to

allow openings to be left in the structure for such delivery in accordance with the

Programme.

(6) The Civil Contractor shall conduct regular meetings with CMRL necessary to clarify

particular aspects of the interfacing requirements of the works. He will also attend regular

Co-ordination meetings convened by the Employer / Engineer for interface.

(7) The Civil Contractor shall, in carrying out his co-ordination responsibilities, raise in good

time and provide sufficient information for the Employer to decide on any disagreement

with the Agencies. If the Contractor despite having taken all reasonable efforts cannot

resolve such disagreement, then the decision of the Engineer shall be final.

(8) The Contractor shall ensure the presence of his qualified and experienced representative

during Civil construction of station/cut & cover tunnel to enable proper interface with

other Contractors so as to ensure smooth completion of works.

(9) The Contractor may apply for access to be provided to his staff for inspections, bringing

materials and equipment to the Site. However the security of material and equipment

brought to the Site will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

(10) Construction of Cable ducts, to an extent as an integral part of the permanent works, shall

be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall interface with the CMRL/ other

designated contractors regarding this.

(11) The Contractor shall interface with the E&M Agency regarding cut-outs to be made in

structures for routing E & M Services. The Contractor shall provide these cut-outs.

(12) Regarding seepage, drainage and sewage system in the tunnel and station, the Contractor

shall be responsible for sumps, embedded and exposed piping up to

the seepage and sewage sump level. Construction for the drainage system (seepage and

sewage) and provision of pumps including suction and delivery piping work beyond the

sump to final discharge point shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

8. INTERFACE WITH CONTRACTORS

At the boundaries of the respective Sites, the Contractor shall agree, with the contractors, a

programme and construction method for the joining of the work elements to achieve a

smooth transition of the alignment from one site to the other. This agreement shall also

include road/utility diversion schemes, drainage and any other interfacing requirements.








PART-2

WORKS REQUIREMENT

SECTION VI

VOLUME 3

OCCUPATIONAL, HEALTH, SAFETY &

ENVIRONMENT (REVISED)

NOVEMBER 2016




Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase-1 - Extension Section VI, Volume 3 OHSE


Occupational, Health, Safety and Environmental i November 2016

Table of Contents

1. Scope................................................................................................................................. 1

1.2 Application of this document ........................................................................................ 11.3 Purpose of this document.............................................................................................. 11.4 Chennai Metro Rail OHS&E Objectives ...................................................................... 22 Reference publications................................................................................................. 2

3 Terms and definitions ................................................................................................... 2

4 SHE management system requirements ................................................................. 4

4.1 General requirement ........................................................................................................ 44.3.1 Hazard identification, risk assessment and determining controls ..................... 6

4.3.2 Legal and other requirements .................................................................................. 7

4.3.3 Objectives and programme(s) .................................................................................. 8

4.4 Implementation and operation ...................................................................................... 94.4.1 Resources, roles, responsibility, accountability and authority ...................... 9

4.4.2 Competence, training and awareness.................................................................. 11

4.4.3 Communication, participation and consultation ............................................... 14

4.4.4 Documentation ........................................................................................................... 16

4.4.5 Control of documents ............................................................................................... 16

4.4.6 Operational control ................................................................................................... 17

4.4.7 Emergency preparedness and response ............................................................ 18

4.5.2 Evaluation of compliance ........................................................................................ 19

4.5.3 Incident investigation, nonconformity, corrective action and preventive action

20

4.5.4 Control of records ..................................................................................................... 21

4.5.5 Audit .............................................................................................................................. 21

Safety Audit Compliance of Safety Audit for OSHE on following terms: ................. 21

4.6 Management review ....................................................................................................... 224.7 Deductions ....................................................................................................................... 22



Occupational, Health, Safety and Environmental 1 November 2016

1. Scope1.1 The Employer’s Requirements OHS&E Volume 1 details the requirements of the

Employer for Safety, Health and Environmental control measures associated with the

Contractor and any other agency, to be practiced on all Chennai Metro Rail Limited

(CMRL) construction sites or associated premises.

1.2 Application of this document

1.2.1 The Employer’s Requirements, OHS&E Volume 1 applies to all aspects of the

Contractor’s scope of work, including that conducted by their appointed sub-Contractor

and other agencies on their behalf. There shall be no activity associated with the

Chennai Metro Rail project, which is exempted from the purview of this document. The

Employer’s Requirements OHS&E Volume 1 is supplemented with a further 3 OHS&E

Volumes for ease of reference. Their individual scope and applicability is as follows;

1.2.2 OHS&E Volume 1 is the controlling document for all Contracts and is fixed throughout

the term of the project. Compliance with OHS&E Volume 1 is mandatory.

1.2.3 OHS&E Volume 2 provides Safety & Health guidance that the Contractor may choose to

use unless stated as mandatory within Volume 1. The contents of OHS&E Volume 2

remains subject to revision by the Employer’s Representative in the event of new

Legislation or changing circumstances. The information contained within Volume 2 shall

be used by the Employer’s Representative in assessing the sufficiency and suitability of

the Contractor’s management systems and performance.

1.2.4 OHS&E Volume 3 provides Environmental guidance and procedural requirements for

the project. Volume 3 remains subject to periodic revision and updating.

1.2.5 OHS&E Volume 4 is specifically for projects involving tunnelling and its use is

mandatory. Volume 4 remains subject to revision and updating during the project period

in light of legislative or methodology changes.

1.3 Purpose of this document

The purpose of this document, the Employer’s Requirements, OHS&E Volume 1 is to

provide Contractors and other interested parties with the mandatory requirements

relating to Health, Safety and the Environment practices and performance expectations

on the Chennai Metro Rail Project.

This document:

a) Describes the OHS&E interfaces between the Employer, Employer’s Representative

and the Contractor;

b) Details the processes by which the Contractor shall manage OHS&E issues while

carrying out the works under the contract and;

c) Describes by reference, the practices, procedures and requirements pertaining to

the Chennai Metro Rail Project.




1.4 Chennai Metro Rail OHS&E ObjectivesChennai Metro Rail Limited has identified five principle objectives for attainment during the

project. These long-term objectives shall be supported with quarterly, short and medium term

objectives to enable structured advancement in overall performance. Our Short and medium term

objectives also aim to facilitate effective monitoring and measurement to identify where a

directional change may be necessary. Our Long-term objectives are:

1. To eliminate or minimize the unwanted effects of hazards and risks to personnel, members

of the public and other stakeholders who may be exposed to the undertakings associated

with the construction of the Chennai Metro Rail project

2. Establish an effective and robust OHS&E management system that will enable Contractors

to achieve international recognition and registration to the BS EN 18001:2007 Series.

3. Actively contribute to Contractors development through support, encouragement,

determination in control and transfer of knowledge and skills in order to make the move from

traditional compliance driven management through to risk managed processes.

4. To simplify the risk concept, to ensure a sensible approach to risk management and simplify

hazard awareness training through adoption of the ALARP (As low as reasonably

practicable) principles.

5. To practice ‘Best Practice’ within the construction industry - Establishing a work environment

that conforms to international health & safety standards and make recommendation to

improve effectiveness of regulations both nationally and locally.

2 Reference publicationsBS EN ISO 9000:2005, Quality management systems — Fundamentals and vocabulary

BS EN ISO 9001:2008, Quality management systems — Requirements

BSENISO14001:2004, Environmental management systems —Requirements with guidance

BS EN ISO 19011:2002, Guidelines for quality and/or environmental management systems

auditing

BS OHSAS 18001:2007, Occupational health and safety management systems Requirements

BS OHSAS 18002, Occupational health and safety management systems – Guidelines for the

implementation of BS OHSAS 18001

PAS 99, Specification of common management system requirements as a framework for

integration

International Labour Organization:2001, Guidelines on occupational health and safety

management systems — ILO-OSH 2001

Health & Safety Guidance (HSG) Health and Safety Executive Publications United Kingdom

3 Terms and definitions3.1 Acceptable risk. Risk that has been reduced to a level that can be tolerated by the organization

having regard to its legal obligations and its own OHS&E policy.

3.2 Accident. Incident giving rise to injury, ill health or fatality




3.2 ALARP (As low as reasonably practicable) principles.

3.3 Audit. Systematic, independent and documented process for obtaining “audit evidence” and

evaluating it objectively to determine the extent to which “audit criteria” are fulfilled

3.4 BOCWA. Building and Other Construction Workers (Regular Employment and Conditions of

Service) Act, 1996

3.5 BOCWR. Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of

Service) Central Rules, 1998

3.6 Safety Manager. An officer nominated by CMRL who is the overall responsible for monitoring all

OHS&E functions prescribed in this document.

3.7 CMRL. Chennai Metro Rail Limited

3.8 Competent person. Person with the appropriate combination of skill, knowledge, qualifications

and experience

3.9 Continual improvement. Recurring process of enhancing the OHS&E management system in

order to achieve improvements in overall OHS&E performance consistent with the organization’s

OHS&E policy

3.10 Corrective action. Action to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity or other

undesirable situation

3.11 Design Risk Assessments. Used to record the actions of designers when reducing risks inconstruction and for future repairs and maintenance issues.

3.12 Employer. Chennai Metro Rail Limited (CMRL).

3.13 Hazard. Source, situation, or act with a potential for harm in terms of human injury or ill health, or

a combination of these

3.14 Hazard identification. Process of recognizing that a hazard exists and defining its

characteristics

3.15 Health surveillance. Monitoring health of employees to detect signs or symptoms of

work‑related ill health so that steps can be taken to eliminate, or reduce the probability of, further

harm

3.16 Ill health. Identifiable, adverse physical or mental condition arising from and/or made worse by a

work activity and/or work-related situation

3.17 Incident. Work-related event(s) in which an injury or ill health (regardless of severity) or fatality

occurred, or could have occurred. An accident is an incident which has given rise to injury, ill-

health or fatality. An incident where no injury, ill health, or fatality occurs may also be referred to

as a “near-miss”, or “dangerous occurrence”.

3.18 Interested party. Person or group, inside or outside the workplace, concerned with or affected by

the OHS&E performance of an organization

3.19 Nonconformity. On-fulfilment of a requirement; A nonconformity can be any deviation from:

relevant work standards, practices, procedures, legal requirements, etc. or OHS&E management

system requirements. A nonconformity can be any deviation from: — relevant work standards,

practices, procedures, legal requirements, etc. — OHS&E management system criteria.

3.20 OHS&E management system. Part of an organization’s management system used to develop

and implement its OHS&E policy and manage its OHS&E risks. A management system is a set of




interrelated elements used to establish policy and objectives and to achieve those objectives. A

management system includes organizational structure, planning activities (including for example,

risk assessment and the setting of objectives), responsibilities, practices, procedures, processes

and resources.

3.21 OHS&E objective. OHS&E goal, in terms of OHS&E performance that an organization sets itself

to achieve.

3.22 OHS&E performance. Measurable results of an organization’s management of its OHS&E risks

3.23 OHS&E policy. Overall intentions and direction of an organization related to its OHS&E

performance as formally expressed by top management

3.24 Preventive action. Action to eliminate the cause of a potential nonconformity (3.19) or other

undesirable potential situation

3.25 Procedure. Specified way to carry out an activity or a process

3.26 Record. Document stating results achieved or providing evidence of activities performed

3.27 Risk. Combination of the likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or exposure(s) and

the severity of injury or ill health that can because by the event or exposure(s)

3.28 Risk assessment. Process of evaluating the risk(s) arising from a hazard(s), taking into account

the adequacy of any existing controls, and deciding whether or not the risk(s) is acceptable

3.29 Risk control. Selection and application of suitable measures to reduce risk

3.30 Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement within this document

3.31 Stakeholders. Those with a vested interest in an organization’s achievements that includes, but

is not limited to, internal and “outsourced” employees, customers, suppliers, partners, employees,

distributors, investors, insurers, shareholders, owners, government and regulators.

3.32 Status review. Formal evaluation of the OHS&E management system

3.33 Top management. Person or group of people who direct and control an organization at the

highest level

3.34 Worker representative. Representative of employee occupational health and safety

4 SHE management system requirements4.1 General requirement

4.1.1 The Contractor shall define and document the scope of its Occupational Safety Health and

Environmental (OHS&E) management system to meet legal requirements and the requirements

of Chennai Metro Rail Limited as stated within this document.

4.1.2 The Contractor’s OHS&E management system shall determine how the organisation shall

document, implement, maintain and continually improve upon performance in accordance with

the requirements of the International OHSAS Standard to which the Employer is committed.




4.2 CMRL OHS&E Policy Statement of IntentChennai Metro Rail Limited consider that health, safety and environmental management is of

equal importance in comparison to any other aspect of business management and as such is

committed to promoting high standards of safety, health, environment and welfare on all of their

sites and premises. To achieve this Chennai Metro Rail shall:

Constantly work towards improving the safety culture at all levels.

Ensure compliance with all relevant legal duties in respect of health and safety at work

Legislation.

Provide adequate resources for planning and controlling working conditions and safe

Systems of work.

Work with our Contractors and suppliers to improve their safety performance, by

Measuring and monitoring their performance.

Responsibilities and performance requirements for Safety, Health and the Environment are

available on the Chennai Metro Rail Limited website. In summary: -

All Contractors, employees, sub-Contractors, consultants, suppliers and visitors have

A duty to play an active role in achieving our objectives through compliance with their

Legal obligations and this Safety Policy.

Participation and consultation are vital aspects of this Policy and to the achievement of

our objectives. Contractors and Staff are encouraged and expected to:

Discuss safety, health and welfare matters with their managers, and company Safety,

Health & Environmental Representatives who will offer or obtain further expert advice,

where necessary.

Co-operate at all times; contribute good ideas and improvements; report defects and short

falls.

The correction of any breach of statutory provision or Chennai Metro Rail Limited requirements

on health and safety shall take priority. Should appropriate action not be taken to meet the

required standards, this will be taken seriously and may lead to disciplinary action being taken.

This Policy Statement shall be displayed prominently on all Chennai Metro Rail Limited sites and

offices and will be kept under review to ensure its relevance.

____________________

Managing Director

Chennai Metro Rail Limited November 2016




4.3Planning

4.3.1 Hazard identification, risk assessment and determining controls

4.3.1.1 The Contractor shall submit a procedure detailing the process in place for the identification of

Hazards and Risks and the determination of control measures including the relevant standards

as per clause 4.4.4.1.2. The Procedure shall incorporate the Employer’s Requirements within

this and other applicable OHS&E Volumes.

4.3.1.2 Management of Change

4.3.1.2.1 All temporary and permanent changes to organisational, personnel, systems, procedures,

equipment, products, materials or substances shall be evaluated by the Contractor and managed

to ensure that health, safety and environmental risks arising from these changes remain at an

acceptable level. Changes made by the Contractor are subject to submittal and notice of no

objection by the Employer’s Representative prior to adopting change.

4.3.1.3 Risk Register & Hazard Log

4.3.1.3.1 The Contractor’s Construction Health and safety Plan shall contain a detailed ‘Risk Register’ and

‘Hazard Log’ specific to the project. The register and log shall be assessed against the CMRL

OHS&E requirements Volume 2.

4.3.1.3.2 The Hazard Log shall identify future method statement, risk assessment and operational

procedures pertaining to specific equipment and operations in relation risk and local

environmental constraints. Construction phase OHS&E Plans shall not be accepted without a

fully completed Hazard Log and Risk Register.

4.3.1.4 Method Statements

4.3.1.4.1 Method statements are to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative a minimum of 28 days

prior to task commencement to ensure sufficient time is available for review and notice of no

objection.

4.3.1.4.2 Method statements shall contain the information requirements as prescript within the CMRL

OHS&E Volume 2.

4.3.1.4.3 Method statements shall incorporate the control measures within the process methodology as

identified within the risk assessment.

4.3.1.4.4 A copy of the relevant method statement for the activity being undertaken shall be available on

site for reference by all site management and supervisors.

4.3.1.5 Risk Assessment production &submittal

4.3.1.5.1 Risk assessments shall contain as a minimum, the information as specified within the CMRL

OHS&E Volume 2. The Contractor may choose to use their own format however the risk

tolerances, probability and consequences must be included.

4.3.1.5.2 Risk assessments shall be produced and submitted to the Employer a minimum of 28 days prior

to task commencement for notice of no objection. Risk assessments may be submitted

independently or as part of a Method Statement.




4.3.1.5.3 Generic risk assessments other than routine activities of low risk shall not be accepted by the

Employer.

4.3.1.5.4 Risk assessments shall be regularly reviewed to ensure they remain suitable and sufficient. Risk

assessment reviews shall be undertaken where an incident has occurred and when a change in

location may introduce additional risks from construction activities.

4.3.1.5.5 Substances hazardous to health shall be subject to assessment by the Contractor. Where

Hazardous substances are identified for use within a process the assessment and determining

controls shall be included within the relative method statement.

4.3.1.6 Design Risk Assessment

4.3.1.6.1 Design Risk Assessments shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for granting of no

objection. Design risk assessments shall accompany all drawing submittals for operations

involving;

Temporary works,

Formwork & false-work

Heavy lifting equipment.

4.3.1.6.2 Drawings shall not be accepted by the Employers Representative without accompanying design

risk assessment.

4.3.2 Legal and other requirements4.3.2.1 Contractor shall comply with all legal obligations and the requirements of Chennai Metro Rail

Limited as contained herein.

4.3.2.2 Indian statutory requirements

The Contractor shall abide by all national, state and local bye-laws. It is the duty of the Contractor

to ensure that all sub-Contractors appointed also comply with their legal obligations as listed

below but not limited to:

i. Building and other Construction Worker (Regulation of employment and conditions of

service) Act, 1996 and the relevant rules framed there under.

ii.Indian Electricity Act 2003 and Rules 1956

iii.National Building Code, 2005

iv.Factories Act, 1948,

v.Motor Vehicles Act as amended in 1994, The Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989.

vi. Indian Road Congress Code IRC: SP: 55-2001 ‘Guidelines on Safety In Road

Construction Zones.

vii.The Petroleum Act, 1934 and Rules1976

viii.Gas Cylinder Rules, 2003

ix.Indian Explosives Act. 1884, along with the Explosives substance Act 1908 and the

explosives Rules 1983

x.The (Indian) Boilers Act, 1923




xi.The Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 and Rules 1991

xii.Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and Rules 1950

xiii.Contract Labour Act, 1970 and Rules 1971

xiv.Child Labour (Prohibitions & Regulations) Act, 1986 and Rules 1950

xv.Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Rules 1986

xvi.Air (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, 1981

xvii.Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

xviii.The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000

xix.Notification on Control of Noise from Diesel Generator (DG) sets, 2002

xx.Recycled Plastic Usage Rules, 1998

xxi.Notification, Central Ground Water Board, Act January 1997

xxii.Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989

xxiii.The Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989

xxiv.Hazardous Waste Management Rules 1989 (as amended in 1999)

xxv.Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules

xxvi.Fly ash utilization notification, Sept 1999 as amended in August 2003

xxvii.Workman Compensation Act, 1923 along with allied Rules

4.3.2.3 International Standards, Guidelines & ISO Certifications

4.3.2.3.1 If the requirements stated in this document are in conflict or inconsistent with the requirements of

applicable laws or the Employer’s Requirements for the CMR project, the more stringent

requirements shall apply.

4.3.2.3.2 The works shall be undertaken in accordance with the applicable international guidelines,

standards and specifications on OHS&E and every Contractor shall actively pursue the

achievement of:

BS EN OHSAS 18001:2007 - OHS Management Systems

ISO 14001-2004: Environmental Management Systems

4.3.2.3.3 The process of international certification to BS EN 18001:2007 and ISO 14001-2004 standard

shall commence immediately after the award of Contract through appointment of ISO accrediting

body for obtaining the certification. Should this not be undertaken by the Contractor within 3

months of the Contract award, the Employer’s Representative shall appoint at the Contractor’s

cost.

4.3.2.3.4 Should the Contractor already possess such certification, the scope of the CMRL project must be

included on the Contractor’s certification within 1 year of Contract commencement and proof of

such attainment demonstrated to Chennai Metro Rail Limited.

4.3.3 Objectives and programme(s)4.3.3.1 The Contractor shall maintain procedures to establish detailed OHS&E objectives and

performance criteria. Such objectives and performance criteria shall be developed to incorporate

the Chennai Metro Rail policy and strategic OHS&E objectives. The Contractor’s objectives shall




be quantified, wherever practicable, and identified with defined timescales. The Contractor is

required to submit for notice of no objection their procedure and objectives as per clause 4.4.4.1

of this control document.

4.4 Implementation and operation4.4.1 Resources, roles, responsibility, accountability and authority

4.4.1.1 The Contractor shall detail within the Construction Health, Safety and Environmental Plan the

planned roles and resources allocated for the CMRL project. In addition to the staffing

arrangements the Contractor shall prescribe the responsibilities specific to role, accountability

and the authority under which they operate.

4.4.1.2 Safety, health & environmental resources shall be provided by the Contractor as per the Contract

value in table 1.

Table 1 Mandatory Contractor OHS&E management resource requirement

1 2 3 4 5 6

ContractValue in (Cr.)

Chief OH S&EManager

SeniorOHS&EManager

JuniorOHS&EManager

SafetySteward

SeniorElectricalEngineer

JuniorElectricalEngineer

Up to 2 - - 1

Refer to note

1

- 1

Up to 10 - 1

Refer to note

1

1

Refer to note

2

Up to 25 1

Refer to note

1

1

Up to 100 1 1

Up to 250 1 1

250 or more 1 1




4.4.1.3 Responsibility

4.4.1.4 The Health and Safety Manager of the Contractor is responsible and accountable for compliance

with the conditions and clauses within this document.

4.4.1.5 The Health and Safety Manager is responsible to ensure that the necessary resources are

allocated and made available to meet the requirements as laid out within this document and other

referenced materials to include Legal Requirements (4.3.2).

4.4.1.6 For all works carried out by the Contractor and appointed sub-Contractor’s, the responsibility

for ensuring OHS&E resources remains with the main Contractor. Activities undertaken by the

Contractor’s Sub-Contractors shall be monitored by the Contractor at all times to ensure

compliance with agreed safe systems of working.

4.4.1.7 All Contractor’sOHS&E personnel shall report to the Health and Safety Manager who shall report

directly to the Project Manager of the Contractor’s organisation. This shall be reflected in the

Contractor’s organisation charts within the OHS&E plan and Quality Management Plan.

4.4.1.8 The Employer shall monitor adherence to the provisions of Table 1. Where deviation is evident this

shall be recorded as a non-conformance.

4.4.1.9 The Contractor shall provide all OHS&E personnel with such facilities, equipment and information

that are necessary to enable them to dispatch their duties effectively.

4.4.1.10 The Contractor’s Safety Managers, Safety Advisors and Officers are responsible for ensuring that

reports on the performance of the OHS&E management system are presented to top management

7 8 9 10 11

Contract Value

in (Cr.)

Occupational

Health officer with

Necessary

Nursing

Assistants (Refer

Note 3)

Environmental

Manager

Senior OHS&E

Traffic Engineer

Refer to Note 4

Housekeeping &

barricade

maintenance

Labour Welfare

Officer

Up to 2 - - -

Refer to Note 5

-

Up to 10 1 (PT) 1 1 1

Up to 25 1(PT) 1 1 1

Up to 100 1(PT) 1 1 1

Up to 250 2(FT) 1 11 with support

staff

250 or More 2(FT)1 with support

staff1

1 with support

staff

Note 1 Qualified and trained OHS&E Professionals as per Table 2withrequiredsupportstaffto be deployed

at each work site at each shift. Qualifications of appointed OHS&E personnel shall be in

accordance with section 4.4.2 Competence, Awareness and Training, within this document.

Note 2 Qualified and trained Electrical Engineers/supervisors to be deployed at each worksite for each

shift.

Note 3 (PT) means Part-Time and (FT) means Full-time.

Note 4 Senior OHS&E(Traffic) Engineer Post and Barricade Manager posts are applicable to contracts

where the work has to be executed either below or over the public right-of-way such as Viaduct

Station Contracts.

Note 5 One Housekeeping Manager/ Barricade Manager supported by required supervisors and workmen

necessary to maintain a clean and tidy site or yard.




for review and used as a basis for improvement of the OHS&E management system.

4.4.1.11 The Contractor’s Safety Managers, Safety Advisors and Officers are responsible for independently

monitoring the operations of the Contractor, where deficiencies are identified they are responsible

to report their findings immediately to the Site Engineer in charge who then must take action as

directed.

4.4.1.12 Accountability

4.4.1.13 In cases where the Contractor fails to provide the minimum required manpower as illustrated in

Table 1, or fails to fill vacancies created within 30 days, the same shall be dealt with deduction as

shown in Table-3.

4.4.1.14 No OHS&E personnel shall be permitted to do any work which is unconnected to, inconsistent with

or detrimental to the performance of the OHS&E duties.

4.4.1.15 Supervisors must ensure that the employees under their direct supervision are working

incompliance with the approved safe systems of working.

4.4.1.16 Authority

4.4.1.17 The Contractor’s Safety Managers, Safety Advisors and Officers authority shall be stated within the

Construction Health and Safety Plan and the authority level must be communicated to all

Contractor’s Staff including sub-Contractors.

4.4.1.18 The Contractor’s Safety Managers, Safety Advisors and Officers shall have the authority as

assigned by the General Manager to suspend works where deviation from an approved method of

working occurs that presents a risk of injury, equipment or property damage.

4.4.1.19 The Employer’s Representative shall have the right to stop the work at his/her sole discretion, if in

his opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that a risk of injury, property and or

equipment damage may exist. The Contractor shall not proceed with the work until remedial works

have been complied with under the direction and satisfaction of the Employer. Should the

Contractor continue to work without implementing the Employer’s Representatives instruction,

clause 4.4.2.2 shall be applied to the individual responsible for the decision to proceed.

4.4.1.20 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any damages or compensation for stoppage of work, due to

safety reasons.

T he period of such stoppages of work shall not be taken as an extension of time for completion of

the facilities and will not be the ground for waiver of levy of liquidated damages.

4.4.2 Competence, training and awareness4.4.2.1 The Contractor shall ensure that the recruitment, selection and placement processes shall be in

place to ensure that personnel are qualified, competent, and physically fit for assigned tasks. TheContractor shall produce a procedure that shall be made available to the Employer’s Representativefor notice of no objection as per Clause 4.4.4.1.2 of this document. The procedure shall define theprocesses in place to ensure competence.

4.4.2.2 The Contractor’s attention is drawn to Part I General Conditions Clause 6.9 (d), whereby any

person employed thereon, who in the opinion of the Employer's Representative, misconducts

himself or is incompetent or negligent or fails to conform with any particular provisions with regard

to safety, health or environment which is set out in the Contractor’s OHS&E Plan or a requirement

of the Contract, or persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety or health, shall be removed

from site immediately, and such persons shall not be employed again upon the Works. The decision

of the Employer’s Representative in this regard shall be final.

4.4.2.3 Notice of No Objection from the Employer’s Representative

4.4.2.3.1 The name, educational qualifications and work experience for all persons intended for a

Contractor’sOHS&E role shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for notice prior to

employment. Only upon notice of no objection by the Employer’s Representative shall OHS&E

personnel be authorised to work on a CMRL site.

4.4.2.3.2 The Contractor shall appoint the required OHS&E personnel in accordance with the qualifications

and experience as listed in Table 2.




Table 2 OHS&E Personnel Qualifications & Experience

Item Designation QualificationExperience

(Years)

1 Chief OHS&EManager

A recognised degree in any branch of engineering orarchitecture followed by a recognised degree or diploma inindustrial safety and a practical experience of working in abuilding or other construction work in a supervisory capacity fora period of not less than fifteen years.

15

2 OHS&E Manager A recognised degree in any branch of engineering followedby a recognised degree or diploma in industrial safety anda practical experience of building or other constructionwork in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less thanten years.

10

3 Junior OHS&E

Manager

A recognised degree or diploma in any branch of engineering

or a degree in science followed by a recognised degree or

diploma in industrial safety and a practical experience of

building or other construction work in a supervisory capacity

for a period of not less than five years.

5

4 Safety Steward Any basic qualification with any OHS&E related certificate

courses.

2 Years

5 Senior ElectricalManager

Degree in Electrical Engineering + Govt. Recognized ElectricalLicence holder

2 Years

6 Electrical

Manager

Diploma in Electrical Engineering + Govt. Recognized Electrical

Licence holder

1 Year

7 Occupational

Health Officer

MBBS with Govt. recognized degree /diploma in Industrial /

occupational health

1 Year

8 Environmental

Manager

Govt. Recognized PG Degree/ PG Diploma/ Degree in

Environmental Engineering/ Science

2 Years

9 Senior Traffic

Engineer

Govt. Recognized PG Degree/ Degree/ Diploma in

Traffic/Transportation Engineering or Planning

1 Year

10 Housekeeping &

Barrier Manager

Any Diploma in Engineering 1 Year

Note: In some extraordinary cases, where the candidate had earlier worked in CMRL projects, they can be

considered for the following posts:

(i) Senior OHS&E Manager

(ii) Junior OHS&E Manager

Depending upon the qualification and number of years of experience on a case to case basis even if

they do not possess the prescribed qualification as listed above.

4.4.2.3.3 Wherea s p o t e n t i a l candidate has previously worked in a Metro Rail construction environment

and does not possess the qualifications and or the necessary experience as listed in Table 2 for

the particular role, the Employer’s Representative may upon a successful interview of the

candidate grant a waiver subject to successful completion of a probation period of 3 months.

4.4.2.3.4 In order to effectively interact on labour welfare matters with the Employer’s Representative and the

statutory authorities enforcing the labour welfare legislations every Contractor shall employ a full

time Labour Welfare Officer duly qualified and experienced as per clause

4.4.2.3.5 OHS&E Induction Training




4.4.2.3.6 The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working at the site receive an induction OHS&E

training explaining the nature of the work, reporting & communication routes the hazards that may

be encountered during the site work and the particular hazards attached to their own function within

the operation. The training shall cover as a minimum the contents as directed within OHS&E

Volume 2.

4.4.2.3.7 Records of all inductions shall be maintained by the Contractor and be made available for

inspection by the Employer upon request.

4.4.2.3.8 The Contractor shall provide their workforce and management staff with an OHS&E induction

Handbook containing the information as per the induction training.

4.4.2.3.9 A condensed induction shall be given by the Contractor to all visitors. The induction briefing shall

include the risk and hazards associated with the particular site and the operations being conducted.

4.4.2.3.10 All personnel shall be issued a temporary ID upon the completion of the Contractor’s’ induction.

The temporary ID shall be signed by the Human Resource Manager or appointed representative

and limited to a 2 week validity period at which time the temporary ID shall be replaced with a

permanent ID including photograph.

4.4.2.3.11 Individuals found on site by the Employer’s Representative without-dated temporary ID cards shall

be removed from site

4.4.2.4 OHS&E Training

4.4.2.4.1 The Contractor shall assess the training requirements for all the employees, plan and initiate a

training program to fulfil the training needs assessment. The assessment of training needs shall

incorporate all levels of staff including Sub-Contractor’s against an individual’s role, responsibility,

ability, language skill and risk.

4.4.2.4.2 The Contractor shall produce a ‘Training Implementation Plan’ to incorporate the findings of the

needs assessment.

4.4.2.4.3 The training needs assessment together with Implementation Plan shall be submitted to the

Employer’s Representative for notice of no objection within 4 weeks of commencement. The

Employer’s Representative shall evaluate the assessment and plan against the base line training

matrix contained within OHS&E Volume 2.

4.4.2.4.4 Records of all training conducted shall be maintained and made available for inspection by the

Employer’s Representative upon request.

4.4.2.4.5 Should the Contractor fail to provide the training identified within the Contractor’s assessment,

implementation plan and the Employer’s Representative’s Training matrix within the agreed

timescales, this shall be reflected in the potential scores awarded within the monthly audit report.

4.4.2.4.6 Specific training with regard to the provisions of the Construction Safety Plan, and associated

operational and system procedures shall be conducted by the Contractor for all persons with

supervision responsibilities. Records of training including duration shall be maintained.




4.4.3 Communication, participation and consultation

4.4.3.1 Communication

4.4.3.1.1 The Contractor shall produce a ‘High Quality’ quarterly newsletter on a rotational basis with other

Contractors. Rotation shall be announced within the Employer’s Representative’s OHS&E

Committee meetings.

4.4.3.1.2 All Contractors including the Employer’s Representative shall provide input into the rotational

Contractor for the newsletter content such as details of accidents, incidents and near misses

together with any lessons learned; specific safety initiatives; internal competitions and workforce

awards etc.

4.4.3.1.3 The Employer’s Representative shall be issued the draft newsletter for review prior to the

Contractor’s publishing.

4.4.3.1.4 The OHS&E Newsletters shall publicise all Contractor’sOHS&E performances over the previous 3

months in relation to OHS&E Audits and shall form the basis for the Employer’s Representative’s

Awards programme. Results of audits shall be provided by the Employer’s Representative for

inclusion.

4.4.3.1.5 The quarterly newsletters shall be issued to all interested parties and be promulgated at site level.

Where language barriers exists the contents of the newsletters shall be communicated by the

Workforce Representative to ensure understanding.

4.4.3.1.6 At site level the Contractor shall erect pertinent awareness signage and posters. Posters shall be

changed on a monthly basis to maintain impact.

4.4.3.1.7 Poster campaigns shall be discussed and agreed at the Employer’s Representative’s Committee

Meeting to maintain a consistent improvement programme across all CMRL Sites.

4.4.3.1.8 Informational posters, banners etc. shall be provided both in Tamil and English.

4.4.3.1.9 Toolbox talks or team briefings shall be carried out daily by the Contractor and correspond to the

works activities being undertaken or to communicate a specific awareness initiative. Toolbox talks

shall not replace professional training.

4.4.3.1.10 Records of all toolbox talks undertaken together with the date, topic, participant’s names and

signatures shall be maintained and made available for inspection by the Employer’s

Representative.

4.4.3.1.11 Method statement and risk assessment briefings shall be carried out prior to the commencement of

a new task and or when a change to the method of working arises. Records of all such briefings

shall be maintained by the Contractor.

4.4.3.1.12 Visitor information signage shall be posted at site entrances detailing where to report and contact

information. Note: visitors shall be accompanied at all times by site security where office locations

require walking through operational areas.

4.4.3.1.13 Public Liaison

4.4.3.1.14 Public informational signage and Contractor contact information shall be posted externally to the

site.

4.4.3.1.15 The Contractor shall appoint an individual as a Public liaison Officer to communicate directly with

members of the public regarding forthcoming operations, what to expect, noise expectancy,

duration of operations etc.

4.4.3.2 Participation and consultation

4.4.3.2.1.The Contractor shall establish a Safety Committee within 4 weeks of commencement that shall be

chaired by the Contractor’s Project Director.

4.4.3.2.2 The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative of the establishment of the Committee

together with the committee members’ names and designation. The Contractor’s Chief Safety

Manager, Senior Safety Manager, Plant & procurement Manager and Human Resources Manager




shall form the minimum committee members. Site based personal shall be represented within the

Committee by the attendance of Site Manager(s) and the Workforce OHS&E Representative.

4.4.3.2.3 The Employer’s Representative shall be invited to attend the Contractor’s Safety Committee

meetings.

4.4.3.2.4 The Contractor’sOHS&E Committee shall meet on a monthly basis throughout the duration of the

Contract.

4.4.3.2.5 The Committee shall review the previous month’s performance, to include, inspections and audits

undertaken, accidents and incidents and any concerns or complaints that have been raised. Short

term objectives and targets for improvement shall be set for completion by the next scheduled

Committee meeting.

4.4.3.2.6 The Safety committee shall undertake a formal site inspection to be scheduled on a 2 monthly

basis. The inspection shall review progress regarding the achievement of short term targets. The

Committee shall produce a report stating progress made together with any corrective actions

required and issue to the Employer’s Representative within 7 days following the Inspection.

4.4.3.2.7 Minutes of the Committee meeting shall be issued within 2 days and promulgated to all members

including the Employer’s Representative. The minutes of meeting shall also be posted on all sites

within the workforce area. The minutes intended for site communication shall be in both Tamil and

English.

4.4.3.3 Employer’s Representative OHS&E Committee

4.4.3.3.1 A Safety Health and Environmental Committee shall be established by the Employer’s

Representative and shall sit every 3 months throughout the project period. All Contractors shall be

required to attend the quarterly meetings who shall be represented by their General Manager and

Chief Safety Manager.

4.4.3.3.2 The Committee shall review previous performances project wide and set short and medium term

objectives and targets for achievement within the next reporting period.

4.4.3.3.3 The Employer’s Representative reserves the right to call an Emergency Meeting of the Committee

members in the event of a serious incident that requires immediate change to the operational

methods of working.

4.4.3.3.4 Minutes of the Employer’s Representatives OHS&E Committee shall be promulgated to all

Contractor’s within 3days.

4.4.3.4 Workforce Representation

4.4.3.4.1 All workers shall have access to a Workforce OHS&E Representative who is responsible to

communicate directly with the labour force with regard to safety and health. The representative’s

name and contact number shall be posted on all sites externally to the site office.

4.4.3.4.2 The Workforce OHS&E Representative shall be made a member of the OHS&E Committee and

attend all meetings.

4.4.3.4.3 The OHS&E Representative shall meet the labour force on a monthly basis to discuss health,

welfare, safety initiatives and or concerns the workforce may have. Minutes are to be produced by

the Representative and issued formally within 2 days after the meeting date to the Contractor’s

Project Manager, General Manager and Employer’s Representative

4.4.3.4.4 A lockable site suggestion box to which only the workforce OHS&E Representative shall have

access shall be installed on all sites and within any labour accommodation camps. The suggestion

box shall be located independent from any offices, in a public area and protected from bad weather.

The OHS&E Representative shall inform the workforce that the purpose of the suggestion box is to

provide a means of participation, communicating ideas and initiatives and also for raising concerns

without fear of reprisal.

4.4.3.4.5 The contents of all suggestion boxes shall be collected and collated on a weekly basis. Where

concerns or complaints regarding the standards of health, safety or welfare have been reported

these shall be immediately reported to the Chief OHS&E Manager and Project Manager who shall




investigate the concern(s). Records of such investigations and resultant outcomes shall be

maintained.

4.4.3.4.6 Ideas, suggestions and concerns raised by the workforce during the OHS&E representative’s on

site monthly meetings shall form an agenda item within the Contractor’sOHS&E Committee

meeting.

4.4.3.4.7 Where an idea or specific suggestion is subsequently adopted for use by the Contractor’sOHS&E

Committee, the individual shall receive an OHS&E award as determined by the Contractor.

4.4.3.4.8 Where Employee awards are issued this shall be notified to the Employer’s Representative to

ensure inclusion within the Quarterly Newsletter.

4.4.3.5 Contractor Awards

The Employer shall recognize the effort, participation and commitment demonstrated by the

Contractor by nominating awards. The award type shall beat the discretion of the Employer.

4.4.4 Documentation

4.4.4.1 Management System procedures

4.4.4.1.2 The Contractor is required to submit for notice of no objection, the organisation’s top tier

Management System Procedures as listed in Table 3 that shall be adopted for use on the CMR

project.

4.4.4.1.3 System procedures shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative within 4 weeks of

commencement.

4.4.4.1.4 Construction works shall not commence until such time as a notice of no objection has been

received; applicable to all management system procedures as listed in Table 3. Should the

Contractor commence operations on site without notice, the Employer’s Representative shall award

a ‘Zero’ audit score for every month of non-compliance with this clause.

4.4.4.1.5 The Employer’s Representative shall evaluate the suitability of the Contractor’s system procedures

against the BS EN 18001:2007 and ISO 14001:2004 standards.

4.4.4.1.6 The submitted procedures shall be individually identified with a unique reference and detail in

sequence the scope, purpose, referenced material and procedure processes.

4.4.4.1.7 Where such procedures as listed in Table 3 exist within other areas of the Contractor’s

organisational management systems such as quality management, these shall not be subject to

replication if the procedure makes specific reference to Health, Safety and Environmental control.

4.4.4.1.8 Compliance standards against the Contractor’s management system procedures shall be subject to

audit by the Employer’s Representative.

Table 3OHS&E Management System Procedures

Hazard identification,

risk assessment and

determining controls

Communication,

participation &

consultation

Environmental Impact

Aspect Assessment

Objectives and

programme(s)

Training, awareness

and competence

Implementation and

operation

Accident & Incident

InvestigationLegal requirements

DocumentationMonitoring &

Measurement

Emergency

PreparednessChange control

Procurement Record keeping Audit Management review

4.4.5 Control of documents4.4.5.1 All plans, procedures and method statements shall be controlled and subject to review and formal

approval by the Contractor’s Project Director prior to issue to the Employer’s Representative.

4.4.5.2 All documents subject to review by the Employer’s Representative shall be signed by the

Contractor’s Project Director and issued formally.




4.4.5.3 Documents shall be issued as per the Employer’s Representative’s requirements regarding

Quality Management.

4.4.5.4 OHS&E Documents shall be issued, maintained, traceable and available for retrieval pursuant to

the Contractor’s ISO accredited Quality Management System.

4.4.6 Operational control4.4.6.1 Operational control shall be maintained through the implementation of the provisions stated within

the Contractor’s site specific Construction Health Safety and Environmental Plans, the contents of

which are outlined in Safety, Health and Environmental Volumes 2 and 3 and Tunnelling Volume 4

to which the Contractor shall comply.

4.4.6.2 Construction Phase Health & Safety Plan

4.4.6.2.1 The Contractor shall produce a Contract specific Construction Health & Safety Plan(CHSP) and

submit to the Employer’s Representative within 28 days of commencement.

4.4.6.2.2 The Construction Health and Safety Plan shall contain the informational requirements asper the

CHSP contents as prescript within the CMRL OHS&E Volume 2, Safety Plan contents.

4.4.6.2.3 The CHSP shall be assessed by the Employer’s Representative against the provisions as stated

within OHS&E Volume 2. Where deficiencies exist to an extent where an objection is raised,

construction activities shall be suspended until such time as the deficiencies are subject to

corrective action, re-submittal and notice of no objection by the Employer.

4.4.6.2.4 Delays incurred as a result of the Contractor failing to achieve a ‘No objection’ status from failing to

submit within the specified timescale or non-compliance with OHS&E Volume 2 shall be entirely at

the Contractor’s risk and cost.

4.4.6.2.5 The Contractor shall undertake a monthly review of the CHSP. The review shall be recorded and

the Employer’s Representative notified of any updates.

4.4.6.3 Construction Phase Site Environmental Plan

4.4.6.3.1 The Contractor shall produce a Contract specific Site Environmental Plan (SEP) and submit to the

Employer’s Representative within 28 days of commencement.

4.4.6.3.2 The Site Environmental Plan (SEP) shall contain the informational requirements as per the

contents as prescript within the CMRL Environmental Management Arrangements Volume 3,

Environmental Plan contents.

4.4.6.3.3 The SEP shall be assessed by the Employer’s Representative against the provisions as stated

within the Environmental Management Arrangements Volume 3. Where deficiencies exist to an

extent where an objection is raised, construction activities shall be suspended until such time as

the deficiencies are subject to corrective action, re-submittal and notice of no objection by the

Employer’s Representative.

4.4.6.3.4 Delays incurred as a result of the Contractor failing to achieve a ‘No objection’ status from failing to

submit within the specified timescale or non-compliance with Environmental Management

Arrangements Volume 3 shall be entirely at the Contractor’s risk and cost.

4.4.6.3.5 The Contractor shall undertake a monthly review of the SEP. The review shall be recorded and the

Employer’s Representative notified of any updates.

4.4.6.4 Operational procedures

4.4.6.4.1 The Contractor shall identify within the Hazard Log and Risk Register the operational control

procedures that shall be applicable for the CMR project under their individual scope of works.

4.4.6.4.2 Operational procedures shall be submitted for review to the Employer’s Representative for notice of

no objection together with the Construction Site Safety Plan within 4 weeks of commencement.

4.4.6.4.3 The operational procedures shall be evaluated by the Employer’s Representative against the

requirements stated within OHS&E Volume 2, international safety standards such as the

International Labour Organisation, European Norms and British Standards where an equivalent

Indian Standard does not exist.




4.4.6.4.4 Construction works shall not commence until such time as a notice of no objection has been

received; applicable to all operational procedures as identified within Table 4 and the Contractor’s

Hazard Log & Risk Register. Should the Contractor commence operations on site without notice,

the Employer’s Representative shall award a ‘Zero’ audit score for every month of non-compliance

with this clause.

4.4.6.4.5 The submitted procedures shall be individually identified with a unique reference and detail in

sequence the scope, purpose, referenced material and procedure processes.

4.4.6.4.6 In the event that the Contractor is unable to comply with the 28 day timeframe for submittal of the

minimum operational procedures as detailed within Table 4, the Contractor shall assign an

individual identification reference for the outstanding procedure within the Construction Health,

Safety & Environmental Plan together with the statement ‘Under process’. The ‘Under Process’

procedure shall be required to be submitted for notice of no objection a minimum of 28 days prior to

commencement of any activity that involves the application of the procedure.

Table 4 Operational Procedures

Lifting Operations &

Lifting EquipmentPlant & Equipment

Occupational Health

provisions

Emergency Medical

Facilities &First Aid

Personal Protective

Equipment

Permit to Work

Systems

Site Electricity &

Distribution

Welding & Cutting

operations

Incident Investigation Traffic Management Working at HeightHazardous

Substances

Site Security Fire Safety Manual Handling Site Set-up

Abrasive Wheels Public Interface Noise and VibrationWelfare

Arrangements

4.4.6.4.8 The Contractor shall adopt the following colour code scheme across all CMRL Sites to ensure

efficient recognition of relevant personnel.

Safety Helmet Colour with Logo Designation

White CMRL Staff and Employer’s Representative

Violet Contractor’s Engineers & Supervisors

Blue Sub-Contractor’s Engineers & Supervisors

Red All Electricians

Green Safety personnel

Orange Security Guards & Traffic Marshals

Yellow General Workforce

White (With VISITOR Sticker) Visitors

4.4.7 Emergency preparedness and response

4.4.7.1 Emergency Response Plan

4.4.7.1.1 The Contractor shall prepare a project specific Emergency Plan and submit to the Employer’s

Representative for notice of no objection. The Emergency Plan shall be submitted within 4 weeks

of contract Commencement.

4.4.7.1.2 The plan must identify the potential for emergencies and the provisions for responding to such




emergencies, particular to their environment and location. The Emergency planning arrangements

shall be assessed as per the provisions in OHS&E Volume 2 for suitability.

4.4.7.1.3 The Contractor shall ensure that all persons including sub-Contractors on site are aware of the

emergency procedure to follow in the event of an emergency. Awareness training shall commence

at induction and thereafter through refresher training such as toolbox talks and monthly emergency

drills. Records of refresher training and emergency drills shall be maintained.

4.4.7.1.4 Site signage shall be erected and detail the emergency process to follow and include emergency

telephone numbers, fire, ambulance, police, nearest hospital etc.

4.4.7.1.5 Arrangements shall be made by the Contractor for casualty evacuation and emergency medical

treatment. The Contractor shall enter into an agreement with a hospital to provide ambulance

services. Alternatively the Contractor shall provide a fully equipped ambulance on-site that shall be

manned by a paramedic. This provision shall be subject to the Employer’s Representatives audit.

4.5 Checking

4.5.1 Performance measurement and monitoring

4.5.1.1 The Contractor shall submit a Monthly OHS&E Progress Report no later than 7th of each month to

the Employer’s Representative. The Report shall contain the minimum information specified within

OHS&E Volume 2. The report shall contain text, tables and colour photographs.

4.5.1.2 Site Inspection

4.5.1.3 Independent of the plant and equipment inspection, testing and maintenance regimes that shall be

stated within the Contractor’s Plant and Equipment Procedures, the Contractor shall carry out site

monitoring exercises on a daily and weekly basis.

4.5.1.4 The Contractor shall ensure that all monitoring equipment is calibrated as per the manufactures

requirements. The Employer’s Representative shall be provided with test certificates for such

equipment

4.5.1.5 Site Engineers shall be required to participate in daily internal OHS&E inspections to facilitate

prompt communication and rectification of minor deviations. Records of such inspections and

rectification needs shall be maintained at site level and made available for review by the Employer’s

Representative other interested parties.

4.5.1.6 Formal site inspection reports shall be produced on a weekly basis by the Contractor’sOHS&E

personnel for each site and submitted to the Project Director and copied to the Contractor’s General

Manager.

4.5.1.7 The Contractor may choose inspection format of his/her choice, however format shall contain the

minimum information as provided within OHS&E Volume 2 regarding weekly inspection form.

4.5.1.8 The Contractor’sOHS&E Personnel shall be accompanied during a formal site inspection by the Site

Manager responsible for the particular site. The resulting inspection report shall be signed by both

the Site Manager and the OHS&E officer.

4.5.1.9 The Employer’s Representative shall formally inspect and report the Contractor’s site conditions

against the compliance criteria set within the Contractor’s operational procedures and the

Employer’s Representative’s requirements on a weekly basis. These inspections shall include

batching plant and associated yards.

4.5.1.10 The Contractor shall undertake specific inspections at the Employer’s Representative’s request

where concerns have been raised regarding the suitability of control measures and or plant or

equipment condition. Such inspections shall be carried out with immediate effect.

4.5.2 Evaluation of compliance4.5.2.1 The information submitted by the Contractor within the OHS&E Monthly Progress Report together

with the Employer’s Representatives Reports shall be evaluated against the Employer’s compliance

requirements and OHS&Eobjectives.




4.5.2.2 Inspection reports shall be evaluated against the Legal Requirements (4.3.2) to which the

Contractor is bound to comply.

4.5.2.3 The Contractor’sOHS&E Committee shall formally evaluate reports and results of accidents and or

injury on a monthly basis. The results of this evaluation such as identified changes to safe systems

of working’ shall be included with the Committee minutes

4.5.2.4 The Employer’s Representative shall evaluate ‘Accident Injury Rates’ and ‘Frequency Rates’ per

individual Contractor and as a project to determine performance against the international rates. The

international rates used to benchmark performance shall be promulgated to all Contractor’s and

other interested parties.

4.5.2.5 A Project Monthly Progress Report shall be produced by the Employer’s Representative. Evaluation

results shall be included within the relevant sections for Health Safety & the Environment.

4.5.2.6 The Contractor’s External OHS&E Audits (4.5.5) shall be evaluated by the Employer’s

Representative against the internal Standards BS EN 18001:2007 AND ISO 14001:2004.

4.5.3 Incident investigation, nonconformity, corrective action and preventive

action

4.5.3.1 Incident investigation

4.5.3.1.1 The Contractor shall undertake accident investigation for all fatal accidents, major injuries and

dangerous occurrences as defined within the Employer’s Project OHS&E VOL 2.

4.5.3.1.2 In the event of a fatality, major injury or dangerous occurrence, the Contractor shall not disturb the

accident scene or remove equipment beyond that required to make the area safe and/or for the

treatment and/or removal of casualty(s) to hospital.

4.5.3.1.3 Should the Employer’s Representative find an accident scene disturbed beyond that reasonably

expected with making an area safe, this shall be subject to thorough investigation by the

Employer’s Representative.

4.5.3.1.4 The Employer’s Representative shall be informed immediately of all fatalities, major injuries or

dangerous occurrences. Any delay in reporting to the Employer’s Representative may be subject to

disciplinary action.

4.5.3.1.5 The Contractor is responsible to report accidents, incidents and dangerous occurrences to the

relevant governing bodies as per their statutory obligations. The Contractor shall maintain

responsibility for ensuring sub-Contractor’s under their direct control also comply with this

requirement.

4.5.3.1.6 A preliminary accident notification report shall be issued to the Employer’s Representative for all

fatal and major injuries and or dangerous occurrences within 12 hours as per OHS&E Volume 2.

This shall be followed by the detailed accident report as per OHS&E Volume 2 within 48 hours of

the investigation completion.

4.5.3.1.7 Near misses and minor accidents should also be investigated by the Contractor as soon as

possible as they are signals that there are inadequacies in the safety management system.

4.5.3.1.8 In case of fatal accidents, major injuries or dangerous occurrences the Employer’s Representative

shall conduct an independent investigation. The Contractor and his staff shall extend the necessary

co-operation.

4.5.3.2 Nonconformity, corrective action and preventive action

4.5.3.2.1 The Contractor shall conform to their internal procedures regarding nonconformity, corrective action

and preventive action. The Contractor shall be audited by the Employer’s Representative for

compliance with internal procedures.

4.5.3.2.2 Major and Minor non-conformances shall be raised by the Employer’s Representative as per the

Employer’s Quality Management requirements and the OHS&E Audit criteria as defined within

OHS&E Volume 2.

4.5.3.2.3 Open non-conformances shall be reflected in the Contractor’s Monthly Audit Report and are subject

to verification by the Employer’s Representative as detailed in OHS&E Volume 2. Failure to




successfully take corrective action and close out non-conformances will impact negatively on the

Contractor’s total quarterly audit score 4.5.5.

4.5.3.2.4 Where non-conformances have been raised by an External Auditor against the BS EN 18001:2007

or ISO 14001 Standard, the Contractor shall produce and submit for review within 2 weeks, an

action plan of how and within what timescale shall the non-conformance(s) be closed-out.

4.5.3.2.5 Where the corrective action and preventive action identifies new or changed hazards or the need for

new or changed controls, the proposed actions shall be taken through the risk assessment process.

The associated method statement and risk assessment shall be amended and re-submitted to the

Employer’s Representative for notice of no objection.

4.5.3.2.5 A change in work methodology shall be communicated to the workforce. Evidence of such

communications shall be made available for inspection by the Employer’s Representative. The

Employer’s Representative shall also make random enquiries at site level to establish workforce

awareness.

4.5.4 Control of records

4.5.4.1 The Contractor shall maintain all OHS&E records in accordance with the Contactors ISO 9001

Quality Management System.

4.5.4.2 Records shall be made available to the Employer’s Representative upon request for the purpose of

incident investigation and management review.

4.5.5 Audit

4.5.5.1 Monthly Audit Report (MAR)

4.5.5.1.1 The Contractor shall undertake an internal monthly audit using the process and audit report form

(MAR) as prescribed within OHS&E Volume 2.

4.5.5.1.2 The Contractor shall submit the completed audit report no later than the 7th of each month within

the Contractor’s monthly OHS&E Report. Failure to submit the monthly audit report within the

stipulated timescale shall result in the Employer’s Representative awarding a ‘Zero’ score for the

month.

4.5.5.1.3 The audit scores awarded internally by the Contractor shall be subject to review and verification by

the Employer’s Representative. The Employer’s Representative shall substantiate the awarded

scores through making comparison with the results of a physical site inspection against the model

audit scores criteria as provided within OHS&E Volume 2.

4.5.5.1.4 The Employer’s Representative shall formally verify that the Contractor’s self-awarded scores

comply with the audit scoring system and scoring criteria as defined within OHS&E Volume 2.

Where discrepancy exists the Employer’s Representative shall provide supporting evidence

(Photographic) and instruct the Contractor to amend the initial awarded score. Following

adjustment, the monthly audit report shall be re-submitted to the Employer’s Representative within

3 days.

4.5.5.1.5 The Contractor shall be required to achieve a minimum 65% overall audit score on a monthly basis

failing which a sum of Rs. 10 lakh will be deducted from the running bills.

Safety Audit Compliance of Safety Audit for OSHE on following terms:NCR compliance will be reviewed on periodical monthly basis and penalty clause imposing in the tenderfor Non Compliance of Non-conformance Report for a) High Risk b) Medium Risk c) Low Risk as perbelow Table-5.




TABLE-5

S.No Risk Hours from the notice of

event within which the

work should have are

commenced duly

mitigating the risk

Penalty

A HIGH 12 HrsFailure to Comply and restartwe their 12 hrs penalty @1,00,000/- per day per NCRevery 24 hrs

B MEDIUM 24Hrs @rate Rs 25000/- per day perNCR for Non-Compliance

C

LOW

48 Hrs

@ rate Rs 10,000/- per day

per NCR for Non Compliance

with in 48 hrs

4.5.5.1.6 In the event the Contractor fails to achieve a minimum of 65% on a monthly audit, an action plan

shall be submitted together with the audit results detailing the actions that shall be taken within

timescales.

4.5.5.1.7 Monthly audits shall be conducted prior to the sitting of the Contractor’s Safety Committee and shall

form part of the agenda.

4.5.5.2 External OHS&E Audit

4.5.5.2.1 The Contractor is required to conduct external audits as per the BS EN 18001:2007& ISO

14001:2004 international standards on a quarterly basis throughout the Contract period or until the

Contractor achieves accreditation to the standard whereby monitoring timescales shall be

instructed by the ISO accrediting body.

4.5.5.2.2 External audit and follow up audit reports shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for

review within 7 days of audit completion.

4.5.5.2.3 Should the Contractor fail to undertake external audits within the 3 month period the Employer’s

Representative shall appoint an ISO accredited 3rd party agency to conduct the audit at the

Contractor’s cost.

4.5.5.2.4 Where ‘Major’ non-conformances with international standards are identified, a follow-up external

audit shall be carried out within 28 days for closing out of the non-conformance(s).Follow-up audits

shall continue on a 28 day rotation until such time as Major non-conformances are closed to the

satisfaction of the 3rd Party ISO accredited auditor.

4.6 Management review4.6.1 Management Reviews shall be undertaken annually by the Employer’s Representative in

compliance with ISO 9001:2008.

4.6.2 The Management Review Report shall make recommendations for improvement.

4.6.2 The Contractor shall carry out a formal Management Review on an annual basis as a minimum. The

Management Review may form part of the review under the organisations Quality Management

System.

4.6.2 The Contractor shall submit Management Review Report to the Employer’s Representative within 7

days after meeting completion together with the organisations new objectives.

4.7 DeductionsThe amount of money to be deducted for failure to achieve a minimum of 65% score in the monthly

audits and for the non-compliance of the requirements (unsafe acts/unsafe conditions) is listed in

the attached Table-6.

TABLE-6




S. NO.TOPIC MONTHLY MARS AUDIT DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNT *

1. MARS Audit Failing to achieve minimum 65% on amonthly basis

Rs.10,00,000

S. NO. TOPIC UNSAFE ACT/UNSAFE CONDITION DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNT **

2. OSHETraining

i) Not complying to the requirements asmentioned in contract requirements onOSHE:

a) Induction training not given.b) Supervisor/engineer/manager training

not conducted.c) Refer OSH&E training not conducted.d) Tool-box talk not conducted.e) Skill development training not

conducted.f) Top management behaviour based

OOSHE training not conducted.

Rs.50,000 for first non-compliance and Rs.1,00,000for subsequent non-compliances

3. Site tidiness i) Housekeeping maintenance registernot properly maintained up to date.

ii) Surrounding areas of drinking watertanks / taps not hygienically cleaned /maintained.

iii) Office, stores, toilet / urinals notproperly cleaned and maintained.

iv) Required dustbins at appropriateplaces not provided / not cleaned.

v) Stairways, gangways, passagewaysblocked.

vi) Lumber with protruding nails left assuch

vii) Openings unprotected

viii) Excavated earth not removed within areasonable time.

ix) Truck carrying excavated earth notcovered / tyres not cleaned.

x) Vehicles / equipments parked / placedon roads obstructing free flow of traffic.

xi) Unused surplus cables / steel scrapslying scattered.

xii) Wooden scraps, empty wooden cabledrums lying scattered.

xiii) Water stagnation leading to mosquitobreeding.

Rs.10,000 per single non-compliance compounded to amaximum of Rs.1,00,000 atany single instance.




4. Working at i) Not using or anchoring Safety Belt. Rs.10,000 per single non-Height ii) Not using Safety Net.

iii) Absence of life line or anchorage point toanchor safety belt.

iv) Non-compliance of CMRL OSH&E contractrequirements.

v) Using Bamboo ladders.vi) Painting of ladders.vii) Improper usage (less than 1m extension

above landing point, not maintaining 1:4ratio).

viii) Aluminum ladders without base rubberbush.

ix) Usage of broken / week ladders.x) Usage of re-bar welded ladders.xi) Improper guardrail, toe board, barriers and

other means of collective protection.xii) Improper working platform.xiii) Working at unprotected fragile surfacexiv) Working at unprotected edges.

compliance compounded to amaximum of Rs.1,00,000 atanysingle instance

5. Plant i) Non availability of fitness certificate.ii) Documents not displayed on the machine

or not available with the operator.iii) Maximum Safe Working Load not written

on the machine.iv) Non-compliance of CMRL OSH&E

contract requirements.v) Automatic safe load indicator not

provided or not in working condition.vi) Non-compliance of any of the items

mentioned regarding riggingrequirements.

vii) Failure to submit method statement incase of all critical lifting.

viii) Person riding on crane.ix) Creating more noise and smoke.x) Absence of portable fire extinguisher in

driver cabin.xi) Fail to guard hoist platform.xii) No fencing of hoist rope movement area.xiii) Hoist platform not in the horizontal

position.

Rs.50,000 per single non-compliance compounded to amaximum of Rs.5,00,000 atany single instance

6. Electrical i) Non-compliance of CMRL OSHEcontract requirements

ii) Exposed electric lines (fermentativedamage) and circuits in theworkplace.

iii) Inserting of bare wires into the socket

iv) Improper grounding for the electrical





appliances

v) Electrical cables running on theground

7. Fire precaution i) Smoking and open flames in fire pronearea.

ii) Using more than 24V portableelectrical appliances in the fire pronearea.

iii) Not proper ventilation in cylinderstorage area.

iv) Absence of fire extinguish.

v) Fire extinguishers not refilled once in ayear.

vi) Fire extinguisher placed in a not easilyaccessible location

Rs.5000 per single non-compliance compounded to amaximum of Rs.25000 at anysingle instance.

8. Excavation Non-compliance of CMRL OOSHE contractrequirements

Rs.10000 per first non-compliance and Rs.50000 forsubsequent non-compliances

9. Public Interface& Site Entry

Non-compliance of CMRL OOSHE contractrequirements

Rs.1,00,000 per first non-compliance and Rs.2,00,000for subsequent non-compliances

a) Barricades

i) Not Cleaned

ii) Not in alignment

iii) Not numbered

iv) Not painted

v) Red lights / reflectors not working

vi) Damages not repaired

vii) Not secured properly

viii) Barricade inspector not employed

ix) Protruding parts I portions repaired

x) Barricades maintaining register notproperly maintained up to date

Rs.25,000 per single non-compliance Compounded to amaximum of Rs.1,00,000 atany single instance

b) Contractor Vehicles

i) Over loading of vehicles

ii) Unfit drivers or operators

iii) Unlicensed vehicles

iv) Absence of traffic marshals

v) Absence of reversing alarm

vi) Absence of fog light (at winter)

vii) Power / hand brakes not in workingcondition.

Rs.25,000 per single non-compliance Compounded to amaximum of Rs.1,00,000 atany single instance




c) Splashing of Bentonite on roads / non-cleaning of tyres of dumpers and transitmixer`

i) Mishandling of bentonite likesplashing of bentonite outsidespecified width of barricading

ii) Non-cleaning of tyres of dumpers andtransit mixers before leaving the siteand thereby creating a traffic safetyhazard to road users.

a) Rs.1,00,000 on firstobservation.

b) Rs. 2,00,000 on secondobservation

c) Rs. 3,00,000 on third andsubsequent observations

10. PPE i) Not having

ii) Not wearing (or) using and kept itelsewhere

iii) Using damaged one

iv) Using wrong type

v) Using wrong colour helmet or helmetwithout company logo

vi) Using for other operation (e.g. Usingsafety helmet for storing materials orcarrying water from one place toother)

vii) Not conforming to BIS standard

viii) Non-compliance of CMRL OSHE contractrequirements

From item i) to vi).

Rs.1,000 per single non-compliance

For item vii) to viii).

Rs.10,000 for first non-compliance and Rs.50,000 forsubsequent non-compliances

11. OccupationalHealth

i) Fail to conduct Medical examinationto workers

ii) Absence of ambulance van & room

iii) Workers not having ID card

iv) Inadequate number of toilets

v) Toilets not cleaned properly

vi) Absence of water facilities for toiletsand washing places

vii) Toilet placed more than 500m fromthe work site

viii) Absence of drinking water

ix) Absence of first-aid person in worksite.

x) Absence or inadequacy of first-aidbox.

xi) Misuse of first-aid box.

xii) First-aid box not satisfy the minimumIndian standard.

xiii) Smoking inside the construction site

xiv) Drink and drive or work

xv) Excessive noise and vibration

xvi) Canteen not provided

xvii) Food stuff not served on no loss noprofit basis

xviii) Creche not provided

xix) Accommodation not provided as perBOCWA

xx) Fumigation / insecticides not sprayed

Rs.10,000 per single non-compliance compounded toa maximum of Rs.1,00,000at any single instance




to prevent Mosquito breeding

xxi) Non-compliance of CMRL OSHEcontract requirements

12. Welfare i) Non adherence of Labour welfareprovisions of BOCWA

ii) Fail to register establishment anddisplay the registration certificate atworkplace

iii) Absence of workers register andrecords

iv) Absence of muster roll and wagesregister

v) Fail to display an abstract of BOCWAand BOCWR.

Rs.10,000 per single non-compliance compounded to amaximum of Rs.50,000 at anysingle instance

13. Environment i) Tyre wash facility not provided.

ii) Spillage from vehicles not arrest.

iii) Air monitoring not practiced.

iv) Noise monitoring not practiced.

v) The values of air monitoring andnoise monitoring notwithinacceptable limits.

vi) Dust control measures at sites notpracticed.

vii) Improper disposal of debris / residues.

Rs.10,000 per single non-compliance compounded to amaximum of Rs.50,000 at anysingle instance

14. Floor Openings i) No Risk Assessment carried outshowing physical barriers or risk ofoperatives falling into hole. Designassessment does not incorporate fallsfrom height

ii) Daily monitoring not recorded.iii) Sub-contractorssupervision management notinclude inspection in their weeklyreport.

Rs.10,000 per single non-compliance compounded to amaximum of Rs.1,00,000 at anysingle instance

15. ConfinedSpaces

i) No procedure in place includingemergency actions.

ii) No Risk Assessment carried outshowing hazards and risk tooperatives.

iii) Untrained operative monitoring airsupply. Faulty equipment on site.Battery low, no equipment on site,no monitoring

iv) No rescue equipment on site andworks in progress.


16. SHEOrganisation

i) Not complying to the minimummanpower requirements as mentionedin the contract Requirement

ii) Not filling up the vacancies

i) Rs.1,00,000 per month forfirst month andRs.2,00,000 forsubsequent months

ii) Rs.50,000 per month forfirst month andRs.1,00,000 forsubsequent months




Without limiting to the unsafe acts and or conditions mentioned above the ER/Employer shall

have the right to deduct charges for any other unsafe act and or condition depending upon the

gravity of the situation on a case-to-case basis. The charges shall be in comparison with that of

the similar offence indicated in the above table.

* Maximum amount deductible for item at S.No. 1 during the entire contract duration shall

not exceed 1% of contract value.

** Maximum cumulative amount deductible for items at S.No. 2 to S. No. 16 during the

entire contract duration shall not exceed 1% of contract value.


ANNEXURE-6:Section-IX-Annex To TheParticular Conditions Contract Forms

Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase-I- ExtensionContract No.ECV-103

Part-3 (Revised) Section IXI

CMRL 1 November 2016

Section IXAnnex to the Particular Conditions

Contract Forms (Revised)

Table of Forms

Letter of Acceptance ...............................................................................................2

Contract Agreement ................................................................................................3

Performance Security .............................................................................................5

FORMAT OF BANK GUARANTEE ......................................................................8

FOR............................................................................................................................8

RETENTION MONEY .............................................................................................8


Part-3 (Revised) Section IX


Letter of Acceptance[Insert letterhead paper of the Employer]

[Insert date]

To: [Insert name and address of the Contractor]

1. This is to notify you that your Bid dated [insert date] for execution of the [insert

name of the Contract and identification number, as given in the Contract Data] for

the Accepted Contract Amount of the equivalent of [insert amount in words and

figures] [insert name of currency], as corrected and modified in accordance with the

Instructions to Bidders, is hereby accepted by our Agency.

2. You are requested to furnish the Performance Security within 28 days in

accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the

Performance Security Forms included in Section IX, Annex to the Particular

Conditions - Contract Forms, of the Bidding Documents.

3. The completion period is 730 days from commencement date.

4. This letter of acceptance will deemed to be an agreement till the formal agreement

is executed.

5. The LOA is sent in duplicate, you may please return on copy duly signed

immediately.

Authorized Signature:

Name and Title of Signatory:

Name of Agency:

Attachment: Contract Agreement




Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT made the [insert day] day of [insert month], [insert year], between

[insert name of the Employer] (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and [insert

name of the Contractor] (hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:

WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as [name of the Contract] should

be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the Contractor for the execution

and completion of these Works and the remedying of any defects therein,

The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are

respectively assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.

2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as

part of this Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.

a. Letter of Acceptance (LoA)b. The Letter of technical and financial bidc. Letters of Clarifications (LoC), if anyd. Addenda to the Tender document, if anye. Contract Documents

(i) Part-3 Section VIII – Particular Conditions Part-A and Part-B(ii) Part-3 Section VII – General Conditions(iii) Part-2 Employer’s Requirements including Design documents,

Specifcations and Schedules and Tender Drawings.(iv) Part-1 Section IV Pricing document and Schedule of payment.(v) Part-1 Bidding Procedure and Other forms(vi) Contractor’s Proposal(vii) Any other Documents

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as

specified in this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute

the Works and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of

the Contract.

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the

execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract

Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at

the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.




IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in

accordance with the laws of [insert the laws of the borrowing country] on the day, month

and year specified above.

Signed by _______________________ Signed by ______________________

for and on behalf of the Employer for and on behalf the Contractor

in the presence of in the presence of

Witness: Witness:

Name: Name:

Signature: Signature:

Address: Address:

Date: Date:




Performance Security

(Demand Guarantee)

FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY (GUARANTEE) BY BANK

(Refer Sub-Clause F5 of “Instructions to Tenderers”)

1. This deed of Guarantee made this day of _______________________ between Bankof ____ (hereinafter called the “Bank”) of the one part, and Chennai Metro Rail Limited(hereinafter called “the Employer”) of the other part.

2. Whereas Chennai Metro Rail Limited, has awarded the contract for________(Name ofwork as per the title page of the NIT) (hereinafter called the Contract) to _______________________ (Name of the Contractor) hereinafter called the Contractor.

3. AND WHEREAS the Contractor is bound by the said Contract to submit to the Employera Performance Security for a total amount of _______________________ (Specify allcurrencies and their amounts in figures and words).

4. Now we the Undersigned ___________________________________________ (FullName of the Bank) being fully authorized to sign and to incur obligations for and onbehalf of and in the name of __________________________________ (Full name ofBank), hereby declare that the said Bank will guarantee the Employer the full amount of_____________________________________________________________ (Specifyall currencies and their amounts in figures and words) as stated above.

5. After the Contractor has signed the aforementioned Contract with the Employer, theBank is engaged to pay the Employer, any amount up to and inclusive of theaforementioned full amount upon written order from the Employer to indemnify theEmployer for any liability of damage resulting from any defects or shortcomings of theContractor or the debts he may have incurred to any parties involved in the Works underthe Contract mentioned above, whether these defects or shortcomings or debts areactual or estimated or expected. The Bank will deliver the money required by theEmployer immediately on demand without delay and demur and without reference to theContractor and without the necessity of a previous notice or of judicial or administrativeprocedures and without it being necessary to prove to the Bank the liability or damagesresulting from any defects or shortcomings or debts of the Contractor. The Bank shallpay to the Employer any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute/disputesraised by the Contractor in any suit or proceedings pending before any Court, Tribunalor Arbitrator/s relating thereto and the liability under this guarantee shall be absolute andunequivocal.




6. (a) This Guarantee is valid until .................................. (The initial period for which thisGuarantee will be valid must be for at least twenty eight (28) days longer than theanticipated date of issue of the Taking-Over Certificate as stated in Sub-Clause 10.1 ofthe “Conditions of Contract Part 3”.)

7. At any time during the period in which this Guarantee is still valid, if the Employeragrees to grant a time extension to the Contractor or if the Contractor fails to completethe Works within the time of completion as stated in the Contract, or fails to dischargehimself of the liability or damages or debts as stated under Sub-Clause 5 above, it isunderstood that the Bank will extend this Guarantee under the same conditions for therequired time on demand by the Employer and at the cost of the Contractor. TheGuarantee hereinbefore contained shall not be affected by any change in the Constitutionof the Bank or of the Contractor.

8. The neglect or forbearance of the Employer in enforcement of payment of anymoneys, the payment whereof is intended to be hereby secured or the giving of timeby the Employer for the payment hereof shall in no way relieve the bank of theirliability under this deed.

9. The expressions “the Employer”, “the Bank” and “the Contractor” hereinbefore usedshall include their respective successors and assigns.

10. Notwithstanding anything contained herein:

a)Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed__________________________________________________________ (Specifyall currencies and their amounts in figures and words), and

b)This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to .................................................. , and

c) We are liable to pay the guarantee amount or part thereof under this BankGuarantee only & only if you serve upon us a written claim or demand on orbefore ..........................................

In witness whereof I/We of the bank have signed and sealed this Guarantee on

the ______________ (day) of _________________ (Month) 2016 being herewith dulyauthorized.

For and on behalf of

The..................................... Bank.

Signature of Authorized Bank official




Name: ..........................................

Designation:

Stamp/Seal of the Bank: ..........

Signed, sealed and

delivered for and on behalf

of the

Bank by the above

Named _____________________ in the presence of:

Witness 1 Witness 2.

Signature .............................................................. Signature ..........................................

Name ........................................................... Name ...................................

Address ...........................................................Address .....................................




FORMAT OF BANK GUARANTEEFOR

RETENTION MONEY

BANK GUARANTEE

Bank Guarantee No.: ______________

Bank Guarantee Date: _____________

1. This guarantee made on this _(date)__ day of _(month)____, of

_(year)_____, by ___(Bank)___registered under the laws of India having

corporate office at __(Address)____, and branch office at

____(Address)________________ (hereinafter called the “Bank”) in favor of

__________________________ (hereinafter called the “Employer”).

2. Whereas ___(Employer)________ has awarded the contract dated

___(date)___ for (Contract Name)________, (herein after called the contract) to

M/s. __________________ (hereinafter called the “Contractor”).

3. And whereas the Employer has agreed not to recover retention money of

INR ____(Amount in figures)______________ (_____Amount in words____) from

the running bills for which the contractor agreed to submit the Bank Guarantee to

the Employer.

4. Now we, ______________________ (Bank), hereby declare that the said

bank will guarantee the employer the full amount not exceeding INR

______(Amount in figures)______________ , (_____Amount in words____) that

made up ________ percent of retention money.

5. The bank is engaged to pay the Employer, any amount up to and inclusive

of the afore mentioned amount upon receipt of written demand on or before

__(date)________ from the employer and to indemnify to the extent of INR

__(Amount)________ to the Employer for any liability of the damage resulting from

the applicant of retention money payment made by the Employer. The bank will

deliver the money required by the Employer immediately on return demand

received on or before ____(date)__, without delay demur and without reference to

the contractor or applicant and without the necessity of a previous notice or of

judicial or administrative procedures and without it being necessary to prove to the




bank the liability of the applicant. The bank shall pay to the Employer money so

demanded not withstanding any dispute/disputes raised by the contractor or

applicant in any suit or proceedings pending before any court, tribunal or

arbitrator/s relating thereto and liability under this guarantee shall be absolute and

unequivocal.

6. This guarantee is valid until ___(date)____.

7. At any time during this period the guarantee is still valid, if the Employer

agrees to grant a time extension to the Contractor or if the Contractor fails to

complete the work within the time for completion as stated in the contract, It is

understood that the bank will extend this guarantee under the same conditions for

the required time on instruction by the applicant and at the cost of the applicant.

8. The guarantee here in before contained shall not be affected any change in

the constitution of the bank or the contractor.

9. The neglect or forbearance of Employer in enforcement of payment of any

moneys, the payment whereof if intended to be hereby secured or the giving of

time by the Employer for the payment hereof shall in no way relieve the bank of

their liability under this duty.

10. The expressions of the bank/the applicant and the contractor herein before

used shall include the respective successor and assigns.

11. Notwithstanding anything contained herein:

(a) Our liability under this bank guarantee shall not exceed INR ___(Amount)__.

(b) This bank guarantee shall be valid upto ___(date)_____, and

(c) We are liable to pay the guarantee amount or part thereof under this bank

guarantee only if Chennai Metro Rail Limited serves upon us a written demand

on or before ______(Date)_______ at __________(Address)_______.




In witness whereof we __________ and ____________ of the __________ have

signed and sealed this guarantee on the __(Date)___ of__(Month)___

of__(Year)______ being herewith duly authorized.

Date:

Place:

Signature of Authorized bank official:

1) Witness 2) Witness

Signature:______ Signature:______

Name : _______ Name : _______

Address : ________ Address : ________